Democracy Spraffa

Agenda Document Pack - South Lanarkshire Council - 15/06/2022

South Lanarkshire Council · 15 June 2022
Back to South Lanarkshire Council — 15 June 2022 and its agenda

Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.

Original council PDF · Download plain text

Page 1

Council Offices, Almada Street        
Hamilton, ML3 0AA 
Tuesday, 07 June 2022 
Dear Councillor 
South Lanarkshire Council 
The Members listed below are requested to attend a meeting of the Council to be held as
follows:- 
Date:  Wednesday, 15 June 2022
Time:  10:00 
Venue: By Microsoft Teams and Banqueting Hall, 
The business to be considered at the meeting is listed overleaf. 
Yours sincerely 
Cleland Sneddon
Chief Executive 
Members 
Alex Allison, John Anderson, Ralph Barker, John Bradley, Walter Brogan, Robert Brown,
Archie Buchanan, Mathew Buchanan, Janine Calikes, Andy Carmichael, Maureen Chalmers,
Ross Clark, Gerry Convery, Margaret Cooper, Poppy Corbett, Andrea Cowan, Margaret
Cowie, Cal Dempsey, Maureen Devlin, Colin Dewar, Mary Donnelly, Joe Fagan, Allan
Falconer, Grant Ferguson, Gladys Ferguson-Miller, Elise Frame, Alistair Fulton, Ross
Gowland, Geri Gray, Lynsey Hamilton, Celine Handibode, Graeme Horne, Mark Horsham,
Martin Hose, Gavin Keatt, Susan Kerr, Ross Lambie, Martin Lennon, Richard Lockhart,
Eileen Logan, Katy Loudon, Hugh Macdonald, Julia Marrs, Monique McAdams, Ian McAllan,
Catherine McClymont, Kenny McCreary, Lesley McDonald, Elaine McDougall, Mark
McGeever, Davie McLachlan, Richard Nelson, Carol Nugent, Norman Rae, Mo Razzaq,
Kirsten Robb, John Ross, Dr Ali Salamati, Graham Scott, David Shearer, Bert Thomson,
Helen Toner, Margaret B Walker, David Watson
1

Page 2

BUSINESS 
1 Declaration of Interests 
2 Minutes of Previous Meeting
Minutes of the statutory meeting of South Lanarkshire Council held on 18
May 2022 submitted for approval as a correct record.  (Copy attached) 
5 - 30 
Item(s) for Decision 
3 The Council Plan Connect 2022 to 2027 and the South Lanarkshire
Community Plan 2022 to 2032
A report dated 17 May 2022 by the Executive Director (Finance and
Corporate Resources).  (Copy attached) 
31 - 74 
4 Council Priorities and Work Programme 2022 to 2027
Report dated 24 May 2022 by the Chief Executive.  (Copy attached) 
75 - 78 
5 2023/2024 Revenue Budget
Report dated 1 June 2022 by the Executive Director (Finance and
Corporate Resources).  (Copy attached) 
79 - 94 
6 Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy 2022-2027
Report dated 18 May 2022 by the Executive Director (Community and
Enterprise Resources) (Copy attached) 
95 - 118 
7 SLC Digital Strategy 2022 to 2027
Report dated 25 May 2022 by the Executive Director (Finance and
Corporate Resources).  (Copy attached) 
119 - 148 
8 South Lanarkshire Draft Economic Strategy
Report dated 30 May 2022 by the Executive Director (Community and
Enterprise Resources).  (Copy attached) 
149 - 160 
9 South Lanarkshire Council and South Lanarkshire Leisure and
Culture Limited - New Governance Arrangements
Report dated 31 May 2022 by the Executive Director (Community and
Enterprise Resources).  (Copy attached) 
161 - 188 
10  Notice of Motion - Councils for Fair Tax Declaration
Motion received in terms of Standing Order No 20 on 27 May 2022,
proposed by Councillor Fagan and seconded by Councillor L
McDonald.  (Copy attached) 
189 - 190 
Item(s) for Noting 
11  South Lanarkshire Integration Joint Board Strategic Commissioning
Plan 2022 to 2025
Report dated 5 May 2022 by the Director, Health and Social Care.  (Copy
attached) 
191 - 218
2

Page 3

12  Delegated Authority - Business Dealt with by the Chief Executive in
the Period from 2 March 2022
Report dated 30 May 2022 by the Chief Executive.  (Copy attached) 
219 - 220 
13  Membership of Committee, Forums and Representation on Outside
Organisations
Report dated 1 June 2022 by the Chief Executive.  (Copy attached) 
221 - 232 
Urgent Business 
14  Urgent Business
Any other items of business which the Provost decides are urgent. 
For further information, please contact:-
Clerk Name: Susan Somerville
Clerk Telephone: 07557323097
Clerk Email: susan.somerville@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
3

Page 4

4

Page 5

SOUTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL 
Minutes of the statutory meeting held via Microsoft Teams and the Banqueting Hall on 18 May 2022 
Chair:
Provost Margaret Cooper (after item 3) 
Councillors Present:
Councillor Alex Allison, Councillor John Anderson, Councillor Ralph Barker, Councillor John Bradley,
Councillor Walter Brogan, Councillor Robert Brown, Councillor Archie Buchanan, Councillor Mathew
Buchanan, Councillor Janine Calikes, Councillor Andy Carmichael, Councillor Maureen Chalmers,
Councillor Ross Clark, Councillor Gerry Convery, Councillor Poppy Corbett, Councillor Andrea
Cowan, Councillor Margaret Cowie, Councillor Cal Dempsey, Councillor Maureen Devlin, Councillor
Colin Dewar, Councillor Mary Donnelly, Councillor Joe Fagan, Councillor Allan Falconer, Councillor
Grant Ferguson, Councillor Gladys Ferguson-Miller, Councillor Elise Frame, Councillor Alistair Fulton,
Councillor Ross Gowland, Councillor Geri Gray, Councillor Lynsey Hamilton, Councillor Celine
Handibode, Councillor Graeme Horne, Councillor Mark Horsham, Councillor Martin Hose, Councillor
Gavin Keatt, Councillor Susan Kerr, Councillor Ross Lambie, Councillor Martin Lennon, Councillor
Richard Lockhart, Councillor Eileen Logan, Councillor Katy Loudon, Councillor Hugh Macdonald,
Councillor Julia Marrs, Councillor Monique McAdams, Councillor Ian McAllan, Councillor Catherine
McClymont, Councillor Kenny McCreary, Councillor Lesley McDonald, Councillor Elaine McDougall,
Councillor Mark McGeever, Councillor Davie McLachlan, Councillor Richard Nelson, Councillor Carol
Nugent, Councillor Norman Rae, Councillor Mo Razzaq, Councillor Kirsten Robb, Councillor John
Ross, Councillor Dr Ali Salamati, Councillor Graham Scott, Councillor David Shearer, Councillor Bert
Thomson (Depute - after item 4), Councillor Helen Toner, Councillor Margaret B Walker, Councillor
David Watson 
Chief Executive’s Service
C Sneddon, Chief Executive
Community and Enterprise Resources
D Booth, Executive Director
Education Resources
T McDaid, Executive Director
Finance and Corporate Resources
P Manning, Executive Director; N Docherty, Administration Assistant; T Little, Head of
Communications and Strategy; P MacRae, Administration Adviser; G McCann, Head of
Administration and Legal Services; K McVeigh, Head of Personnel Services; S Somerville,
Administration Manager
Housing and Technical Resources
D Lowe, Executive Director
Social Work Resources/Health and Social Care
S Sengupta, Director, Health and Social Care 
Interim Chair
In his capacity as Returning Officer for the Council elections held in South Lanarkshire, the Chief
Executive acted as Chair for the meeting, in accordance with Section 5(1) of Schedule 2 of the Local
Government etc (Scotland) Act 1994, pending the election of a Provost of the Council. 
The Chief Executive extended a warm welcome to new and returning members and introduced the
Council’s Corporate Management Team. 
1 Sederunt and Declaration of Interests 
No interests were declared. 
2
5

Page 6

2 Local Government Elections – 5 May 2022 
A report dated 6 May 2022 by the Returning Officer was submitted on the results of the elections
to South Lanarkshire Council held on 5 May 2022.  The results were as follows:- 
Ward 1 - Clydesdale West
Electorate – 15,706 Percentage Poll – 47.8% Quota – 1,479 
Candidate Party No of first
preferences
Elected
(stage no)
Neil Barton Scottish Greens – Think Global
Act Local
230 
Poppy Corbett Scottish Conservative and
Unionist
1,742 1
Lynsey Hamilton Labour and Co-operative Party 1,082 6
Eileen Logan Scottish Labour Party 1,743 1
Peter Charles Meehan Scottish Liberal Democrats 181 
David Shearer Scottish National Party (SNP) 1,678 1
Andrew Wilson Scottish National Party (SNP) 737 
Ballot Papers Rejected - 122   Total Valid Votes Cast – 7,393 
Ward 2 - Clydesdale North
Electorate – 11,889 Percentage Poll – 48.4% Quota – 1,422 
Candidate Party No of first
preferences
Elected
(stage no)
Richard Eliott-Lockhart Scottish Conservative and
Unionist
1,530 1
Ronald Logan Independent 277 
Julia Marrs Scottish National Party (SNP) 1,898 1
Catherine McClymont Scottish Labour Party 1,920 1
John Scott Independent  61 
Ballot Papers Rejected - 68   Total Valid Votes Cast – 5,686 
Ward 3 - Clydesdale East
Electorate – 10,578 Percentage Poll – 51% Quota – 1,323 
Candidate Party No of first
preferences
Elected
(stage no)
Alex Allison Scottish Conservative and
Unionist
1,364 1
Ralph Barker Scottish Labour Party 869 8
Eric Holford Scottish Conservative and
Unionist
794 
Gareth Kirk Scottish Family Party: Pro-
Family, Pro-Marriage, Pro-Life
49 
Ian McAllan Scottish National Party (SNP) 1,513 1
John McLatchie Scottish National Party (SNP) 260 
Nicholas Mark Tucker Scottish Liberal Democrats 162 
Claire Elizabeth Watson Scottish Greens – Think
Global Act Local
278 
Ballot Papers Rejected - 106   Total Valid Votes Cast – 5,289  
6

Page 7

Ward 4 - Clydesdale South
Electorate – 11,706 Percentage Poll – 45.5% Quota – 1,316 
Candidate Party No of first
preferences
Elected
(stage no)
Ross Gowland Scottish Labour Party 1,144 4
George Greenshields Independent 635 
Mark Horsham Scottish National Party (SNP) 1,762 1
Ross Lambie Scottish Conservative and
Unionist 
986 8
Janice Mackay UKIP 52 
Colin McGavigan Independent 298 
Ann McGuinness Scottish Greens – Think Global
Act Local
164 
Imogen Walker Scottish Labour Party 219 
Ballot Papers Rejected - 68   Total Valid Votes Cast – 5,260 
Ward 5 – Avondale and Stonehouse
Electorate – 14,882 Percentage Poll – 46.8% Quota – 1,718 
Candidate Party No of first
preferences
Elected
(stage no)
Erica Bradley-Young Scottish Greens – Think Global
Act Local 
437 
Gary Burns Scottish Conservative and
Unionist
1,416 
Margaret Cooper Independent 1,629 3
Elise Frame Scottish National Party (SNP) 1,454 5
Susan Kerr Scottish Labour Party 1,363 7
Colin MacLaren Alba Party for Independence 75 
Leigh Payne Scottish National Party (SNP) 495 
Ballot Papers Rejected - 93   Total Valid Votes Cast – 6,869 
Ward 6 – East Kilbride South
Electorate – 12,589 Percentage Poll – 42.8% Quota – 1,319 
Candidate Party No of first
preferences
Elected
(stage no)
Archie Buchanan Scottish National Party (SNP) 1,948 1
Mathew Buchanan Labour and Co-operative Party 1,215 6
Ross Gibson Scottish Libertarian Party 31 
Geri Gray Scottish National Party (SNP) 621 9
Iain Leckenby Alba Party 57 
Paul McGarry Scottish Liberal Democrats 722 
John McKechnie Scottish Greens – Think Global
Act Local
154 
Patrick Nailon Scottish Conservative and
Unionist
458 
Jonathan Richardson Scottish Family Party: Pro-
Family, Pro-Marriage, Pro-Life
68 
Ballot Papers Rejected - 111   Total Valid Votes Cast – 5,274  
7

Page 8

Ward 7 - East Kilbride Central South
Electorate – 12,012 Percentage Poll – 44.4% Quota – 1,301 
Candidate Party No of first
preferences
Elected
(stage no)
John Anderson Scottish National Party (SNP) 1,570 1
Rita Baillie Alba Party for Independence 66 
Lorna Cammock Scottish Liberal Democrats 138 
Gerry Convery Scottish Labour Party 1,387 1
Alan James Creswell Scottish Greens – Think Global
Act Local
202 
Alan Fraser Scottish Conservative and
Unionist
473 
David Mackay UKIP 30 
Elaine McDougall Scottish National Party (SNP) 713 9
Lisa Quarrell Scottish Labour Party 623 
Ballot Papers Rejected - 132   Total Valid Votes Cast – 5,202 
Ward 8 - East Kilbride Central North
Electorate – 12,861 Percentage Poll – 45.6% Quota – 1,427 
Candidate Party No of first
preferences
Elected
(stage no)
Alex Brown Scottish Conservative and
Unionist
694 
Tom Bryson Scottish Liberal Democrats 187 
Joe Fagan Scottish Labour Party 1,709 1
Grant Ferguson Scottish National Party (SNP) 1,889 1
Kristofer Keane Independent 194 
Hugh Macdonald Scottish National Party (SNP) 612 7
Tam Mitchell Scottish Labour Party 420 
Ballot Papers Rejected - 154   Total Valid Votes Cast – 5,705 
Ward 9 - East Kilbride West
Electorate – 13,319 Percentage Poll – 50.9% Quota – 1,678 
Candidate Party No of first
preferences
Elected
(stage no)
Ian Harrow Scottish Conservative and
Unionist
1,339 
Denise Hay Scottish Family Party: Pro-
Family, Pro-Marriage, Pro-Life
110 
Yvonne Mackay UKIP 18 
Monique McAdams Labour and Co-operative Party 1,780 1
Ali Salamati Scottish National Party (SNP) 1,031 6
Craig Sloan Scottish National Party (SNP) 1,041 
David Watson Independent 1,248 8
Huaiquan Zhang Scottish Liberal Democrats 142 
Ballot Papers Rejected - 70   Total Valid Votes Cast – 6,709  
8

Page 9

Ward 10 - East Kilbride East
Electorate – 10,887 Percentage Poll – 46% Quota – 1,231 
Candidate Party No of first
preferences
Elected
(stage no)
Gladys Ferguson-Miller Scottish National Party (SNP) 1,420 1
Lorna Gall Scottish Liberal Democrats 126 
Robert Gillies Scottish National Party (SNP) 420 
Graeme David Mullin Scottish Conservative and
Unionist
664 
Kirsten Robb Scottish Greens – Delivering For
Our Community
626 7
Graham Scott Scottish Labour Party 1,329 1
Jim Wardhaugh Independent 336 
Ballot Papers Rejected - 86   Total Valid Votes Cast – 4,921 
Ward 11 - Rutherglen South
Electorate – 11,697 Percentage Poll – 49.6% Quota – 1,433 
Candidate Party No of first
preferences
Elected
(stage no)
Robert Brown Scottish Liberal Democrats 1,686 1
Margaret Cowie Labour and Co-operative Party 1,331 2
Alexandra Herdman Scottish Conservative and
Unionist
489 
Carol Nugent Scottish National Party (SNP) 1,825 1
Michael O’Hara Scottish Family Party: Pro-
Family, Pro-Marriage, Pro-Life
73 
Spencer Hugh Pryor Independent 62 
Emma Jane Nicola Smith Scottish Greens – Think Global
Act Local
263 
Ballot Papers Rejected - 73   Total Valid Votes Cast – 5,729 
Ward 12 - Rutherglen Central and North
Electorate – 11,692 Percentage Poll – 44.7% Quota – 1,270 
Candidate Party No of first
preferences
Elected
(stage no)
Gloria Adebo Scottish Liberal Democrats 517 
Janine Calikes Scottish National Party (SNP) 1,188 3
Andrea Cowan Scottish National Party (SNP) 725 6
Libby Fox Scottish Conservative and
Unionist
609 
Martin Patrick Lennon Scottish Labour Party 1,245 2
Jack David McGinty Scottish Labour Party 531 
Alex McRae Scottish Greens – Think Global
Act Local
261 
Ballot Papers Rejected - 149   Total Valid Votes Cast – 5,076  
9

Page 10

Ward 13 - Cambuslang West
Electorate – 12,800 Percentage Poll – 45.6% Quota – 1,434 
Candidate Party No of first
preferences
Elected
(stage no)
John Bradley Scottish National Party (SNP) 1,382 3
Tom Aylwin Lauckner Scottish Greens – Think Global
Act Local
301 
Ann Le Blond Scottish Conservative and
Unionist
739 
Norman Rae Scottish Liberal Democrats 730 6
Gillian Sutherland Scottish National Party (SNP) 856 
Margaret Walker Scottish Labour Party 1,727 1 
Ballot Papers Rejected - 102   Total Valid Votes Cast – 5,735 
Ward 14 - Cambuslang East
Electorate – 13,227 Percentage Poll – 39.2% Quota – 1,277 
Candidate Party No of first
preferences
Elected
(stage no)
Robert Bell Scottish Liberal Democrats 147 
Walter McFarlane Brogan Scottish Labour Party 1,486 1
Amy Lee Fraioli Scottish Labour Party 524 
Alistair Fulton Scottish National Party (SNP) 1,123 7
Marie Gallagher Scottish Greens – Think Global
Act Local
204 
Muhammed Khuzaima Alba Party for Independence 94 
Jamie Logan Scottish Conservative and
Unionist
489 
Katy Loudon Scottish National Party (SNP) 1,037 7 
Ballot Papers Rejected – 83   Total Valid Votes Cast – 5,104 
Ward 15 - Blantyre
Electorate – 12,850 Percentage Poll – 41.8% Quota – 1,302 
Candidate Party No of first
preference
s
Elected
(stage no)
Maureen Chalmers Scottish National Party (SNP) 1,652 1
Gerry Chambers Scottish National Party (SNP) 542 
David McClemont Scottish Greens – Think Global
Act Local
169 
Calum Nimmo Scottish Conservative and
Unionist
399 
Mo Razzaq Scottish Labour Party 1,519 1
Stephen Reid Scottish Liberal Democrats 110 
Bert Thomson Scottish Labour Party 815 6 
Ballot Papers Rejected - 165   Total Valid Votes Cast – 5,206  
10

Page 11

Ward 16 - Bothwell and Uddingston
Electorate – 10,818 Percentage Poll – 50.4% Quota – 1,346 
Candidate Party No of first
preferences
Elected
(stage no)
Troy Davidson Scottish Liberal Democrats 285 
Cal Dempsey Scottish National Party (SNP) 924 6
Maureen Devlin Scottish Labour Party 1,633 1
Kenny McCreary Scottish Conservative and
Unionist
1,485 1
Jim McGuigan Scottish National Party (SNP) 811 
John Reid Stubbs Scottish Greens – Think Global
Act Local
243 
Ballot Papers Rejected - 74   Total Valid Votes Cast – 5,381 
Ward 17 - Hamilton North and East
Electorate – 12,036 Percentage Poll – 40.4% Quota – 1,190 
Candidate Party No of first
preferences
Elected
(stage
no)
Balarabe Baba Independent 124 
Colin Dewar Scottish National Party (SNP) 1,442 1
Martin Hose Scottish Conservative and
Unionist
902 6
Davie McLachlan Scottish Labour and Co-operative
Party
1,539 1
Andrew Reynolds Scottish Liberal Democrats 249 
Phil Sykes Scottish National Party (SNP) 501 
Ballot Papers Rejected - 109   Total Valid Votes Cast – 4,757 
Ward 18 - Hamilton West and Earnock
Electorate – 15,083 Percentage Poll – 39.5% Quota – 1,165 
Candidate Party No of first
preferences
Elected
(stage no)
Mary Donnelly Scottish National Party (SNP) 1,731 1
Allan Falconer Scottish Labour Party 1,404 1
Graham William Fisher Scottish Conservative and
Unionist
753 
Leonard Gingell Scottish Greens – Think Global
Act Local
179 
Graeme Horne Scottish National Party (SNP) 680 4
Jim Lee Scottish Labour Party 385 
Mark McGeever Scottish Liberal Democrats 691 7 
Ballot Papers Rejected - 135   Total Valid Votes Cast – 5,823  
11

Page 12

Ward 19 - Hamilton South
Electorate – 16,516 Percentage Poll – 45.4% Quota – 1,462 
Candidate Party No of first
preferences
Elected
(stage no)
Celine Handibode Scottish Labour Party 1,632 1
Gavin Wylie Keatt Scottish Labour Party 1,688 1
Lynne Nailon Scottish Conservative and
Unionist
960 
John Ross Scottish National Party (SNP) 1,921 1
Helen Toner Scottish National Party (SNP) 1,105 2 
Ballot Papers Rejected - 193   Total Valid Votes Cast – 7,306 
Ward 20 - Larkhall
Electorate – 15,010 Percentage Poll – 42.2% Quota – 1,239 
Candidate Party No of first
preferences
Elected
(stage no)
Jackie Burns Independent 639 
Andy Carmichael Scottish Labour Party 1,580 1
Ross Clark Scottish National Party (SNP) 1,389 1
David Laird Scottish Libertarian Party 36 
Donald Murdo Mackay UKIP 21 
Lesley McDonald Scottish Labour Party 463 9
Richard Nelson Scottish Conservative and
Unionist
1,518 1
Jake Stevenson Scottish Liberal Democrats 148 
George Sutherland Scottish National Party (SNP) 399 
Ballot Papers Rejected - 146   Total Valid Votes Cast – 6,193 
The Council decided: that the report be noted. 
3 Appointment of Provost 
Councillor Brown, seconded by Councillor Allison, moved that Councillor Cooper be appointed as
Provost of the Council.  Prior to moving his motion, Councillor Brown expressed his thanks to
Councillor McAllan for undertaking the role of Provost in an exemplary manner over the past 5
years.  Councillor Allison echoed Councillor Brown’s sentiments. 
Councillor Ross, seconded by Councillor Chalmers, moved as an amendment that Councillor
McAllan be appointed as Provost of the Council. 
On a vote being taken by roll call, members voted as follows:- 
Motion 
Alex Allison, Ralph Barker, Walter Brogan, Robert Brown, Mathew Buchanan, Andy Carmichael,
Gerry Convery, Margaret Cooper, Poppy Corbett, Margaret Cowie, Maureen Devlin, Joe Fagan,
Allan Falconer, Ross Gowland, Lynsey Hamilton Celine Handibode, Martin Hose, Gavin Keatt,
Susan Kerr, Ross Lambie, Martin Lennon, Richard Lockhart, Eileen Logan, Monique McAdams,
Catherine McClymont, Kenny McCreary, Lesley McDonald, Mark McGeever, Davie McLachlan,
Richard Nelson, Norman Rae, Mo Razzaq, Graham Scott, Bert Thomson, Margaret B Walker  
12

Page 13

Amendment 
John Anderson, John Bradley, Archie Buchanan, Janine Calikes, Maureen Chalmers, Ross Clark,
Andrea Cowan, Cal Dempsey, Colin Dewar, Mary Donnelly, Grant Ferguson, Gladys Ferguson-
Miller, Elise Frame, Alistair Fulton, Geri Gray, Graeme Horne, Mark Horsham, Katy Loudon, Hugh
Macdonald, Julia Marrs, Ian McAllan, Elaine McDougall, Carol Nugent, Kirsten Robb, John Ross,
Dr Ali Salamati, David Shearer, Helen Toner 
Abstained 
David Watson 
35 members voted for the motion, 28 for the amendment and 1 abstained.  The motion was
declared carried. 
The Council decided: that Councillor Cooper be appointed as Provost of the
Council. 
Provost’s Remarks 
The Provost extended her gratitude to colleagues and peers, and acknowledged the contribution
and good work of the previous Provost, Councillor McAllan.  She intimated that she was truly
honoured to serve as Provost and would work together with others for the benefit of the people of
South Lanarkshire. 
4 Appointment of Depute Provost 
Councillor Fagan, seconded by Councillor Convery, moved that Councillor Thomson be appointed
as Depute Provost of the Council.  Councillor Ross, seconded by Councillor Chalmers, moved as
an amendment that Councillor Calikes be appointed as Depute Provost of the Council. 
On a vote being taken by roll call, members voted as follows:- 
Motion 
Alex Allison, Ralph Barker, Walter Brogan, Robert Brown, Mathew Buchanan, Andy Carmichael,
Gerry Convery, Margaret Cooper, Poppy Corbett, Margaret Cowie, Maureen Devlin, Joe Fagan,
Allan Falconer, Ross Gowland, Lynsey Hamilton Celine Handibode, Martin Hose, Gavin Keatt,
Susan Kerr, Ross Lambie, Martin Lennon, Richard Lockhart, Eileen Logan, Monique McAdams,
Catherine McClymont, Kenny McCreary, Lesley McDonald, Mark McGeever, Davie McLachlan,
Richard Nelson, Norman Rae, Mo Razzaq, Graham Scott, Bert Thomson, Margaret B Walker 
Amendment 
John Anderson, John Bradley, Archie Buchanan, Janine Calikes, Maureen Chalmers, Ross Clark,
Andrea Cowan, Cal Dempsey, Colin Dewar, Mary Donnelly, Grant Ferguson, Gladys Ferguson-
Miller, Elise Frame, Alistair Fulton, Geri Gray, Graeme Horne, Mark Horsham, Katy Loudon, Hugh
Macdonald, Julia Marrs, Ian McAllan, Elaine McDougall, Carol Nugent, Kirsten Robb, John Ross,
Dr Ali Salamati, David Shearer, Helen Toner 
Abstained 
David Watson 
35 members voted for the motion, 28 for the amendment and 1 abstained.  The motion was
declared carried. 
The Council decided: that Councillor Thomson be appointed as Depute Provost of
the Council.  
13

Page 14

5 Appointment of Leader of the Council 
Councillor Convery, seconded by Councillor Brown, moved that Councillor Fagan be appointed
as Leader of the Council.  Councillor Chalmers, seconded by Councillor Horsham, moved as an
amendment that Councillor Ross be appointed as Leader of the Council.   
On a vote being taken by roll call, members voted as follows:- 
Motion 
Alex Allison, Ralph Barker, Walter Brogan, Robert Brown, Mathew Buchanan, Andy Carmichael,
Gerry Convery, Margaret Cooper, Poppy Corbett, Margaret Cowie, Maureen Devlin, Joe Fagan,
Allan Falconer, Ross Gowland, Lynsey Hamilton Celine Handibode, Martin Hose, Gavin Keatt,
Susan Kerr, Ross Lambie, Martin Lennon, Richard Lockhart, Eileen Logan, Monique McAdams,
Catherine McClymont, Kenny McCreary, Lesley McDonald, Mark McGeever, Davie McLachlan,
Richard Nelson, Norman Rae, Mo Razzaq, Graham Scott, Bert Thomson, Margaret B Walker 
Amendment 
John Anderson, John Bradley, Archie Buchanan, Janine Calikes, Maureen Chalmers, Ross Clark,
Andrea Cowan, Cal Dempsey, Colin Dewar, Mary Donnelly, Grant Ferguson, Gladys Ferguson-
Miller, Elise Frame, Alistair Fulton, Geri Gray, Graeme Horne, Mark Horsham, Katy Loudon, Hugh
Macdonald, Julia Marrs, Ian McAllan, Elaine McDougall, Carol Nugent, Kirsten Robb, John Ross,
Dr Ali Salamati, David Shearer, Helen Toner 
Abstained 
David Watson 
35 members voted for the motion, 28 for the amendment and 1 abstained.  The motion was
declared carried. 
The Council decided: that Councillor Fagan be appointed as Leader of the
Council. 
Leader’s Remarks 
The Leader congratulated Councillor Cooper on her appointment as Provost and echoed the
earlier sentiments in respect of the former Provost, Councillor McAllan.  He thanked those who
had supported him to lead the new Administration of South Lanarkshire which would be Labour
led but not Labour only as there was an agreement to work in partnership between the Labour
and Liberal Democrat groups, as well as an agreement with the Leader of the Independent Group. 
He advised that his Administration would be inclusive and would seek to work collaboratively with
all Groups for the benefit of South Lanarkshire’s citizens.  He recognised the work of former
Leader, Councillor Ross, in the previous Administration and acknowledged Councillor Chalmers’
work in relation to community planning.  He then invited Councillor Ross to speak. 
Councillor Ross firstly paid tribute to Councillor McAllan, former Provost, for undertaking the role
with decorum.  He then expressed his disappointment that his Group, which was the largest party,
was not forming the Administration. 
6 Appointment of Depute Leader of the Council 
Councillor Fagan, seconded by Councillor Brown, moved that Councillor Convery be appointed
as Depute Leader of the Council.  Councillor Ross, seconded by Councillor Horsham, moved as
an amendment that Councillor Chalmers be appointed as Depute Leader of the Council.   
On a vote being taken by roll call, members voted as follows:-  
14

Page 15

Motion 
Alex Allison, Ralph Barker, Walter Brogan, Robert Brown, Mathew Buchanan, Andy Carmichael,
Gerry Convery, Margaret Cooper, Poppy Corbett, Margaret Cowie, Maureen Devlin, Joe Fagan,
Allan Falconer, Ross Gowland, Lynsey Hamilton Celine Handibode, Martin Hose, Gavin Keatt,
Susan Kerr, Ross Lambie, Martin Lennon, Richard Lockhart, Eileen Logan, Monique McAdams,
Catherine McClymont, Kenny McCreary, Lesley McDonald, Mark McGeever, Davie McLachlan,
Richard Nelson, Norman Rae, Mo Razzaq, Graham Scott, Bert Thomson, Margaret B Walker 
Amendment 
John Anderson, John Bradley, Archie Buchanan, Janine Calikes, Maureen Chalmers, Ross Clark,
Andrea Cowan, Cal Dempsey, Colin Dewar, Mary Donnelly, Grant Ferguson, Gladys Ferguson-
Miller, Elise Frame, Alistair Fulton, Geri Gray, Graeme Horne, Mark Horsham, Katy Loudon, Hugh
Macdonald, Julia Marrs, Ian McAllan, Elaine McDougall, Carol Nugent, Kirsten Robb, John Ross,
Dr Ali Salamati, David Shearer, Helen Toner 
Abstained 
David Watson 
35 members voted for the motion, 28 for the amendment and 1 abstained.  The motion was
declared carried. 
The Council decided: that Councillor Convery be appointed as Depute Leader of
the Council. 
7 Establishment of Council’s Decision-making Arrangements and Procedures 
A report dated 9 May 2022 by the Chief Executive was submitted on the Council’s decision-making
arrangements, procedures and associated supporting documentation.  Details were provided on
the proposed:- 
 amendments to the Standing Orders on Procedures, Standing Orders on Contracts, the
Scheme of Delegation and the Financial Regulations to reflect legislative arrangements and
organisational arrangements within the Council
 establishment of standing committees and number of members on and composition of those
committees, including the facility for individual groups to substitute members, as detailed in
paragraph 6.3 of the report
 establishment of member forums and number of members on and composition of those
forums, including the facility for individual groups to substitute up to a maximum of 2
members
 Terms of Reference for Council, its committees and associated forums, including revised
Terms of Reference for the Licensing Committee and the Equal Opportunities Forum
 appointment of the Leader of the Council, Depute Leader of the Council and Ruling Group
Business Manager as ex officio members for the purposes of signing off delegated contracts
and for urgent items of business dealt with under the relevant Standing Order
 committee cycle together with condensed meeting arrangements to run from 13 June 2022
to the summer recess
 representation on statutory bodies
 member role profiles
 advice on the operation of multi-member wards 
In addition, consideration required to be given to:- 
 nominations for the position of Chair and Depute(s) for each standing committee
 the appointment of up to 19 positions of Senior Councillor  
15

Page 16

 delegation of authority to the Chief Executive, in consultation with the Leaders of the political
and independent groups, to agree committee and forum memberships based on the
membership numbers detailed in the revised version of Appendix 3, previously circulated,
and in paragraphs 8.3 and 8.4 of the report 
Councillor Fagan, seconded by Councillor Brown, moved the following:- 
“As an amendment to Item 7, it is proposed that: 
Recommendation 1 be agreed to with additional reference to changes to Terms of
Reference as proposed at Recommendations 3 and 12 below.
Recommendation 2 be agreed to. 
Recommendation 3 be agreed to with the following amendments:
 that the Terms of Reference for the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee
be amended to remove the requirement for the Leader and Depute Leader of the
Council to be the Chair and Depute Chair respectively of that committee
 that the Terms of Reference for the Executive Committee be amended to note,
where the Chair of the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee is not a
member of the Executive Committee, that they become a member of the Executive
Committee. For clarity, this could mean the size of the Executive Committee could
reflect 29 members (26 members plus the Council Leader, Depute Council Leader
and the Chair of the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee) 
Recommendations 4 and 5 be agreed to.  
Recommendation 6 be noted and the nominations set out in the table attached to this
amendment for the position of Chair and Depute Chair for each standing committee be
agreed. 
Recommendation 7 be noted and the nominations set out in the table attached to this
amendment for the appointment and remuneration of senior councillors be agreed. For
clarification a list of these roles and the remuneration proposed for each is also attached
to this amendment.
Recommendations 8 to 11 be agreed to. 
Recommendation 12 be agreed to with additional reference to the amendments set out in
relation to Recommendation 3 above.  
Recommendation 13 and 14 be agreed to. 
Recommendation 15 be noted and the nominations set out in the table attached to this
amendment for appointment to the external bodies detailed in Appendix 5 be agreed to.
With respect to the remaining vacancies on Appendix 5 delegated authority be given to
the Chief Executive to confirm nominations in consultation with the Leader to be notified
to the next meeting of the Council. 
Recommendation 16 and 17 be agreed to. 
A further recommendation, Recommendation 18, be agreed to, requiring the
establishment of a cross party Commission on the Future of Adult Social Care. The
Commission will explore the needs of residents, service users and carers now and in future
and consider the implications for the planning and delivery of adult social care services
arising from the anticipated legislative development of a National Care Service (NCS) and
potentially enhanced powers delegated to new Community Health and Social Care Boards
(CHSCB). The Commission will look to provide advice and make recommendations to the
Executive Committee and full Council as appropriate in relation to these developments
and make recommendations to the current IJB/ future CHSCB on the development of
services to meet the social care needs of South Lanarkshire. The Council is also asked to
instruct the Chief Executive to develop a full Terms of Reference and membership in
consultation with the Council Leader and Chair of Social Work Resources and report back
to the Executive Committee for approval.” 
16

Page 17

Recommendation 6 - Table attached 
Resource Committee  Chair  Depute Chair 
Finance and Corporate
Resources* 
Lesley McDonald  Walter Brogan
Celine Handibode 
Community and Enterprise
Resources 
Robert Brown  Maureen Devlin 
Education Resources  Lynsey Hamilton  Gav Keatt 
Housing and Technical
Resources 
Davie McLachlan  Martin Lennon 
Social Work Resources  Margaret Walker  Catherine McClymont 
Committee  Chair  Depute Chair 
Executive  Leader of Council  Depute Leader of Council 
Climate Change and
Sustainability 
Mark McGeever
[as per revised Terms of
Reference) 
To be elected at committee
[as per revised Terms of
Reference) 
Licensing  Andy Carmichael  Bert Thomson 
Petitions 
To be decided by SNP
Group, Conservative
Group and Green 
To be decided by SNP
Group, Conservative Group
and Green 
Planning  Richard Nelson  Gerry Convery 
Planning Local Review
Body 
Note:  Terms of Reference state this is the Chair and
Depute Chair of Planning Committee 
Risk and Audit Scrutiny 
To be decided by SNP
Group, Conservative
Group and Green 
To be decided by SNP
Group, Conservative Group
and Green 
17

Page 18

Committee  Chair  Depute Chair 
Conference Allocation 
Note:  Terms of Reference states that the 6 members will
consist of Depute Leader and Business Manager of
Ruling Administration plus Depute Leader and Business
Manager of largest Opposition Group plus 2 other
Opposition Group members 
Recruitment  Leader of the Council 
Clydesdale Area  Catherine McClymont  Ross Gowland 
Hamilton Area  Allan Falconer  Mo Razzaq 
Cambuslang and
Rutherglen Area 
To be appointed by SNP
Group 
To be appointed by SNP
Group 
East Kilbride Area  To be appointed by SNP
Group 
To be appointed by SNP
Group   
Chair of SEEMiS Group LLP  To be appointed by
Labour Group 
Member of Lanarkshire
NHS Board 
Eileen Logan 
Recommendation 7 - Proposed Remuneration 
£
Leader 45,669 
Provost 34,254   
Senior Councillor Positions 
Depute Leader  29,705 
Depute Provost 28,438 
Business Manager Ruling Group 29,705 
Opposition Leader – Second Largest Opposition Group 25,903 
Opposition Leader – Largest Opposition Group 29,705 
Depute Opposition Leader – Largest Opposition Group 25,903 
Business Manager – Largest Opposition Group 23,370   
Chairs of Committees 
Community and Enterprise 28,800 
Education 28,800 
Finance and Corporate 28,800 
Housing and Technical 28,800 
Social Work 28,800 
Planning 28,800 
Climate Change 28,800
Licensing  23,370 
Hamilton Area 23,370 
18

Page 19

Cambuslang and Rutherglen Area  23,370 
Clydesdale Area 23,370 
EK Area 23,370   
Basic Councillor 19,571 
Recommendation 15 - Nominations in relation to Appendix 5 
COSLA
Organisation No of
Places
Councillor Representation
Convention of Scottish Local
Authorities (COSLA)
6 (plus 6
substitutes)
SNP-3; Labour-2; Conservative-1
To be appointed by party groups
COSLA Policy Boards: -  
Health and Social Care Board 1 Margaret Walker
Community and Wellbeing Board 1 Davie McLachlan
Children and Young People
Board
1 Lynsey Hamilton
Environment and Economy Board 1 Robert Brown 
Section 3 – Partnership Bodies and Others
Body No of
Places
Councillor Representation
Council’s Youth Champion
(formerly Council’s Spokesperson
for Youth (Regen;fx))
1 Gavin Keatt
South Lanarkshire Community
Planning Partnership
1 Joe Fagan
Community Wealth Building
Commission
As per
positions
specified
Leader of the Council; Leaders of
political/independent groups; Chair
of Community Planning
Partnership; Chair of South
Lanarkshire Integration Joint
Board 
Councillor Ross, seconded by Councillor Chalmers, moved the following as an amendment:- 
“The SNP would propose that Council: 
Recommendation 1 - 5:   Agree 
Recommendation 6: Agree the nominations set out in the Table A attached to this
amendment for the position of Chair and Depute Chair for each standing committee 
Recommendation 7: Agree the nominations set out in the Table B attached to this
amendment for the appointment and remuneration of senior councillors. 
Recommendations 8 - 14: Agree 
Recommendation 15: Agree that member nominations be made by the Council to the
external bodies detailed in Appendix 5 and authority delegated to the Chief Executive in
consultation with the leaders of the political and independent groups to finalise
membership on the basis of the number of members and associated political composition
approved by the Council 
Recommendation 16-17: Agree  
19

Page 20

Recommendation (6) - Table A 
Resource Committee  Chair  Depute Chair 
Finance and Corporate
Resources* 
Gladys Ferguson-Miller
Graeme Horne 
Elaine McDougall 
Community and Enterprise
Resources 
John Anderson  Ian McAllan 
Education Resources  Katy Loudon  Cal Dempsey 
Housing and Technical
Resources 
Andrea Cowan  Geri Gray 
Social Work Resources  Hugh McDonald  Elise Frame 
Committee  Chair  Depute Chair 
Executive  Leader of Council  Depute Leader of Council 
Climate Change and
Sustainability 
Kirsten Robb  John Anderson 
Licensing  David Shearer  Julia Marrs 
Petitions 
Chaired by a Councillor
not a member of the
Council’s ruling group 
Depute is not a member of
the Council’s ruling group. 
Planning  Mark Horsham  Ali Salamati 
Planning Local Review
Body 
Note:  Terms of Reference state this is the Chair and
Depute Chair of Planning Committee 
Risk and Audit Scrutiny 
Chair is an Opposition
Councillor who may
serve, or be a substitute,
on the Executive
Committee 
Depute Chair who is not a
member of the Council’s
ruling group. 
20

Page 21

Committee  Chair  Depute Chair 
Conference Allocation 
Note:  Terms of Reference states that the 6 members will
consist of Depute Leader and Business Manager of
Ruling Administration plus Depute Leader and Business
Manager of largest Opposition Group plus 2 other
Opposition Group members 
Recruitment  Leader of the Council 
Clydesdale Area  Julia Marrs  David Shearer 
Hamilton Area  Mary Donnelly  Ross Clark 
Cambuslang and
Rutherglen Area 
Carol Nugent  Alistair Fulton 
East Kilbride Area  Archie Buchanan  Elaine McDougall   
Chair of SEEMiS Group LLP  Graeme Horne 
Member of Lanarkshire
NHS Board 
John Bradley 
Recommendation 7 - TABLE B   
£
Leader Grade 7       45,669 
Provost Grade 6       34,254 
Senior Councillor Positions   
Depute Leader  Grade 5       29,705 
Depute Provost Grade 4       28,438 
Business Manager Ruling Group Grade 5       29,705 
Opposition Leader - Conservative Grade 3       25,903 
Opposition Leader - Labour Grade 5       29,705 
Depute Opposition Leader - Labour Grade 3       25,903 
Business Manager Opposition Grade 2       23,370 
21

Page 22

Chairs of Committees  
Climate Change & Sustainability Committee Grade 5       29,705 
Community and Enterprise Grade 5       29,705 
Education Grade 5       29,705 
Finance & Corporate Grade 5       29,705 
Housing & Tech Grade 5       29,705 
Social Work Grade 5       29,705 
Planning Grade 5 0* 
Licensing  Grade2       23,370 
Hamilton Area Grade2       23,370 
Ruth/Clang Area Grade2       23,370 
Clydesdale Area Grade2       23,370 
EK Area Grade2       23,370 
Basic Councillor Grade 1       19,571 
*Planning reduced to £0 as Mark Horsham our Business Manager will be filling this position
and already receives an SRA 
On a vote being taken by roll call, members voted as follows:- 
Motion 
Alex Allison, Ralph Barker, Walter Brogan, Robert Brown, Mathew Buchanan, Andy Carmichael,
Gerry Convery, Margaret Cooper, Poppy Corbett, Margaret Cowie, Maureen Devlin, Joe Fagan,
Allan Falconer, Ross Gowland, Lynsey Hamilton Celine Handibode, Martin Hose, Gavin Keatt,
Susan Kerr, Ross Lambie, Martin Lennon, Richard Lockhart, Eileen Logan, Monique McAdams,
Catherine McClymont, Kenny McCreary, Lesley McDonald, Mark McGeever, Davie McLachlan,
Richard Nelson, Norman Rae, Mo Razzaq, Graham Scott, Bert Thomson, Margaret B Walker 
Amendment 
John Anderson, John Bradley, Archie Buchanan, Janine Calikes, Maureen Chalmers, Ross Clark,
Andrea Cowan, Cal Dempsey, Colin Dewar, Mary Donnelly, Grant Ferguson, Gladys Ferguson-
Miller, Elise Frame, Alistair Fulton, Geri Gray, Graeme Horne, Mark Horsham, Katy Loudon, Hugh
Macdonald, Julia Marrs, Ian McAllan, Elaine McDougall, Carol Nugent, Kirsten Robb, John Ross,
Dr Ali Salamati, David Shearer, Helen Toner 
Abstained 
David Watson 
35 members voted for the motion, 28 for the amendment and 1 abstained.  The motion was
declared carried. 
The Council decided: 
(1) that the Standing Orders on Procedures, Standing Orders on Contracts, Scheme of
Delegation and Financial Regulations be approved;  
22

Page 23

(2) that the following standing committees be established:- 
 Cambuslang and Rutherglen Area
 Climate Change and Sustainability
 Clydesdale Area
 Community and Enterprise Resources
 Conference Allocation
 East Kilbride Area
 Education Resources
 Executive
 Finance and Corporate Resources
 Hamilton Area
 Housing and Technical Resources
 Licensing
 Petitions
 Planning
 Planning Local Review Body
 Recruitment
 Risk and Audit Scrutiny
 Social Work Resources 
(3) that the committee membership details, as outlined in paragraphs 6.2 and 6.3 of the report
and as detailed in revised Appendix 3, previously circulated, be approved subject to the
potential change in Executive Committee membership to take account of the Chair of the
Climate Change and Sustainability Committee, and that authority be delegated to the Chief
Executive, in consultation with the Leaders of the political and independent groups, to
finalise membership of committees on the basis of the number of members and associated
political composition approved by the Council; 
(4) that the facility for individual groups to substitute up to a maximum of 4 members in terms
of representation on the Executive, Climate Change and Sustainability, Resource
Committees and on the Planning Committee be approved and that appropriate notification
be give to committee officers in advance of the meeting taking place; 
(5) that the facility for individual groups to substitute up to a maximum of 2 members in terms
of representation on the Licensing Committee, Risk and Audit Scrutiny Committee and
Petitions Committee be approved and that appropriate notification be given to committee
officers in advance of the meeting taking place; 
(6) that appointments to positions be approved as follows:- 
Committee Chair Depute Chair(s)
Community and Enterprise Resources Robert Brown Maureen Devlin
Education Resources Lynsey Hamilton Gavin Keatt
Finance and Corporate Resources Lesley McDonald Water Brogan and
Celine Handibode
Housing and Technical Resources Davie McLachlan Martin Lennon
Social Work Resources Margaret B Walker Catherine McClymont
Climate Change and Sustainability Mark McGeever To be elected at
committee
Conference Allocation To be confirmed by
Ruling Group
To be confirmed by
Ruling Group
Executive Joe Fagan Gerry Convery
Licensing Andy Carmichael Bert Thomson
Planning Richard Nelson Gerry Convery
Planning Local Review Body Richard Nelson Gerry Convery
Petitions To be decided by
SNP Group,
Conservative Group
and Green
To be decided by SNP
Group, Conservative
Group and Green
Risk and Audit Scrutiny To be decided by
SNP Group,
Conservative Group
and Green
To be decided by SNP
Group, Conservative
Group and Green
Recruitment Joe Fagan To be confirmed by the
Ruling Group
23

Page 24

Committee Chair Depute Chair(s)
Clydesdale Area Catherine McClymont Ross Gowland
Hamilton Area Allan Falconer Mo Razzaq
Cambuslang and Rutherglen Area To be appointed by
the SNP Group
To be appointed by
the SNP Group
East Kilbride Area  To be appointed by
the SNP Group
To be appointed by
the SNP Group 
Chair of SEEMiS Group LLP - To be appointed by the Labour Group  
Member of Lanarkshire NHS Board - Councillor Eileen Logan 
(7) that, excluding the Leader and Provost, 19 positions of Senior Councillor be recognised, with
the associated remuneration, as follows:- 
£
Leader 45,669 
Provost 34,254   
Senior Councillor Positions 
Depute Leader  29,705 
Depute Provost 28,438 
Business Manager Ruling Group 29,705 
Opposition Leader – Second Largest Opposition Group 25,903 
Opposition Leader – Largest Opposition Group 29,705 
Depute Opposition Leader – Largest Opposition Group 25,903 
Business Manager – Largest Opposition Group 23,370   
Chairs of Committees 
Community and Enterprise 28,800 
Education 28,800 
Finance and Corporate 28,800 
Housing and Technical 28,800 
Social Work 28,800 
Planning 28,800 
Climate Change 28,800
Licensing  23,370 
Hamilton Area 23,370 
Cambuslang and Rutherglen Area 23,370 
Clydesdale Area 23,370 
East Kilbride Area 23,370 
(8) that the following member forums be established:- 
 Roads Safety Forum
 Employee Issues Forum
 Equal Opportunities Forum
 Joint Consultative Forum
 Financial Resources Scrutiny Forum
 Performance and Review Scrutiny Forum
 Standards and Procedures Advisory Forum
 Rural Task Force 
(9) that forum membership details, as outlined in Section 8 of the report, be approved and
authority delegated to the Chief Executive, in consultation with the Leaders of the political
and independent groups, to finalise membership on the basis of the number of members
and associated political composition approved by the Council; 
(10) that the facility for individual groups to substitute up to a maximum of 2 members in terms of
representation on the main forums be approved and that appropriate notification be given to
committee officers in advance of the meeting taking place; 
24

Page 25

(11) that the revised Terms of Reference and membership of the Equal Opportunities Forum and
Licensing Committee, as detailed in Appendix 1, be approved; 
(12) that the Terms of Reference for the Council, Committees and associated Forums, as
detailed in the supporting documentation pack attached as Appendix 1 to the report, be
approved subject to:- 
 the Terms of Reference for the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee being
amended to remove the requirement for the Leader and Depute Leader of the Council
to be the Chair and Depute Chair respectively of that committee
 the Terms of Reference for the Executive Committee being amended to reflect that,
where the Chair of the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee was not a
member of the Executive Committee, they be given an automatic place on the
Executive Committee which might mean that the Executive Committee be increased
to 29 members (26 members plus the Council Leader, Depute Leader and the Chair
of the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee) 
(13) that the following be appointed as ex officio members for the purpose of ‘signing off’
delegated contracts and for urgent items of business, all in line with the appropriate Standing
Orders:- 
 Leader of the Council
 Depute Leader of the Council
 Ruling Group Business Manager   
(14) that the cycle of meetings and proposed recess periods, as detailed in Appendix 4, be
approved, including the condensed meeting arrangements prior to the 2022 summer recess; 
(15) that the following nominations to external bodies be agreed and that the Chief Executive be
authorised, in consultation with the Leader of the Council, to confirm nominations in respect
of the remaining vacancies detailed in Appendix 5 and for them to be reported to the next
meeting of the Council:- 
COSLA
Organisation No of
Places
Councillor Representation
Convention of Scottish
Local Authorities (COSLA)
6 (plus 6
substitutes)
SNP-3; Labour-2; Conservative-1
To be appointed by party groups
COSLA Policy Boards: -  
Health and Social Care
Board
1 Margaret Walker
Community and Wellbeing
Board
1 Davie McLachlan
Children and Young People
Board
1 Lynsey Hamilton
Environment and Economy
Board
1 Robert Brown 
Section 3 – Partnership Bodies and Others
Body No of
Places
Councillor Representation
Council’s Spokesperson for
Youth (Regen;fx) 
1 Gavin Keatt
South Lanarkshire
Community Planning
Partnership
1 Joe Fagan
25

Page 26

Community Wealth Building
Commission
As per
positions
specified
Leader of the Council; Leaders of
political/independent groups; Chair
of Community Planning Partnership;
Chair of South Lanarkshire
Integration Joint Board 
(16) that the member role profiles, as detailed in Appendix 6, be approved; 
(17) that the advice on the operation of multi-member wards, as detailed in Appendix 7, be noted;
and 
(18) that a cross-party Commission on the Future of Adult Social Care be established, which
would make recommendations to the Executive Committee and full Council as appropriate
as well as to the current Integration Joint Board/future Community Health and Social Care
Boards, on the development of services to meet the social care needs of South Lanarkshire,
with the Chief Executive, in consultation with the Leader of the Council and Chair of Social
Work Resources Committee, developing a full Terms of Reference and membership to be
reported to the Executive Committee for approval. 
In terms of Standing Order No 14, the Provost adjourned the meeting during this item of business at
11.15am and reconvened at 11.26am to allow members time to consider the amendments submitted
by Councillors Fagan and Ross 
8 Election of Members to Divisional Licensing Boards 
A report dated 9 May 2022 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) was
submitted on the election of members to the 4 Divisional Licensing Boards within the South
Lanarkshire area in terms of the Licensing (Scotland) Act 2005. 
It was proposed that the number of members to be elected to each Licensing Division be as
follows:- 
 South Lanarkshire Licensing Division No 1 (Clydesdale Area) – 10
 South Lanarkshire Licensing Division No 2 (East Kilbride Area) – 10
 South Lanarkshire Licensing Division No 3 (Hamilton Area) – 10
 South Lanarkshire Licensing Division No 4 (Rutherglen/Cambuslang Area) – 10 
In terms of The Licensing (Training) (Scotland) Regulations 2007 (SSI/2007/95), members of the
Divisional Licensing Boards were required to undertake a qualification accredited by the Scottish
Qualifications Authority and the necessary arrangements were being made for the training to take
place within the prescribed timescales. 
It was proposed that composition of each of the Licensing Divisions reflect, as far as was
reasonably practicable, the political balance within each of the 4 geographical areas. 
The Council decided: 
(1) that the number of members to be elected to each Licensing Division be as detailed above;
and 
(2) that authority be delegated to the Chief Executive, in consultation with the Leaders of the
relevant political groups, to finalise the membership of each of the Divisional Licensing
Boards. 
9 Minutes of Roads Safety Forum 
The minutes of the meeting of the Roads Safety Forum held on 1 March 2022 were submitted for
noting. 
26

Page 27

The Council decided: that the minutes be noted. 
10 Minutes of Executive Committee 
The minutes of the meeting of the Executive Committee held on 2 March 2022 were submitted for
noting. 
The Council decided: that the minutes be noted. 
11 Minutes of South Lanarkshire Council 
The minutes of the meeting of South Lanarkshire Council held on 2 March 2022 were submitted
for noting. 
The Council decided: that the minutes be noted. 
12 Minutes of Licensing Committee 
The minutes of the special meeting of the Licensing Committee held on 19 April 2022 were
submitted for noting. 
The Council decided: that the minutes be noted. 
13 Minutes of Appeals Panel 
The minutes of the meeting of the Appeals Panel held on 22 March 2022 were submitted for
noting. 
The Council decided: that the minutes be noted. 
14 Minutes of Planning Local Review Body 
The minutes of the meeting of the Planning Local Review Body held on 28 March 2022 were
submitted for noting. 
The Council decided: that the minutes be noted. 
15 Minutes of Planning Committee 
The minutes of the special meeting of the Planning Committee held on 22 March 2022 were
submitted for noting. 
The Council decided: that the minutes be noted. 
16 Minutes of Licensing Committee 
The minutes of the special meeting of the Licensing Committee held on 30 March 2022 were
submitted for noting.  
27

Page 28

The Council decided: that the minutes be noted. 
17 Minutes of Grievance and Disputes Panel 
The minutes of the meeting of the Grievance and Disputes Panel held on 30 March 2022 were
submitted for noting. 
The Council decided: that the minutes be noted. 
18 Minutes of Asset Transfer Panel 
The minutes of the meeting of the Asset Transfer Panel held on 30 March 2022 were submitted
for noting. 
The Council decided: that the minutes be noted. 
19 Minutes of Recruitment Committee 
The minutes of the meeting of the Recruitment Committee held on 1 April 2022 were submitted
for noting. 
The Council decided: that the minutes be noted. 
20 Minutes of Appeals Panel 
The minutes of the meeting of the Appeals Panel held on 31 March 2022 were submitted for
noting. 
The Council decided: that the minutes be noted. 
21 Minutes of Recruitment Committee 
The minutes of the meeting of the Recruitment Committee held on 30 March 2022 were submitted
for noting. 
The Council decided: that the minutes be noted. 
22 Minutes of Licensing Committee 
The minutes of the special meeting of the Licensing Committee held on 8 March 2022 were
submitted for noting. 
The Council decided: that the minutes be noted.  
28

Page 29

23 Delegated Authority – Business Dealt with by the Chief Executive in the Period
from 2 March 2022 
A report dated 9 May 2022 by the Chief Executive was submitted on items of business dealt with
by him under delegated authority in the period from 2 March 2022 to the first meeting of the new
Council.  Authority had been delegated to the Chief Executive by the Executive Committee at its
meeting on 25 August 2021 to deal with items of business arising in that period.  The items dealt
with by the Chief Executive under that delegated authority were as follows:- 
Community and Enterprise Resources 
Date Approved Subject 
25 March 2022  Realignment of Planning Team Leaders 
27 April 2022 Grant Application to the Renewable Energy Fund from Strathaven
Rugby Football Club 
Education Resources 
Date Approved Subject 
5 April 2022  Education Support Services Structure Change 
Finance and Corporate Resources 
Date Approved Subject 
23 March 2022  Ukraine Humanitarian Appeal 
1 April 2022 Elected Member Representation at Conferences, etc to be dealt with
under Delegated Authority 
28 April 2022 Safety at Sports Grounds – Re-issue of General Safety Certificate –
Hamilton Park 
10 May 2022 Request for Authority to Award a Contract Under the Negotiated
Tendering Procedure in Terms of Standing Order 9 of the Council’s
Standing Orders on Contracts and Regulation 33(1) of The Public
Contracts (Scotland) Regulations 2015 
10 May 2022 Request for Authority to Award a Contract Under the Negotiated
Tendering Procedure in Terms of Standing Order 9 of the Council’s
Standing Orders on Contracts and Regulation 33(1) of The Public
Contracts (Scotland) Regulations 2015 
Housing and Technical Resources 
Date Approved Subject
16 March 2022 Donald Institute, Main Street, Bothwell – Asset Transfer to Bothwell
Futures
25 March 2022 Disposal of Land at Bosfield Corner, East Kilbride
14 April 2022 Acquisition of Flats, Kirk Street, Strathaven
27 April 2022 Council Open Market Purchase for a Property which Provides the
Most Cost Effective and Appropriate Solution to Meeting an Urgent
and Specific Housing Need
28 April 2022 South Lanarkshire Rapid Rehousing Transition Plan – Funding
Allocation and Staffing Resources
9 May 2022 Request for Authority to Award a Contract Under the Negotiated
Tendering Procedure in Terms of Standing Order 9 of the Council’s
Standing Orders on Contracts
9 May 2022 Approval of Tender Award for the Internal Alteration and Conversion
of Properties at 11 and 13 Sweethope Place, Bothwell to Building
Services  
29

Page 30

Social Work Resources 
Date Approved Subject 
15 March 2022 New National Transfer Scheme 
9 May 2022 Request for Authority to Award a Contract for Social Care Services
Under the Negotiated Tendering Procedure in Terms of Standing
Order 10 of the Council’s Standing Orders on Contracts 
10 May 2022 Request for Authority to Award a Contract Under the Negotiated
Tendering Procedure in Terms of Standing Order 9 of the Council’s
Standing Orders on Contracts and Regulation 33(1) of The Public
Contracts (Scotland) Regulations 2015 
The Council decided: that the items of business dealt with by the Chief Executive
under delegated authority, in the period from 2 March 2022
to the first meeting of the new Council following the
elections, be noted. 
[Reference: Minutes of the Executive Committee of 25 August 2021 (Paragraph 8)] 
24 Urgent Business 
There were no items of urgent business. 
30

Page 31

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: South Lanarkshire Council
Date of Meeting: 15 June 2022
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)  
Subject: The Council Plan, Connect 2022 to 2027 and the South
Lanarkshire Community Plan 2022 to 2032 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:
[purpose]
 Present the draft Council Plan and the draft Community Plan, with a summary of
how the two have been prepared and aligned.
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Council is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):
[]
(1) that the Council Plan for 2022 to 2027 be approved;
(2) that the Community Plan for 2022 to 2032 be noted.
3. Background
3.1. The Council Plan, Connect is the key strategic document that shapes the work of the
council. It sets out the outcomes to be delivered over five years, around a long-term
vision supported by core values and priorities that influence how the council works.
These in turn stretch out into all annual Resource Plans through what is known as
the “golden thread”. 
3.2. The last Council Plan, for 2017 to 2022, was formally approved by the Council on 6
December 2017. A mid-term review was conducted in 2019 that simplified the
Council Plan and – following recommendations from the council’s Best Value
Assurance Review (BVAR) – strengthened the links between the Council Plan and
the Community Plan. As part of the BVAR, Audit Scotland also required the council
to concentrate more on involving the community in decision-making through
community engagement. With the Council Plan approaching the end of its five-year
term, a new plan has been developed for the period 2022 to 2027. 
3.3. In January 2019, the Community Planning Partnership (CPP) Board started a review
of Community Planning and in July 2020 the board agreed that a full review of the
Community Plan should be undertaken to ensure that the priorities for the work of
the partnership had been informed by local communities. The Community Plan is the
name used within South Lanarkshire for the Local Outcome Improvement Plan
(LOIP), which is a ten-year plan that Community Planning Partnerships have a
statutory duty to produce, deliver and report on. 
3
31

Page 32

3.4. In line with the BVAR recommendations and to further align the work of the council
and the partnership, these two exercises were undertaken as a joint review of the
Council Plan and Community Plan, in order to:
• develop a common vision and common set of outcomes;
• do so using an extensive and multi-layered engagement and consultation
process; and
• present the plans to Elected Members and the CPP Board at the first
opportunity after the Local Government Elections of 5 May 2022. 
3.5. Online seminars were held with Elected Members on 10 June 2021 and then again
on 31 January 2022 to keep them updated on progress. Both events were well-
attended, with Elected Members engaged and offering their support for the process.
A further information session was held with Elected Members on 30 May 2022. The
CPP Board also received regular updates. 
4. Public engagement and development of the plans
4.1. As noted at 3.4 above, it was agreed that the new Council Plan and Community Plan
should be built from communities up, using engagement to identify residents’ views
and aspirations. An initial phase of engagement therefore was carried out between
March and August 2021, during which communities throughout South Lanarkshire
were asked to identify the main priorities for their neighbourhoods. 
4.2. This involved inviting residents to answer a short, open-question survey, which was
promoted extensively through social media and the local media, and also by council
and CPP staff. At the close of the engagement period on 8 August 2021, more than
3,300 responses had been received. 
4.3. Initial examination of the survey responses identified themes around Education and
Learning, Communities and Environment, Health Inequalities, Housing and Land,
Children and Young People, and Our Economy.  In-depth analysis of this feedback
helped shape a further phase of engagement, when ‘Community Conversation’ focus
groups took place between August and October 2021. These involved more than
200 residents taking part in 27 group conversations. 
4.4. This was the largest consultation exercise ever carried out by the council. It added to
a body of existing knowledge that had already emerged from community events and
work developing a number of neighbourhood plans. With 17 communities already
covered by such plans and five more in progress, the aspiration is that eventually all
parts of South Lanarkshire will have their own community-led Neighbourhood Plan.
These will continue to help inform and shape the council’s broader strategic plans
going forward. 
4.5. Analysis of the community responses identified three cross-cutting themes, around
People (in particular, the impact of poverty and inequalities), Progress (in particular,
recovery from the pandemic) and Planet (in particular, sustainable development).
Further analysis of what our residents and communities had told us resulted in six
outcomes being identified for the Council Plan and the Community Plan: 
Communities and Environment
Caring, connected, sustainable communities 
Education and Learning
Inspiring learners, transforming learning, strengthening partnerships
32

Page 33

Health and Wellbeing
People live the healthiest lives possible 
Children and Young People
Our children and young people thrive 
Housing and Land
Good quality, suitable and sustainable places to live 
Our Economy
Thriving business, fair jobs and vibrant town centres 
4.6. Following the public engagement exercise, a strategic session was held on 17
November 2021 at which lead officers from across the council and the partnership
came together to discuss and agree the shared vision and direction for the new
Council Plan and Community Plan. Thereafter, writing groups drafted the two plans,
with an additional remit to further improve the accessibility of both plans through use
of plain English and making the documents succinct. 
5. Presentation of the plans
5.1. As well as sharing the same vision, priorities and outcomes, the Council Plan and
Community Plan have a broadly shared structure, which is outlined below: 
Introduction
Who we are and what we do
How we wrote the plan – what our communities told us, what we did with that
Our Vision – to improve the lives and prospects of everyone in South Lanarkshire
Our three cross-cutting themes – People, Progress, Planet
Our six Outcomes – Communities and Environment, Education and Learning,
Health and Wellbeing, Children and Young People, Housing and Land, Our
Economy
Delivering the plan – including how to find out more/get involved
The plan(s) on one page – graphical illustration 
5.2. To further underline how the two plans are aligned, they have been designed as
“companion” publications, with complementary layouts and use of colours. 
5.3. However, the two plans are not identical. For example, the draft Council Plan
features a summary of the council structure and the wide range of services provided.
It also features the council’s values, though these are currently being reviewed and
new wording may be brought forward at a future date. 
5.4. Overall, the two plans retain the flexibility that will be needed for the council and the
Community Planning Partnership to utilise their different resources and identify the
specific actions each needs to take in order to deliver on the shared ambitions and
meet statutory obligations. 
5.5. The fully designed draft Council Plan, Connect 2022 to 2027 is attached as Appendix
1 for Council’s approval. 
5.6. A final draft of the text of the Community Plan 2022 to 2032 is attached as Appendix
2 for noting. This will be presented to the Community Planning Partnership Board for
approval on 22 June 2022.
33

Page 34

6. Next steps
6.1. If approved by the Council, the Council Plan will be made available on our website
and widely publicised across all our communications channels. This will make clear
the vision, priorities and outcomes that will shape our work for the next five years,
and it will demonstrate how the plan was developed by listening to what residents
told us they wanted. 
6.2. A further public consultation exercise is underway so the draft plans can be tested
with communities, partners and other stakeholders.  This is an opportunity to ensure
both plans accurately represent the needs and aspirations of our communities. If this
further consultation leads to anything other than minor changes the Council Plan will
be brought back to Council to allow Elected Members to consider these. 
6.3. Progress of annual Resource Plans is monitored through a number of performance
measures that are reported to relevant Resource committees. A suite of these
measures is nominated so that progress can also be monitored against the Council
Plan, with reports being presented to the Performance and Review Scrutiny Forum
covering the period up to the end of Quarter 2 and Quarter 4 each year. These
progress reports are also published to allow for wider public scrutiny. 
7. Employee Implications
7.1. The Council Plan is the overarching strategic document for the council, and as such
its objectives feed through the Resource Plans and their actions all the way to
individual employees through their PDRs. 
8. Financial Implications
8.1. The Council Plan sets out the council’s priorities for five years and therefore has
clear financial implications. These are addressed by aligning the Council Plan with
the council’s financial strategy, which itself is an iterative process that takes account
of the wider financial context in which the council operates. 
9. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
9.1. Both plans are undergoing a Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA), in
accordance with the European Directive 2001/42/EC and Section 15 of the
Environmental Assessment (Scotland) Act 2005. The 2005 Act requires all qualifying
policies, plans, programmes and strategies (PPSs) to undergo an SEA, which
provides a systematic process for identifying, reporting and mitigating the
environmental impacts of proposed PPSs. 
9.2. SEA screening reports were submitted and the relevant consultation authorities
(Historic Environment Scotland, NatureScot and the Scottish Environment Protection
Agency) agreed both plans required full assessments. Separate SEA scoping reports
were completed for both plans and feedback on these has been received. 
9.3. The SEA process then requires the full Environmental Report to undergo a six-week
period of consultation with the consultation authorities and the public. This is being
undertaken as part of the process outlined at 6.2 above. An adoption statement will
be produced for both plans and ongoing monitoring carried out. 
34

Page 35

10. Other Implications
10.1 There are no other significant implications. 
11. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
11.1. The Council Plan and Community Plan are both being Equality Impact assessed, in
line with good practice and in recognition of the strategic importance of the plans.
Those with lived experience of inequalities are involved in this assessment. 
11.2. Other consultation arrangements are as described at 6.2. 
Paul Manning
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
17 May 2022 
Link(s) to Council Objectives/Values/Ambitions
• Achieve results through leadership, good governance and organisational effectiveness 
Previous References
• Council Plan, Connect 2017 to 2022
• Community Plan 2017 to 2027 
List of Background Papers
• None 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Tom Little, Head of Communications and Strategy
Ext:  4904  (Tel:  01698 454904)
E-mail:  Tom.Little@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
35

Page 36

36

Page 37

Council Plan
2022
2027
Draft copy
3
37

Page 38

Section one
Contents
section  page
one Introduction 3
two Who we are and what we do 4
three How we wrote the plan 7
four Our vision 10
five Our priorities 11
six Our outcomes 12
seven Delivering the plan 26
The plan on a page 28
If you need this information in another language or format, 
please contact us to discuss how we can best meet your needs. 
Phone: 0303 123 1015 
Email: equalities@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
Draft copy
38

Page 39

Section one
Welcome to South Lanarkshire Council’s 
plan for 2022 – 2027.
This plan is written against the backdrop of enormous changes both near to home,
in Scotland and the UK, and further afield on the world stage.
Introduction
We live in uncertain times and the pandemic 
has shown us more clearly than ever before the
value of local services rooted in local places 
and communities.
South Lanarkshire Council is proud of its role
as a key anchor organisation, sitting at the
heart of local decision-making and democracy,
championing South Lanarkshire and working
ceaselessly for the benefit of those who live, work,
visit and do business in South Lanarkshire.
This plan reflects the experience of our
communities over the last few years. It is the
result of an extended process of engagement 
and listening, which saw us engage communities 
the length and breadth of the council area. 
The outcome is a plan which is organised around
the themes which came up in our conversations
and which speaks to the concerns of people
across South Lanarkshire.
Time and again our conversations touched on the
need to put people first and take steps to tackle
deprivation and inequality. Also on people’s minds
were the effects of the pandemic – on business
and town centres, on jobs, education, mental 
and physical health, on young people and older
people and those in vulnerable groups. 
And finally there was widespread recognition
that we all need to play our part in
tackling, with urgency, the challenges of
climate change which are increasingly
apparent to us all.
For these reasons we have made
these topics the core priorities in our
plan. Everything we do in delivering
our services in South Lanarkshire
has to advance these priorities.
This plan explains how we will use our influence
and deliver our services to act on the things
that matter to our residents. We look forward to
continuing our work with communities over the
next five years to improve the lives and prospects
of everyone in South Lanarkshire.
Joe Fagan
Leader of the council
Cleland Sneddon
Chief Executive
3
2022
2027
Council Plan
Draft copy
39

Page 40

Section two
Who we are and what we do
The council delivers a wide range of services that touch all communities and
every household in South Lanarkshire. At the heart of the council’s vision are our
values based on fairness, empathy and the commitment to make a difference
to the lives of all of our citizens and communities. Our values express our
determination to be ambitious for South Lanarkshire and to be a high-achieving
and high-performing council.
Community and Enterprise Resources is
responsible for diverse services that impact
significantly on the quality of life experienced
by residents, businesses and visitors to South
Lanarkshire. Activities include:
\ Keeping our streets clean and maintaining and
developing play parks, gardens, open spaces
and allotments/food-growing opportunities
\ Collecting and disposing of waste and
encouraging recycling
\ Maintaining our road network to support 
safe and effective transport, and promoting
active travel
\ Promoting economic development/recovery
and delivering support for local businesses
\ Supporting town centres and 
physical regeneration
\ Providing planning and building standard
services that guide and control physical
development and land use in the area and
ensure the health and safety of persons in or
about buildings and the conservation of energy
and achievement of sustainable development
\ Developing and promoting sustainability, 
the transition to a net zero carbon economy 
and addressing climate change
\ Promoting and developing a fair, healthy, 
and sustainable food system
\ Delivering key high quality services within
schools and council premises, including
cleaning, catering, receptionist, janitorial,
concierge, and crossing patrol services
\ Protecting public health through the delivery 
of environmental health services
\ Providing trading standards to protect
consumers and communities
\ Providing bereavement services
\ Procuring and managing the council’s 
vehicle fleet, including refuse collection, 
roads maintenance, street sweeping and
passenger transport.
Our Values
Focused on people and their needs
Working with and respecting others
Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent
Ambitious, self-aware and improving
Fair, open and sustainable
Excellent employer
4
Draft copy
40

Page 41

South Lanarkshire Leisure and Culture (SLLC) on
behalf of the council, promotes the health and
wellbeing of South Lanarkshire residents through
the council’s museum, libraries, art centres,
indoor and outdoor sports and leisure centres,
community halls and country parks.
Education Resources is South Lanarkshire Council’s
largest service. There are over 49,000 young
people attending nursery, primary, secondary 
and additional support needs schools in South
Lanarkshire. Education is both a national and
local priority. Our purpose is: Inspiring learners,
transforming learning, strengthening partnerships.
Our priorities are to:
\ Improve health and wellbeing to enable 
children and families to flourish
\ Ensure inclusion, equity and equality are at 
the heart of what we do
\ Provide a rich and stimulating curriculum that
helps raise standards in literacy and numeracy
\ Support children and young people to develop
their skills for learning, life and work
\ Empower learners to shape and influence
action on climate change and
sustainability.
These priorities align closely
with the National Improvement
Framework, that sets out a
clear framework for schools
and educational settings
across Scotland.
Finance and Corporate Resources provides support
that allows the council to deliver its wide range of
services on behalf of local people. 
Services include:
\ Preparing council budgets and 
financial strategies 
\ Collecting revenue e.g. through Council Tax 
\ Personnel services
\ Support for councillors and committees
\ Professional services such as legal services,
internal audit
\ Communications
\ IT services
\ Registration of births, deaths and 
marriages/civil ceremonies.
2022
2027
Council Plan
5
Draft copy
41

Page 42

Social Work Resources, working alongside South
Lanarkshire Health and Social Care Partnership,
promotes social welfare and provides effective
care and support to meet the needs of vulnerable
people in South Lanarkshire. Working with
partners, including voluntary and independent
provider organisations, activities include:
\ Responding to over 50,000 referrals a year 
\ Assessment, specialist assessment 
and support 
\ Services for vulnerable children, young people
and adults and their carers, as part of our
commitment to public protection
\ Supporting adults to meet outcomes such 
as staying active, independent, connected 
and engaged 
\ Supporting carers to meet their personal
outcomes such as breaks from care, sustaining
employment, staying healthy
\ Providing residential care 
\ Justice and mental health legislation
The work of Social Work Resources builds on and
enhances the existing joint working relationships
across the partner agencies in South Lanarkshire. 
Section two
Housing and Technical Resources is the fourth
largest social landlord in Scotland and is
responsible for developing and delivering on
strategies and plans relating to housing and
homelessness. It is also responsible for delivery
of maintenance and improvement works to the
council’s property portfolio. Activities include:
\ Managing a stock of over 25,000 homes
including sheltered housing and two sites and
services for the Gypsy/Traveller community
\ Providing services to people who are homeless
or at risk of becoming homeless
\ Delivery of the integrated Home Options service
\ Engaging with tenants and communities and
providing advice and support services
\ Managing the council’s property portfolio 
\ Delivery of repairs and maintenance services
and works to the property portfolio to ensure
legislative compliance 
\ Designing, managing, and delivering property
construction projects, additional affordable
housing and regeneration programmes
\ Providing services to support refugees
\ Working with others to tackle anti-social
behaviour and promote community safety
6
Draft copy
42

Page 43

How we wrote the plan
Section three
We asked communities to tell us what is important
to them. Information from many sources
including local community plans, face to face
discussions, online feedback, feedback
from community groups, community
events and surveys has been gathered
to help us to write this plan.
In 2021, over 3,300 people answered our
survey about what matters to you, and we
had conversations with 27 different groups
to find out more.
We also looked at core facts and figures
about South Lanarkshire and its people,
tracking trends over time and establishing
what the data says about our people and
our place.
Finally, we looked at what else is happening in
Scotland, the UK and further afield, to be guided
by good practice, legislation and policy relevant
to our activities.
What communities 
have told us
Puts the focus on the topics 
that matter to the people of 
South Lanarkshire
What the facts 
and figures tell us
Ensures our actions are backed 
up by the evidence we see in 
facts and figures
What best practice, 
legislation and 
policy tells us
Ensures our plan is informed by good
practice and in step with legislation 
and key policies
These reference points appear throughout 
this plan.
We have gathered key messages and data in the
following pages which describe “Our People, 
Our Place”. This is the context for our plan.
2022
2027
Council Plan
7
Draft copy
43

Page 44

\ Just over 1 in 4 (27%) of South Lanarkshire’s
population is aged under 24, and while the
population of South Lanarkshire is projected
to increase overall by 2028 (up 2%),
decreases are projected in most age groups
under age 64.
\ The over 75 population, however, 
is projected to grow by 25%.
\ South Lanarkshire residents earn an 
average of £15.28 per hour, with unequal pay
leading to a gender pay gap (the difference
between male and female hourly earnings) 
of £1.86 or 11.4%.
\ Around 21.3% of all children aged 0 to 15 in
South Lanarkshire are in relative low-income
households, slightly below the 22.4% figure
for Scotland.
\ Compared to Scotland, life expectancy in
South Lanarkshire is around 0.5 years lower
for both males and females.
\ The percentage of adults with no formal
qualifications in South Lanarkshire is 
8.9%, slightly higher than the Scottish
average of 8.1%.
Other key considerations 
\ Pandemic recovery and renewal 
\ Tackling poverty, deprivation and inequality
\ Community empowerment and 
community wealth building
\ Housing and homelessness
\ Legislative and policy changes
Our People
Key messages
\ People require basic needs –
shelter, food, heating etc.
\ To have good mental health, we need good
outside space.
\ More life skills teaching required – money
management, mortgages and use of credit.
The skills that should be promoted are IT/
Digital skills as well as interpersonal.
\ Many people are trapped indoors and live 
a lonely existence, some not knowing 
their neighbours. Events, funding, 
and social activities for all to bring 
communities together.
\ Need to focus on improving the lives of the
many families in South Lanarkshire Council
living in poverty through improving their
access to health and social care services,
improving their digital skills and ability to get
on-line and improving access to healthy, 
low-cost food.
\ Focussing on what matters to people – 
not what is the matter with them.
Data 
\ South Lanarkshire has a
population of 320,820, which is just under
6% of Scotland’s total population. In terms
of population, South Lanarkshire is the fifth
largest local authority in Scotland. 
\ Our population is projected to both grow
and age. By 2028 the population of South
Lanarkshire is projected to increase by
almost 2% to 325,243.
Section three
How we wrote the plan
We started with these key messages from
the consultation and our existing data
8
Draft copy
44

Page 45

\ There are 148,483 households in South
Lanarkshire and the number has grown 
each year since 2001.
\ By 2028 the number of households in 
South Lanarkshire is projected to increase 
by around 5% to 153,273.
\ There are 2,413 km of road in South
Lanarkshire, 2,271 km of which (94%) 
are maintained by the council.
\ There are just under 10,000 active
businesses in South Lanarkshire, accounting
for 5.4% of all Scottish active businesses.
\ South Lanarkshire is home to 149 schools:
125 Primary schools, 17 Secondary schools
and 7 Additional Support Needs schools. 
It is also home to South Lanarkshire College
and the University of the West of Scotland.
Other key considerations 
\ Climate emergency and
sustainable development, including zero
waste, circular economy and sustainable
food system
\ Population
\ Financial challenges
\ Glasgow City Region City Deal
\ Legislative and policy changes 
Our Place
Key messages 
\ Where I live there is a good
community spirit
\ Public transport links in some areas are poor
and not everyone in our communities has
access to online services 
\ Community spirit and involvement has
changed for the better in communities,
developing neighbourhood plans has helped
this, so do more of this
\ The needs of every community will differ
according to the size, who lives there, and
what the community means to people. 
Many local communities have come together
more since the Covid pandemic and that is 
a good start
\ Community hall areas in villages would
enhance and address health inequalities. 
\ We need more affordable lets for groups to
meet in their local area.
\ Recognise the limited resources that
communities have to do what they want.
\ Create an environment where if a 
community faces a setback it can learn,
bounce back and keep going.
Data 
\ South Lanarkshire covers an
area of 1,772 square kilometres,
almost 80% of which is in agricultural use.
\ 3 out of 4 people in South Lanarkshire live
in urban areas. The largest settlements are
East Kilbride (75,000), Hamilton (54,000),
Rutherglen (31,000) and Cambuslang
(29,000), all towards the north of the council
area. In the south the largest settlements 
are Carluke, Lanark, Strathaven, 
Biggar and Forth.
2022
2027
Council Plan
9
Draft copy
45

Page 46

Our shared vision is 
to improve the lives and 
prospects of everyone 
in South Lanarkshire
Section four
Our vision
This plan sets
out how we will
deliver on that vision
by focusing on what
matters to the people
of South Lanarkshire and
the priorities they have
identified for people,
progress and planet.
10
Draft copy
46

Page 47

Our priorities
Section five
In our conversations with communities in South Lanarkshire, three themes came
up time and again. These three topics were so widespread and touched on so many
aspects of people’s lives that we have used them as foundations for our plan.
People – we need to put people
first and reduce inequality
Together, we will take a people first approach 
to reducing inequality and improving lives 
and life prospects.
Along with our Community Planning Partners, we
will continue to have “Community Conversations
That Matter”. We will work with communities to
ensure that their voices are heard and support
them to take action on the things that are
important to them through a “Can Do” approach.  
Progress – we need to recover,
progress and improve
Together, we will build on what we have learned
to recover from the pandemic, make progress in
the things that matter for South Lanarkshire, and
continuously improve how we do things.
Progress is about delivering the right things that
matter to everyone, in the right place and at
the right time. Our focus will be to continue
to grow and develop the relationships
and the excellent partnership working
that has supported our communities
throughout the pandemic.
Planet – we need to work
towards a sustainable future in
sustainable places
We will act in ways that protect our natural world
for a healthier future. We will work together to
develop local solutions to protect nature and to
take action on climate change and support our
young people to lead the way.
These are our priorities,
which we will reflect in
everything we do.
2022
2027
Council Plan
11
Draft copy
47

Page 48

Our outcomes
Section six
In our conversations across South Lanarkshire, people told us what mattered 
to them and their communities.
Although we encountered a wide range of
opinions, when people were asked about what
mattered most, and what the council and its
partners should focus on, they talked about
similar things. They valued a sense of community,
good neighbours, safe neighbourhoods and
environments. They wanted to see children and
young people given the best start in life and
support to thrive. They wanted good housing,
good parks and open spaces, and good options
for getting around, whether by car or public
transport. And people told us they wanted to see
the economy of South Lanarkshire recover and
grow, with thriving town centres and good jobs
and training opportunities for local people.
Guided by what you have told us, we have
taken these topics and grouped them under six
outcomes. These outcomes capture what it 
is that people value and want to see in 
South Lanarkshire.
This plan sets out what we will do to deliver 
these outcomes for the benefit of everyone in
South Lanarkshire.
Communities and environment
Caring, connected, sustainable
communities
Education and learning
Inspiring learners, transforming
learning, strengthening partnerships
Health and wellbeing
People live the healthiest 
lives possible
Children and young people
Our children and young 
people thrive
Housing and land
Good quality, suitable and
sustainable places to live
Our economy
Thriving business, fair jobs and
vibrant town centres
These outcomes
capture what it is 
that people value 
and want to see in 
South Lanarkshire.
12
Draft copy
48

Page 49

The rest of this plan sets
out how we will deliver
what our communities
have told us they want –
our outcomes.
2022
2027
Council Plan
13
Draft copy
49

Page 50

Caring, connected, 
sustainable communities
Communities and environment
What communities told us
Residents value outdoor play areas for children, as well as clubs and
activities that give children and young people something to do.
The quality and safety of local parks, woodlands, nature trails and paths is
important if people are to enjoy the outdoors.
Good neighbours and a sense of community make a huge difference to quality of life.
People are increasingly feeling the effects of rising prices impacting on everyday
essentials such as food, clothing, travel and heating.
Data
Most South Lanarkshire residents rate their local neighbourhood as a very
or a fairly good place to live and feel that they can rely on someone in their
neighbourhood for help.
Fuel poverty is an issue for many households, with around 1 in 5 experiencing fuel
poverty and 1 in 10 in extreme fuel poverty.
Of the 153,658 tonnes of household waste generated in South Lanarkshire, just under
18% is sent to landfill with the rest being recycled or composted (approx 41%) or
diverted from landfill by other means (approx 42%).
In April 2021, there were 5 food growing sites owned and managed by 
South Lanarkshire Council with a total of 335 plot holders.
Other key considerations
The council declared a climate emergency in 2020 and has developed a
sustainable development and climate change strategy that sets out the
council’s priorities as it transitions to net zero.
Protecting and enhancing specific aspects of our local environment is tackled by the
South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Strategy; the Air Quality Strategy; Litter Strategy.
Other strategies and plans which will make a difference include the 
Food Growing Strategy and the Good Food Strategy.
14
Draft copy
50

Page 51

What we do now
\ Keeping our streets clean and maintaining and
developing play parks, gardens, open spaces
and allotments/food growing opportunities
\ Collecting and disposing of waste and
encouraging recycling
\ Maintaining our road network to support 
safe and effective transport, and promoting
active travel
\ Manage the use and development of land in the
public interest and ensure work on new and
existing buildings meets national standards
\ Developing and promoting sustainability and
addressing climate change
\ Promoting and developing a fair, healthy, and
sustainable food system
\ Registration of births, deaths and marriages/
civil ceremonies.
What we will deliver
\ Work with communities to create safe, 
strong sustainable places
\ Act on what our communities tell us
\ Support a circular economy by re-using,
recycling and generating energy from the
waste we manage
\ Increase digital access in rural areas
\ Address climate change by reducing carbon
emissions, adapting to the impacts of climate
change, and acting sustainably
\ Ensure high-quality streets, parks and other
public areas so that South Lanarkshire is a
place where people want to live, work, 
visit and invest
\ Improve road and transport infrastructure,
including public transport and opportunities
for active travel 
\ Develop a healthier, fairer and more
sustainable food system
\ Empower learners, to shape and influence
action on sustainability and climate change.
What will success look like?
\ Reduced carbon emissions
\ Increase in household waste recycling
\ More people reporting a strong sense of
community
\ Increased ownership of local assets
\ Protect our natural environment and enhance
our green spaces
\ Develop and promote food growing
opportunities
\ Invest in services to protect the vulnerable.
We will work with
communities to
create safe, strong
sustainable places.
15
2022
2027
Council Plan
Draft copy
51

Page 52

Inspiring learners, transforming learning,
strengthening partnerships
Education and learning
What communities told us
Improve health and wellbeing to enable children and families to flourish.
Provide a rich and stimulating curriculum that helps raise standards 
in literacy and numeracy.
Support children and young people to develop their skills for learning, life and work.
Adult learning should be affordable and accessible to older adults. 
This is good for mental health and physical health and making friendships.
Digital training and accessible learning with opportunities to gain skills are important 
for adults and young people alike.
Life skills teaching is required – money management, mortgages and use of credit. 
The skills that should be promoted are IT/Digital skills as well as interpersonal.
Create an environment for communities to fall down, learn and get back up and keep going.
Data
South Lanarkshire is home to 149 schools: 125 Primary schools, 
17 Secondary schools and 7 Additional Support Needs schools. It is also home
to South Lanarkshire College and the University of the West of Scotland.
The percentage of adults with no formal qualifications in South Lanarkshire 
is 8.9%, slightly higher than the Scottish average of 8.1%.
In 2020/21, 70% of primary pupils achieved expected levels in literacy compared to 68%
nationally and 78% achieved expected levels in numeracy compared to 75% nationally.
In 2020/21, 96% of school leavers were in a positive destination compared 
to 95% nationally.
Other key considerations
Our young people have asked to be involved in shaping and influencing
actions on climate change and sustainability.
Our stakeholders have agreed that we work together to ensure inclusion,
equity and equality are at the heart of what we do.
16
Draft copy
52

Page 53

Improve health
and wellbeing to
enable children
and families 
to flourish.
What we do now
\ Quality education through 
125 Primary schools, 17 Secondary
schools and 7 Additional Support
Needs schools
\ The best possible learning
experiences for all learners
\ Curriculum for excellence
\ Key services within schools,
including cleaning, catering,
janitorial, and crossing 
patrol services
What we will deliver
\ Provide a rich and stimulating
curriculum that helps raise standards
in literacy and numeracy
\ Ensure inclusion, equity and equality are 
at the heart of what we do
What will success look like? 
\ Improved attainment in literacy 
and numeracy
\ Improved attendance 
\ Improved positive destinations 
for our young people 
17
2022
2027
Council Plan
Draft copy
53

Page 54

People live the 
healthiest lives possible
Health and wellbeing
What communities told us
Isolation and poverty have a big impact on health and wellbeing.
Mental health is an issue that concerns many residents, 
especially as it affects children and young people
Affordable and accessible activities – something for everyone whatever their ability or
budget – are really important.
Carers can feel isolated, undervalued and frustrated at the lack of opportunities to
“make a better life” for themselves and their families.
Data
In 2021, residents scored their life satisfaction, happiness and sense of
purpose lower than the Scottish average.
Compared to Scotland, life expectancy in South Lanarkshire is around 
0.5 years lower for both males and females.
Pre-pandemic figures show that only 8% of adults in South Lanarkshire use active travel
(walking or cycling) to get to work.
Emergency hospital admissions are higher than the Scottish average in 
South Lanarkshire.
Other key considerations
Social Work (Scotland) Act 1968; Adults with Incapacity (Scotland) Act 2000;
Mental Health (Care and Treatment) (Scotland) Act 2003; Adult Support and
Protection (Scotland) Act 2007
Integrated Strategic Commissioning Plan 2019 – 2022 focusses on the development of
better integrated health and social care services for people in South Lanarkshire.
Independent Review of Adult Social Care – Proposals for a National Care Service 
for Scotland
18
Draft copy
54

Page 55

What we do now
\ Protecting public health through the delivery of
environmental health services
\ Safe, well maintained open spaces and parks
for the benefit of all
\ Protection services for vulnerable children,
young people and adults and their carers
\ Providing care at home 
\ Community support services, respite and
residential services 
\ Enabling carers to continue in their caring role 
\ Justice and mental health services
\ Providing school menus that meet the 
Food and Drink In Schools (Scotland)
Regulations 2020
\ Providing bereavement services.
What we will deliver
\ Support people to live active and 
independent lives 
\ Work with our communities to deliver 
person-centred care and support
\ Improve health and wellbeing to enable 
children and families to flourish
\ Carry out our statutory function to 
protect children, young people and
adults from risk of harm
\ Promote self-care and self-
management
\ Promote early intervention
and prevention to achieve
healthy, active lives and reduce
inequalities
\ Deliver day opportunities for adults and 
older people that promote increased 
choice and options
\ Help people to continue to live within 
their homes and communities through
integrated community health and 
social care services.
What will success look like?
\ Increasing scores for resident life satisfaction,
happiness and sense of purpose
\ Improved life expectancy for males 
and females
\ Increased number of people supported to 
live independently at home.
19
2022
2027
Council Plan
Draft copy
55

Page 56

Our children and 
young people thrive
Children and young people
What communities told us
Building young peoples’ resilience and giving them skills for life 
and citizenship is important.
The activities available for children and young people are held in high regard
and it is important to ensure they are available to everyone and cater to all needs.
We should value the views of children and young people and involve them in decision-
making and give them a say in how services are designed and delivered.
Data
Just over 1 in 4 (27%) of South Lanarkshire’s population is aged under 24,
and while the population of South Lanarkshire is projected to increase overall
by 2028 (up 2%), decreases are projected in the 0 to 15 age group (down by
-4%) and the 16 to 24 age group (down by -2%).
Around 21.3% of all children aged 0 to 15 in South Lanarkshire are in relative low-income
households, slightly below the 22.4% figure for Scotland as a whole.
Latest figures show there are 786 looked after children (LAC) in South Lanarkshire. 
The most common settings for looked after children were with friends/relatives (37%) 
or in foster care (26%).
In the 12 months to September 2021, the employment rate for those aged 16 to 19 was 35%.
The South Lanarkshire rate was a tenth higher than the Scottish rate of 31.7%. 
In the case of those aged 20 to 24, over the same period, the South Lanarkshire
employment rate was 79.4%, nearly a fifth greater than the Scottish rate of 67.9%.
Other key considerations
The following legislation provides important direction and guidance 
for our planning: The Children and Young People (Scotland) Act 2014; 
The Community Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015; The Carers (Scotland)
Act 2016 (includes rights for young carers).
Children’s Service Plan Getting it Right for South Lanarkshire’s Children, 
Young People and Families 2021 – 2023; NHS Lanarkshire Child Health Plan; 
Corporate Parenting Strategy and Action Plan; Child Protection Business Plan.
The Promise (Independent Care Review) of Scotland’s Care system, including the
underpinning legislation, practices, culture and ethos, setting out an overall view of what
the new approach to supporting children, young people and families should be.
20
Draft copy
56

Page 57

What we do now
\ Promote children’s rights in line with the United
Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child
(UNCRC) to empower children and young people
and to keep them safe
\ Support care experienced young people
to achieve positive learning outcomes and
positive destinations
\ Support and protect children and young people
\ Support children and young people to
remain with their own families in their own
communities wherever possible
\ Provide family support to promote the welfare
and development of children, young people and
their families
\ Providing residential care and supporting
kinship care
\ Support for young carers
\ Fostering and adoption
\ Youth justice.
What we will deliver
\ Support parents/carers and family members
to continue to be regularly engaged in
communications with their child’s school 
\ Support children and young people to
develop their skills for learning, life and work
\ Ensure children have the best start in life and
are supported to realise their potential
\ Improve the health and wellbeing of children,
young people and families
\ Improve the life chances of children 
and young people in need of care 
and protection.
What will success look like?
\ Positive learning outcomes and positive
destinations for care experienced 
young people
\ Percentage of Child Protection Investigations
completed that progress to Case Conference
\ Percentage of our looked after children 
and young people accommodated in 
residential placements.
21
2022
2027
Council Plan
Draft copy
57

Page 58

Good quality, suitable and 
sustainable places to live
Housing and land
What communities told us
Provide good value affordable rents for tenants while allowing continued
investment, particularly in the current economic climate.
Where I live there is a good community spirit.
The Gypsy Traveller community have stated that “By working with the council, 
our community have been fully involved in the decision-making process about 
the new facilities making us feel valued.”
Data
South Lanarkshire is the fourth largest social landlord in Scotland 
managing over 25,000 homes, this includes 800 new homes constructed
over the last five years and an additional 220 acquired via our open market
purchase scheme.
There are 148,483 households and 153,863 dwellings in South Lanarkshire and the
numbers of both have increased each year since 2001.
On average, the council receives approximately 2000 homeless applications per year.
By 2028 the number of households in South Lanarkshire is projected to 
increase by almost 5% to 153,273.
Other key considerations
The Local Housing Strategy sets out how the council and partners will
meet housing need and demand. It makes links to the quality of the built
environment and sustainable communities.
The Rapid Rehousing Transition Plan (RRTP) sets out how we will work with partnering
agencies to bring about a step change in addressing homelessness.
The Local Development Plan 2 (LDP2) outlines the development and land use strategy 
for South Lanarkshire.
The Strategic Housing Investment Plan is a 5-year rolling plan that links the strategic
priorities identified in South Lanarkshire’s Local Housing Strategy (LHS) to a strategic plan
for the delivery of additional affordable housing.
Housing to 2040 sets out a vision for housing in Scotland to 2040 and a route map to
get there. It aims to deliver our ambition for everyone to have a safe, good quality and
affordable home that meets their needs in the place they want to be.
22
Draft copy
58

Page 59

What we do now
\ Manage a stock of over 25,000 homes
including sheltered housing and two sites and
services for the Gypsy/Traveller community
\ Provide services to people who are homeless
or at risk of becoming homeless
\ Deliver our Integrated Home Options service
\ Engage with tenants and communities and
provide advice and support services
\ Provide Strategic and Support functions across
the resource
\ Manage the council’s property portfolio
including properties for sale or lease
\ Deliver repairs, maintenance and legislative
compliance works to the council’s property
portfolio to ensure legislative compliance.
\ Design, manage and deliver property
construction projects, additional affordable
housing and regeneration programmes
\ Provide services to support refugees
\ Work with others to tackle anti-social behaviour
and promote community safety
What we will deliver
\ Support people to access and sustain
housing which meets their needs through our
Integrated Housing Options service 
\ Provide a comprehensive range of services
to help prevent and alleviate homelessness
including the provision of suitable temporary
and supported accommodation
\ Provide high quality services to our tenants,
including those who live in sheltered housing
and residents at our Gypsy/Traveller sites 
\ Work to bring vacant and derelict land sites
into productive use
\ Promote a mix and choice of homes by
facilitating private housing development
\ Work with property owners and landlords to
make sure our private housing is suitable for
the needs of our residents
\ Work to bring empty homes back into use to
help meet needs within South Lanarkshire
\ Deliver a first-class repairs and 
maintenance service
\ Continue to develop a range of properties 
to meet the council needs
\ Continue to deliver an affordable housing
programme to meet needs
\ Manage the council’s portfolio of 
properties and land
\ Continue to engage and work with tenants
and other customers to design our services.
\ Support the sustainability and prosperity
of rural communities and economy while
protecting the distinctive character of 
the rural area.
What will success look like?
\ Increased levels of affordable rented homes 
\ Improved outcomes for households
experiencing homelessness, including access
to settled accommodation
\ Ensure our repairs service continues to meet
the needs of customers
\ More energy efficient council homes.
23
2022
2027
Council Plan
Draft copy
59

Page 60

Thriving business, fair jobs 
and vibrant town centres
Our economy
What communities told us
People need to be able to access training and skills to help them get into a
job or to progress in their employment.
Transport links can be a problem for employment, particularly in rural areas.
Support is needed for local small businesses and town centres need 
help to recover from the pandemic.
Data
South Lanarkshire residents earn an average of £15.28 per hour in 2021, 
with unequal pay leading to a gender pay gap (the difference between male 
and female hourly earnings) of £1.86 or 11.4%.
In 2020 there were an estimated 18,000 people (20.8% of employees) in 
South Lanarkshire who were earning less than the UK Living Wage (£9.50).
South Lanarkshire productivity (GVA per head) is increasing but is 21% lower than the
Scottish average.
There are just under 10,000 active businesses in South Lanarkshire, 
accounting for 5.4% of all Scottish active businesses.
The one-year survival rate for South Lanarkshire companies established in 2019 who
were still in business in 2020 was 92.9% compared to 90.5% in Scotland. The five-year
survival rate for South Lanarkshire, for businesses started in 2015 and still in business in
2020 was 39.3% slightly below the Scottish average of 39.4%.
Other key considerations
A number of strategies work together to support and improve 
our local economy, including Promote – the South Lanarkshire Economic
Strategy, the South Lanarkshire Tourism Strategy, the Local Transport
Strategy, the Park and Ride Strategy.
24
Draft copy
60

Page 61

What we do now
\ Promoting economic development/recovery
and delivering support for local businesses
\ Maintain a range and choice of sites for
employment use across South Lanarkshire 
and respond to the changing nature of our
town centres by encouraging a more diverse
mix of uses
\ Providing planning and building standard
services which guide and control physical
development and land use in the area
\ Providing trading standards to protect
consumers and communities.
What we will deliver
\ Minimise unemployment and
underemployment with a focus on
disadvantaged communities
\ Train individuals to develop and grow their
skills, to be more productive and prosperous
in the workplace to benefit both employers
and workers and thereby create, sustain and
retain a viable workforce
\ Improve employment and entrepreneurial
activity in key business sectors at 
key locations
\ Help create town centres that offer a social,
cultural and economic heart to a community
and contain shared built environment,
heritage and spaces that, with the right
conditions, provide inclusive and 
sustainable centres
\ Deliver council and community 
planning partners’ strategic projects
to enable economic development and
sustainable growth
\ Promote South Lanarkshire as a leisure
and tourism destination and realise
the potential our tourism, heritage and
cultural attractions and outstanding
natural environment have in contributing
to the economic wellbeing of the area
\ Work with business to become digitally
confident, highlighting the need to utilise
digital tools to grow and the benefits of a
digitally empowered workforce
\ Create and build collaborative partnerships
between local government, public sector
partners, businesses and business
organisations as we embark on our journey to
net zero to enable the creation of sustainable
businesses that thrive, innovate and support
our local communities
\ Establish a responsible, resilient, equitable
and locally based procurement framework
that maximises opportunities for local and
third sector businesses to bid for and win
contracts in our area
\ Recognise that fair work drives success,
wellbeing and prosperity for individuals,
businesses, organisations and society.
What will success look like?
\ More people in employment and 
economically active 
\ Reduced poverty and household debt
\ Increased value of spend with local businesses
\ Increased number of living wage employers in
South Lanarkshire.
25
2022
2027
Council Plan
Draft copy
61

Page 62

Delivering the plan
Section seven
Funding
To deliver its objectives, the council operates with
a budget of £834 million per annum (2022/23).
We have a strong budget planning process led by
our Financial Strategy, which sets out a detailed
medium term forecast for the financial resources
required to meet the aims of the council. 
The Financial Strategy is updated every year.
Through the Financial Strategy the council can
ensure that it sets a budget that delivers the
ambitions of this Council Plan. The Financial
Strategy is informed by the changing environment
in which we operate, and the changing needs that
we are serving. The strategy helps us manage the
resources of the council in the most effective way
to ensure that we continue to deliver the services
that the residents of South Lanarkshire want, and
that we do so while making the best possible use
of resources.
The Financial Strategy looks at the day to day
running costs for the council. The council also
has a capital spend programme that builds on
significant capital investment in previous years,
which included spend in our schools, social
housing, and roads.
There are elements of uncertainty that may
influence our Financial Strategy, including a
lack of clarity on the level of grant funding that
the council will get in future years. We are also
facing, as many others are, significant additional
pressures due to increasing costs including
utilities, fuel and high inflation levels, and that will
mean that the financial position for the council
over the next few years will be difficult.
The management of the council’s budget is
subject to strong controls including robust
monitoring arrangements and regular reporting to
committees and scrutiny forums.
People
To enable delivery of the Council Plan, and continue
the provision of high quality, responsive services, 
it is essential to have the right people with the 
right skills in the right place at the right time. 
Our employees are committed to innovative,
customer-centred service delivery and adaptable
to the challenges and opportunities that arise.
The council must continue to draw upon the
knowledge, skills and dedication of our employees
while ensuring they are supported, committed and
engaged to undertake their role.
Our People Strategy and Workforce Plan set
out our longer term people requirements, taking
into account our strategic priorities, working
environment and service delivery plans. 
These documents provide us with a strategy and
a road map to ensure the council has a flexible,
committed and well-trained workforce to deliver
excellent services now and in the future.
We believe that the people who work for us are our
biggest asset and we will continue to support the
wellbeing of all employees with a safe and healthy
working environment where all are treated with
dignity and respect.
Physical and other assets
The council has a significant asset holding. 
With over £1,800 million in land and property
assets, 2,295 km of roads network, over 25,000
social houses and a fleet of over 1,600 vehicles,
it is essential that our assets are well managed,
fit for purpose, and used effectively to support
our objectives. To ensure this, the council has a
corporate Asset Management Plan (AMP), which
includes specific plans for the key asset categories
of property, roads infrastructure, housing, fleet and
information communication technology.
26
Draft copy
62

Page 63

Working corporately the AMP process enables us to
review the suitability, performance and condition of
our assets, target investment and consider future
service and investment priorities.
This will include the steps necessary to meet
national climate change targets and influence
future proposals to utilise the council’s portfolio of
assets in a way that improves energy efficiency
whilst reducing carbon outputs.
Performance management
We are accountable for everything we do, and
reporting our performance allows residents to see
for themselves the steps we are taking to improve 
our services and deliver our vision. By close
monitoring and management of performance, we
can ensure our plans are delivered effectively, and
that our services are continuously improving to
deliver better outcomes for everyone.
The council has a structured approach to
improvement by managing, monitoring and
reporting performance. This allows us to
understand our progress and take action where
necessary. As part of this we must ensure the
public is aware of our performance and continually
take on board their views and needs.
Robust performance monitoring and reporting
arrangements are in place, that include regular
progress reports to the council’s committees,
and this is complemented by public performance
information on the council’s website.
Top risks
The council is aware that there will be a number
of risks over the period of the Council Plan and
we will take steps to ensure that these are kept
under review so that they can be evaluated and
appropriate action taken to mitigate such risks. 
As the council delivers the plan, risk management
will continue to be a key element in the governance
arrangements, providing assurance that the
council is compliant with best practice standards
and that work is being undertaken to address
the gaps highlighted by ongoing council wide and
Resource wide risk identification.
Governance 
and assurance
The role of governance within the council is to
ensure that intended outcomes are achieved for
citizens and service users and that the council
operates in an effective, efficient and ethical
manner. Good governance is about the culture,
systems, processes and values by which the
council conducts its business and delivers services.
There are clear principles that should underpin
good governance. The council must be able to
demonstrate that: its focus is on its purpose and
on the outcomes for citizens and service users; the
values for the whole organisation are promoted and
demonstrate good governance through behaviour;
informed, transparent decisions are taken and risk
is managed; the capacity and capability of the
council to be effective is developed; members and
officers are performing effectively in clearly defined
functions and roles; and the council is engaging
stakeholders and making accountability real.
In delivering the Council Plan, the council will
adhere to and work within a framework of internal
values and expected external principles and
standards that help to deliver good standards of
governance. These standards apply to all elected
members and employees.
How to find out more 
and get involved
There are many ways to get involved in
your local community and influence the
work of the council and the Community
Planning Partnership, for example, through
volunteering, joining a local action group,
helping to find out what matters in your area
or getting involved in how decisions are made.
More information can be found on 
the Community Planning website:
www.southlanarkshirecommunityplanning.org
2022
2027
Council Plan
27
Draft copy
63

Page 64

Produced for Finance and Corporate Resources by Communications and Strategy. 063164/May22.
our priorities
our values
Focused on people and their needs
Working with and respecting others
Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent
Ambitious, self-aware and improving
Fair, open and sustainable
Excellent employer
our outcomes
Housing and land
Our economy
Communities and environment
Health and wellbeing
Children and young people
Education and learning
Caring,
connected,
sustainable
communities
People live 
the healthiest 
lives possible
Our children 
and young 
people
thrive
Good quality, 
suitable and
sustainable places 
to live
Inspiring 
learners,
transforming
learning,
strengthening
partnerships
our vision
Improve the lives 
and prospects 
of everyone 
in South 
Lanarkshire
Thriving 
business, fair 
jobs and
vibrant town
centresplanet
The plan on a page
people
progress
We will work to put people f rst and reduce inequality
We will work towards a sustainable future in sustainable places
We will work to recover, progress and improve
www.southlanarkshire.gov.uk
Draft copy
64

Page 65

-1- 
3
65

Page 66

-2- 
Introduction 
Welcome to the South Lanarkshire Community Plan. This plan is for you, and everyone else who lives
or works in South Lanarkshire.
Our partnership brings together local and national public, private and community sector representatives
to work together. Our aim is to improve the life and prospects of everyone in South Lanarkshire.
We have spent a lot of time listening and talking to people who live in South Lanarkshire to help us
write this plan. These conversations told us that the places where you live are very important to you
and that you want to see fairer lives, less people living in poverty. You also wanted us to learn from the
COVID-19 pandemic and move forward together to improve the way we do things.  You were also
concerned about the environment and how climate change impacts people and communities differently;
particularly those who have contributed least to the emissions that cause it; and how we will tackle that
together.
These are our key priorities over the next 10 years of this plan, and we explain how we will work
together to achieve them.  You should expect to see these priorities in other plans for the area as we all
work together to improve lives.  
Finally, and most importantly, within this plan you should be able to see how you are able to get
involved and work with us. We would love to hear from you, and we continue to listen to what you are
telling us.   
Places for Wellbeing Model
66

Page 67

-3- 
Our Partnership 
This is an ambitious plan for the future of South Lanarkshire that focuses on what we ‘Can Do’ more of
together, as partners to improve the wellbeing of everyone.  When we talk about ‘partners’, this means 
public sector services, people living in our communities, community organisations and businesses. 
The focus is on the places where our communities live and on doing what communities need to live
well.  Together we will invest in our future through building “Caring, Connected Communities”. 
Who we are?
Our partnership includes a wide range of national and local organisations. Some of these organisations
you will know well.  Our community partners lead on local planning and area-based Community
Partnerships.  A full list can be found on our website.  
What are we trying to do?
Our Community Planning Partners are working together to make South Lanarkshire a better place to
live, learn, play and work. We work with each other and with communities to provide the best possible
services that local people want and need. Further information can be found on the Community Planning
Partnership website www.southlanarkshirecommunityplanning.org 
How do I get involved?
There are many ways to get involved in your local community and influence the work of the partnership,
for example, through volunteering, joining a local action group, helping to find out what matters in your
area or getting involved in how decisions are made.  More information can be found on the Community
Planning website. 
How we wrote this plan? 
We asked communities to tell us what is important to them.   
Just before the global pandemic, we held an event with community representatives which considered
how to have “Community Conversations that Mattered”.  The main messages were that communities
should lead the way forward and that the places where they live are very important in making this
happen.  From these conversations a new Community Participation Model was created.   
Figure 1 (extract from the Community Participation Model) 
Improving how public services are delivered in the future (also set out by the Christie Commission
(2011)) was also of great importance.  Whilst a lot has changed for public services and communities
since then, delivering on these ambitions is now even more important than it was before. 
67

Page 68

-4- 
In 2021, over 3,300 people answered our survey about what matters to you, and we had conversations
with 27 different groups to find out more. Information from many other sources including local
community plans, face to face discussions, online feedback, feedback from Community Groups,
Community events and surveys has been gathered to help us to write this plan.   
We have also looked at what matters to people about where they live.  Seventeen communities now
have their own action plan and are taking action to improve the lives of everyone in their place, and
more are being created.  Looking at all these plans together, the top five areas that our communities
want to improve are:- 
• Taking action to create more activities for people of all ages; 
• Taking action to make better use of community centres and other buildings;  
• Taking action so that it is easier to get around and visit other areas; 
• Taking action to make places look better; and 
• Taking action to make communities safer.   
More information on local plans can be found at Community Planning
(southlanarkshirecommunityplanning.org) 
The following documents were important to us when writing the plan and tell more of the story on how
we wrote it.  Click on the links below to find out more:- (Note: we are still writing these documents)   
• The story of what people told us is important to them;
• What people want to do where they live;
• How we will work with you;
• Who we work with;
• How we work together;
• How we will deliver this plan; 
• How our work links to other important plans;
• All of the plans that deliver Community Planning; and 
• Other important work that we do together. 
The following information sets out some of the story of what is important to Our People and Our Place. 
Our People - What our information tells us about our people 
To help us target our work to where it is most needed, we use the Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation
(SIMD).  This helps us to understand where people on low incomes and those with fewer resources and
opportunities live.  There are 431 areas (also known as Datazones) within South Lanarkshire.  Of these,
just over one fifth of South Lanarkshire sits within the most deprived 20% of all areas (Datazones) in
Scotland.   
• South Lanarkshire has the ninth highest Health Deprivation rate in Scotland.   Around a quarter
of all areas in South Lanarkshire experienced a higher than expected level of ill health or
mortality.
• South Lanarkshire has the eleventh highest Employment Deprivation rate in Scotland.  Nearly
10% of people of the working age population are not in work, just above the Scottish Average.  
• South Lanarkshire has the tenth highest Income Deprivation rate in Scotland.  Nearly 13% of
the total population and just above the Scottish Average. 
What our people have told us about them and their lives 
• People require basic needs – shelter, food, heating etc.
• To have good mental health, we need good outside space.
• More life skills teaching required – money management, mortgages and use of credit. The skills that
should be promoted are IT/Digital skills as well as interpersonal.
• Many people are trapped in doors and live a lonely existence, some not knowing their neighbours.
68

Page 69

-5- 
Events, funding, and social activities for all to bring communities together.
• Need to focus on improving the lives of the many families in South Lanarkshire Council living in poverty
through improving their access to health and social care services, improving their digital skills and
ability to get on-line and improving access to healthy, low-cost food.
• Focussing on what matters to people – not what is the matter with them. 
Our people and their lives in numbers 
• People are expected to live 0.5 years less than the rest of Scotland, which is lower than the Scottish
average. (Source: National Registers of Scotland)
• Nearly one third of adults have a long-term physical or mental health problem, which is higher than
the Scottish average. (Source: Scottish Government).
• The number of people taking part in recreation activities is lower than the Scottish average (2019),
putting the area second last of all 32 councils in Scotland (Source: SLC State of the Environment
Report).
• Less than one fifth of children live in families who cannot afford three or more items out of a list of 22
basic everyday essential items.  This is slightly below the Scottish average. (Source: SHS, 2017-
2019)
• Nearly two thirds of children live in a low-income household where one or both parents work which
is slightly higher than the Scottish average.  (Source: HMRC)
• People are paid around £15.28 per hour (2021 figure); and men earn on average £1.86 more than
women.  This is slightly higher than the Scottish average.  (Source: Annual survey of hours and
earnings)
• Between 2020 and 2021 the percentage of employees earning less than the living wage has went
from the 9th highest rate of all Scottish councils to the 7th lowest rate (12.5%, 2021).  This is lower
than the Scottish average (Source: ASHE)
• Nearly one in every four houses spend 10% of their money on gas and electricity; and one in every
ten houses spends 20% of their money which is lower than the Scottish average. (Source: SHCS
2017-19).
• During the pandemic, one third of food parcels fed local children (16,000, 2020-21).  Latest figures
for the first 6 months of 2021-22 show a 60% increase when compared to pre-pandemic figures
(Source: South Lanarkshire Foodbanks).   
• 57% of adults under the age of 35 were involved in informal volunteering (2018, latest figure
available) which is much higher than the Scottish average (35%).  (Source: SHS, 2019)
Our Place - What our information tells us about our place 
There is a significant amount of work being undertaken in our communities and by our partnership
across South Lanarkshire to make it fairer, better and greener. The following sets out key information
which shows the current picture in South Lanarkshire.   
Our Place - What our people have told us about where they live 
• Where I live there is a good community spirit.
• Public transport links in some areas are poor and not everyone in our communities has access to
online services. 
• Community spirit and involvement has changed for the better in communities, developing
neighbourhood plans has helped this, so do more of this. 
69

Page 70

-6- 
• The needs of every community will differ according to the size, people and what community means
to people. Many local communities have come together more since the COVID pandemic and that is
a good start.
• Community hall areas in villages would enhance and address health inequalities. 
• We need more affordable lets for groups to meet in their local area.
• Recognise the limited resources that communities have to do what they want.
• Create an environment for communities to fall down, learn and get back up and keep going. 
Places where our people live in numbers 
• More than four fifths of houses can access the internet at home which is lower than the Scottish
average (Source: SHS, 2019) 
• Of the 21.3% children living in low income households in South Lanarkshire; 52.8% live with one
parent; 47.3% live with two parents; 65.6% live in working families and 34.4% live in families that do
not work.
• When we compare this with children who live in our most deprived areas, 35.9% live in low income
households; 59% live with one parent; 40.2% live with two parents; 57.4% live in working families
and 42.4% live in families that do not work.
• Information recorded for young people leaving school in South Lanarkshire shows that 47.9% go on
to Higher Education; 19.4% go on to Further Education; 20.5% get a job; 5% started training; 3.2%
are looking for a job; 1.7% did not have a job/were not looking for one; and 2.2% moved on to
somewhere else or there was no further information.   
• When we compare this with young people who live in our most deprived areas; 30.1% go on to
Higher Education; 27.2% go on to Further Education; 21.4% get a job; 10.4% started training; 4.9%
are looking for a job; 2.8% did not have a job/were not looking for one; and 3.3% moved on to
somewhere else or there was not further information.  
• Greenhouse gas emissions continue to decrease year on year (Source: SL State of the Environment
Report)
• Street cleanliness is improving, and satisfaction levels are above the Scottish average.  However,
there has been a significant increase in fly tipping and abandoned cars because of the COVID-19 
pandemic emergency measures. (Source: SL State of the Environment Report)
• The number of community allotments has increased from previous years. (Source: SL State of the
Environment Report) 
70

Page 71

-7- 
Our Shared Vision, Principles and Priorities   
Our vision is that we improve the life and prospects of everyone in South Lanarkshire. We will do this
by making sure our communities are at the heart of community planning in South Lanarkshire. 
Our shared principles set out how we plan to work better, together:- 
Added Value and Continuous Improvement: We will work together to achieve more and become
better at doing so. 
Clarity of Purpose: We will attempt to avoid duplication of effort, developing agreed priorities to
maximise our impact and focussing on the actions that will make the most difference; 
Communication and Empowerment: We will talk to and listen to each other in a meaningful way,
helping individuals, families and communities to take positive action to improve their wellbeing; 
Embracing Change: We work in a rapidly changing world.  We are committed to making the most of
this, shaping the direction of these changes to benefit local people and communities, taking innovative
approaches and always questioning how and why we are doing things; 
Focused Delivery: We will not lose sight of the fact that we need to make a positive difference.  We
will work creatively and build on what we are already doing, focusing our services and actions to meet
future needs; and 
Openness and Trust: We will do more together, from planning to delivery, ensuring openness and
transparency in how we work; trusting each other to fulfil our roles; and working in harmony. 
Our Ambitions 
This plan sets out how we will continue to support the people living in our communities to participate in
Community Planning and puts the places where our communities live at the centre of change.  We will
continue to focus on improving how we work better together to deliver local needs and priorities.   
This work will happen across three key ambitions: People; Progress; and Planet.   
People – Together, we will take a people first approach to improving everyone’s wellbeing.  People told
us that empowerment comes from the community and it’s not something that is given to them.  We
understand that long-lasting change will only be achieved if we all work together, putting our
communities at the heart of community planning.  We will continue to have community conversations
that matter.  We will work with communities to ensure that their voices are heard and support them to
act on the things that are important to them through a “Can Do” approach.   
Progress – Together, we will build on what we have learned to improve how we do things and the
wellbeing of everyone.  Delivering the right things that matter to people, in the right place and at the
right time.  We have been inspired by the phenomenal community response to the global pandemic
and have seen how our communities “Can Do” do more with the right information and support from us. 
Our focus will be to continue to grow and develop the relationships and the excellent partnership
working that has supported our communities to maintain and improve their wellbeing throughout the
pandemic. 
Planet - We will act in ways that protect our natural world for a healthier future.  We will work together
to develop local solutions to protect nature and to take action on climate change and support our young
people to lead the way.
71

Page 72

-8- 
How we will deliver this plan 
Investing in our future through Caring and Connected Communities 
Delivering the outcomes in this plan will need our local communities, partnership and other
stakeholders to work together.  Our Community Engagement and Participation Strategy, sets out what
you should expect from partners when we work with you to deliver this plan.   
People told us that ‘Partnerships’ and ‘Investment’ are key to Community Planning; and that the
sharing of power and resources; experience, skills and knowledge are all essential to any success. 
This part of the plan sets out our shared ambitions and how everyone will be involved in and influence
our work.  These ambitions set out a framework for action which need to be flexible enough to change
over time in response to opportunities that may come up and available support.  We will also create a
plan that shows how we will deliver on our shared ambitions.     
Ambition 1 - We will invest in PEOPLE by finding ways to share power and resources
What will we
achieve
together? 
Why is this
important
How will we do this together?
We will share
power to create 
long-lasting
change 
People have told us
that they want to be
involved in making
decisions and that
they want us to listen
and act on what
matters to them 
• Work with people to find easy ways to make the
changes that are needed
• Develop the skills and values that partners need to
support change in communities
• Develop the skills of people living in our communities
to enable them to make long lasting, sustainable
change
• Learn together how to develop creative solutions and
use new technology to connect people
• Make sure key messages are reaching people
• Give communities confidence their priorities will create
change
• Promote secure jobs and well-paid work 
We will work
together to
design, deliver
and buy in
services
People have told us
that they want to be
involved in how
services are delivered
and that they want us
to listen and deliver
on what matters to
them
• Work with businesses to develop a local first approach
• Design services with the people who use them
• Do more of the right things that make a difference for
those who need them most
• Communities will have more of a say and control over
the services that are bought in 
Ambition 2 - We will make PROGRESS by investing in learning together and how we can do
things better
What will we
achieve
together? 
Why this is important How will we do this together?
Young
people will
lead the way
on actions to
tackle
climate
change and
nature loss
Young people have told us
that they are worried about
their future and that they
want to take local action to
protect the planet and their
place  
• Young people lead conversations about climate
change 
• Help young people to step into ‘green skills’ jobs
• Young people and older people share learning and
help each other enjoy the outdoors
• We will design and deliver young people’s ideas
with them  
We will work
together to
People have told us that
they want to get more
• Help our communities to deliver their priorities  
72

Page 73

-9- 
help people
do the things
that matter
most to them
where they
live 
involved and take action
where they live though
sometimes they don’t know
how
• Make connections between people and groups
with similar ideas 
• Learn together what conditions help communities
bloom
• Grow our third sector and community organisations 
• Promote the values and develop the skills that help
staff and communities work together 
Ambition 3 - We will invest in our PLANET by putting local areas at the centre of our work 
What will we
achieve
together? 
Why is this
important
How will we do this together?
We will work
together to plan
quality local
areas and spaces
to live, learn, play
and work  
People told us they
valued the area
where they live and
wanted to make sure
it is looked after.
• Invest in local areas and give people ownership
• Use what is available in communities well 
• Make it easy for people to get what they need in the
area where they live
• Take our services into our communities 
• Use green areas to improve people’s wellbeing
We will look after
our local areas
for future
generations
People told us that
they were worried
about the
environment and
climate change
• Learn together what we can change to look after our
environment
• Support communities whose environment is at more
risk
• Bring people together to share their ideas and plans
• Help communities act on climate and nature priorities 
The ambitions set out where we want to see change happening across the themes of Progress, People
and Planet.  From your feedback, we know that there are six other priorities that are important to you. 
We are already working to improve services in these areas and have plans that show how this is being
done.  How well we are doing, and where we could do better, is reported each year.  We will keep
looking at what we are doing to make sure that we are meeting the changing needs of our people. 
Priority Areas of Action 
You have told us that the following areas of our current work are very important to you.  The following
shows some of what we are doing.  More information can be found on the Community Planning website. 
See All of the plans that deliver Community Planning. 
Putting learning at the centre 
Partnership Plans: Children’s Services Plan; Community Learning and Development Plan 
• We will work with parents to support the development of babies and young children
• We will work with and support people of all ages to help them re-engage with education and learning
or to improve their employability skills  
• We will support young people to progress to further learning, work or training when they leave
school 
Our children and young people thrive 
Partnership Plans: Children’s Services Plan; Local Child Poverty Action Report 
• We will work to ensure children have the best start in life and become everything they can be
• We will work to ensure that the health and wellbeing of children, young people and families is
improved
73

Page 74

-10- 
• We will work to ensure that the life chances of children and young people in need of care and
protection are improved 
Thriving businesses and fair jobs 
Partnership Plans: Economic Strategy 
• We will work to make sure everyone has the same opportunities to learn new skills
• We will ensure that the place where you live is at the heart of our response to the climate
emergency and help places to become sustainable
• We will make it easy for businesses and social enterprises get all available help and advice from
one place 
Caring, connected communities 
Key Partnership Plans: Local Community Plans including Neighbourhood Planning 
• We will continue to support and encourage every community to identify and act on their local
priorities
• We will bring communities together to share priorities and work jointly on them
• We will involve local representatives in community planning at all levels, including on the Community
Planning Partnership Board 
Good quality, suitable housing for everyone 
Key Partnership Plans: Local Housing Strategy; Local Development Plan; and Rapid Rehousing
Transition Plan 
• We will provide more sustainable and affordable housing 
• We will improve the quality of houses to reduce the cost of living in them  
• We will prevent and reduce homelessness 
People live the healthiest lives possible 
Key Partnership Plans: Joint Strategic Commissioning Plan 
• We will ensure that all of our services work with people as early as possible to stop problems
happening
• We will increase access activities and supports that help improve mental health and addictions
• We will provide high quality day-to-day health and social care services that are accessible to
everyone in our community who needs them 
How we will know if we are making a difference 
We will ask local people to tell us how they want us to show them how well we are doing and where we
could be better.  We will also show how everyone helps to make this plan work and where we need to
improve.  This will help us to tell the story about what difference we have made; and to learn lessons so
that we can change what we do and how we do it.   Every year, we will report on the progress we have
made to you. 
74

Page 75

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: South Lanarkshire Council
Date of Meeting: 15 June 2022
Report by: Chief Executive  
Subject: Council Priorities and Work Programme 2022 to 2027 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:
[purpose]
 Present a summary of the council’s political priorities and work programme
following the Local Government Elections.
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Council is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):
[]
(1) that the contents of the report be approved.
(2) that the council instructs officers to conduct further community consultation on
specific initiatives to deliver on these priorities and report the feedback
received to the December 2022 council meeting
(3) that Executive Directors and officers across Resources will thereafter work
with policy leads to bring forward projects and initiatives to be delivered during
the term of this council.
3. Background
3.1. Following the Local Government Elections held across Scotland on 5 May 2022, the
statutory first meeting of the new Council was held on 18 May 2022. A new minority
administration was formed following a Labour-Liberal Democrat-Independent
agreement to work in partnership. 
3.2 The top objectives of the partnership are sustainable economic recovery, sustainable
income generation and financial resilience and action on climate change. The
Administration aim to secure South Lanarkshire’s place as one of the best councils in
Scotland for the delivery of key public services and opportunities for communities. 
3.3. This report presents a summary of the priorities outlined by the new administration
and as such provides an initial programme of areas of work to be targeted by the
council over the current council term. These are presented under three over-arching
themes: People, Places and Planet, which articulates with and reflects the themes in
the new Council Plan, Connect 2022 to 2027. 
4. People
4.1. The council and the Community Planning Partnership already have identified tackling
poverty as an over-arching theme. This is increasingly important at a time when fuel
bills are rising significantly and food and other costs are subject to inflation levels
that are at a 30-year high.  
4
75

Page 76

4.2. The council will intensify efforts to help our residents and communities during this
cost-of-living crisis, continuing to tackle poverty and financial insecurity, starting with
a review of anti-poverty strategies to ensure maximum effectiveness. There will also
be a focus on raising literacy and numeracy standards and narrowing the poverty-
related attainment gap. Other policy areas to be explored include: 
• Tackling the cost of the school day, including extending free school meals and
breakfast clubs to remove hunger as a barrier to learning, and increasing and
extending school clothing grants
• Flexible early years education and care, meeting existing pledges for 3 and 4-
year-olds and improving provision for 2-year-olds
• Further support for children’s learning following the pandemic and making sure
every child has effective access to modern digital technology
• Working with young people and others on a refreshed Youth Strategy
• A renewed focus on support for looked-after young people
• Continue to improve support for ASN children and those with development
needs
• Strengthening social care, developing new models of prevention and person-
centred care, and investing in the care workforce
• Remobilising Day Services and reviewing community care provision, including
improving support for unpaid carers
• Working with partners to promote mental health and wellbeing and address the
needs of those affected by lengthy waiting times for mental health services
• Promoting food justice and the local food chain
• Modernising financial advice and support services.
• Investing in our workforce, alleviating work pressures and improving career
opportunities. 
5. Places
5.4. The council’s current capital investment programme for 2022/23 includes plans to
continue to build and improve council homes, add to the high-quality education
estate in the area by building new classrooms and early years spaces, and maintain
the area’s road network. The budget process has seen additional money earmarked
for roads maintenance, and also initiatives to tackle litter and fly-tipping. 
5.5. The administration’s priorities are sustainable and innovative economic recovery and
development, and tackling climate change. There will be a focus on growing South
Lanarkshire’s wealth and delivering a new Green Deal that will help lay the
foundations of a more equal and inclusive society. 
5.6. Additional policy areas to be explored by officers include: 
• Developing a new Economic Strategy to pursue a sustainable recovery and
innovative growth
• Developing town and village identities, a Town Centre Turnaround Strategy with
Town Centre Plans and Master Plans for East Kilbride and Hamilton
• Committing to additional school provision in Community Growth Areas
• Marketing South Lanarkshire as a great place to live, work/do business, study
and visit
• Keeping South Lanarkshire at the forefront of Community Wealth Building in
Scotland, including using the council’s spending power to support local jobs and
town centres.
• Additional work to tackle litter, graffiti and fly-tipping
76

Page 77

• Active travel initiatives and safe routes for pedestrians
• Expanding the council’s housebuilding programme, and working with other social
landlords to build more affordable green homes for rent
• Improving the local housing environment and tackling the backlog in roof and
fabric repairs. 
• Reviewing public transport provision, promoting greater public control of the bus
network, and supporting greater integration
• Integrating Clydesdale STAG proposals into the Transport Strategy
• Renewing the relationship between the council and SLLC and getting plans for
investment in leisure facilities back on track
• Protecting and modernising libraries as hubs for multiple community uses, and
making them more sustainable by including council and community services
where appropriate
• Investing in play equipment, including accessible play equipment
• Reviewing the powers and role of the Area Committees and strengthening the
Rural Task Force 
6. Planet
6.1. One of the priority areas under Places above was sustainable growth, and clearly
this also overlaps with the Planet theme. As a sign of the importance of this area of
policy, the partnership administration has already given the Climate Change and
Sustainability Committee full committee status, on a par with the five Resource
committees. 
6.2. Additional policy areas to be explored by officers include: 
• Developing a Single Climate Change Action Plan to ramp up climate change
action and the transition to net zero.
• Building a Green New Deal for South Lanarkshire, with a heightened focus on
creating green jobs, green homes, greener communities and facilities. Investing
in retrofitting and decarbonisation.
• Maximising the economic contribution of the low carbon, manufacturing, events,
tourism and creative industry sectors
• Improving infrastructure to support Electric Vehicles
• Improving recycling across South Lanarkshire, with better facilities in flatted and
tenemental areas
• Supporting innovative renewable energy projects and low carbon initiatives.
• Developing a Safe Routes Strategy and promoting modal shift to encourage
more walking and cycling. 
7. Next steps
7.1. This report sets out aspirations for the council’s programme of work following the
local government elections. Subject to council agreement, officers will conduct
further community consultation on specific initiatives to deliver on these priorities and
report the feedback received to the December 2022 council meeting. Each Resource
will thereafter seek to take these forward as appropriate, with Executive Directors
acting in consultation with the policy leads. Specific projects and proposals will be
brought forward to the relevant committees for approval. 
7.2  In addition to the above consultation activities, an “Ideas Letterbox” will be developed
on the council website. This will be promoted using communications channels to
encourage the public to share ideas on how to improve South Lanarkshire.  
77

Page 78

8. Employee Implications
8.1. The programme of work will be undertaken by employees across the council. 
9. Financial Implications
9.1. The revenue budget for 2022/2023 was agreed in February 2022. The programme of
work will be required to operate within that budget, and in the longer term will be
aligned with the council’s financial strategy. 
10. Strategic Environment Assessment
10.1. As specific proposals are brought forward to Resource committees or other
approving bodies, consideration will be needed into whether they require to undergo
a Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA), in accordance with the European
Directive 2001/42/EC and Section 15 of the Environmental Assessment (Scotland)
Act 2005. 
11. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
11.1. Equally, as proposals are brought forward to Resource committees or other
approving bodies, consideration may be needed into whether they require to
undergo an Equality Impact Assessment and any consultation with specific groups or
communities. 
Cleland Sneddon
Chief Executive 
24 May 2022 
Link(s) to Council Objectives/Values/Ambitions
• Promote sustainable and inclusive economic growth and tackle disadvantage
• Get it right for children and young people
• Improve health, care and wellbeing
• Ensure communities are safe, strong and sustainable 
List of Background Papers
• None 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Tom Little, Head of Communications and Strategy
Ext:  4904  (Tel:  01698 454904)
E-mail:  Tom.Little@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
78

Page 79

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: South Lanarkshire Council
Date of Meeting: 15 June 2022
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)  
Subject: 2023/2024 Revenue Budget 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to: 
 advise the Council on the Budget position for 2023/2024 
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Council is asked to approve the following recommendation(s): 
(1) that the Revenue Budget position for 2023/2024 (detailed in sections 4 and 5)
resulting in a Budget Gap of £37.541 million before corporate solutions (section
5.4), be noted;
(2) that the corporate solutions for 2023/2024 resulting in a revised budget gap of
£32.477 million (summarised in section 6.1, Table 3), be noted; and
(3) that options to meet the budget gap be developed for members’ consideration
and brought back to a future meeting (as detailed in section 7.4), be agreed. 
3. Background
3.1. The Executive Committee report on the Financial Strategy 2019/2020 to 2021/2022
and Longer-Term Outlook to 2028/2029 (August 2018) included a high-level Strategy
for the financial year 2023/2024.  This has been revised to take account of known
changes including the Loans Fund Review.  The latest iteration of the 2023/2024
budget was included in an Appendix to the 2022/2023 Revenue Budget (Council,
February 2022). 
3.2. This report will consider the Revenue Budget position for 2023/2024.   The purpose of
this report is to present to Members the potential budget gap for 2023/24 at the earliest
opportunity.  This paper will, in line with the usual approach, include estimates of
Government Grant levels, requirements for revenue expenditure items, corporate
solutions for consideration and ultimately, the level of savings required to balance the
budget for that year.  A further budget strategy report will be brought back to members
after the recess which will include a longer-term outlook, reserves position, as well as
information on financial resilience.   
3.3. However, given the current economic climate and the cost-of-living pressures being
experienced, the revenue expenditure items will be split into the core (typical)
expenditure items we see on an annual basis, and also the exceptional spend items,
which are in excess of items or levels of budget increase that would typically have to
be provided for.  These exceptional items have a significant financial impact for the
Council. 
5
79

Page 80

3.4. This report will focus on 2023/2024, and will cover the following: 
• Core Revenue Strategy Items (inc. Government Grant Estimates) (section 4),
• Exceptional Revenue Strategy Items (section 5),
• Corporate Solutions (section 6), and
• Summary, Next Steps and Service Concessions (section 7). 
4. Core Revenue Strategy Items
4.1. In line with previous years, there are several core items that affect the Budget Strategy
for 2023/2024.  These include provision for increases in expenditure items which the
Council would typically face as well as anticipated movements in Government Grant
and the impact of adding new properties.   
4.2. These core strategy items are not unusual, they form the normal items that we would
expect to cover as budget pressures and, also, include ‘one off’ solutions from
previous years that require to be reinstated.  These are included in Appendix 1 and
summarised in Table 1.   
Table 1 – Summary of Core Budget Strategy Items 
2023/2024
£m
Pay and Pension Items (Appendix 1, para 2.1 – 2.5)
Includes pay award for teachers and non-teachers. 
8.834
Grant Movement (Appendix 1, para 3.1 – 3.11)
Reflects a potential reduction of 1% in grant as well as the delayed impact of new
properties on grant received because we are collecting more Council Tax from more
properties (£1.360 million). 
6.360
Reinstatement / Impact of Prior Year Budget Decisions (Appendix 1,
para 4.1 – 4.9)
Includes the need to reinstate budget to cover one-off savings from previous years and
also to take the benefit of residual impact of previous year decisions.  This includes the
impact of the decision to use one-off monies in 2022/2023 to reduce the level of
Council Tax increase for that year.  Includes the Loans Fund Review impact
(2021/2022 Budget Report to Council, 24 June 2020) and the 2021/2022 underspend
to use on a one-off basis). (refer para 4.4)  
5.926
Contract / Other Inflation (Appendix 1, para 5.1 – 5.8)
Includes typical inflationary increases on non-domestic rates, the secondary schools’
modernisation contract (PPP), utilities, social care for children and families, waste and
revenue consequences of capital spend. (refer para 4.5) 
2.901
Council Tax (Appendix 1, para 6.1 – 6.3)
This is the benefit of an anticipated increase in the number of properties.
(1.800)
Total Core Budget Strategy Items 22.221 
4.3. Table 1 shows the core Budget Strategy items totalling £22.221 million. 
4.4. The Loans Fund Review noted in the Reinstatement / Prior Year Decisions Core Item
reflects the timing of the use of Reserves that were generated from the reprofiling of
the Council’s Loan Debt.  These have been used to support the Budget Strategy over
recent years, and as in previous years, any use of Reserves has to be reinstated in
the new year  
80

Page 81

4.5. The Core Strategy Item “Contract / Other Inflation” represents a typical level of
increase expected across these key budget lines.  These areas are currently
susceptible to inflation levels well above normal levels.  Further detail on this is
provided in section 5. 
4.6. The grant assumption into 2023/2024 is a reduction of 1%.   It should be noted that
the Scottish Government’s spending review was published on 31 May 2022.  This
maintains the level of General Revenue Grant, Non-Domestic Rates Income and
Specific Resource Grants between 2023/2024 and 2025/2026.  An amount of £100m
is added in 2026/2027. 
4.7. The Spending Review also baselines the £120 million added during the 2022/2023
Budget Bill process.  It had previously been believed that this would not be recurring
funding. 
4.8. Both of these facts should improve the Council’s budget strategy position for
2023/2024 in terms of ‘Grant Movement’ expectations, in comparison to those
detailed at ‘4.2’ above.  However, at this point in time there remains the need for
further information on the spending review and for further analysis to be carried
out.  For that reason, for the time being the figures within the strategy will remain as
per the Table at 4.2, until further clarity emerges around the detail of the spending
review. 
5. Exceptional Budget Items for 2023/2024
5.1. As noted in section 3.3, the current economic climate and the cost of living / inflationary
pressures being experienced, are having a significant impact on some of our key
spending areas.  This is over and above the core increases we typically see on an
annual basis (shown in Table 1).  These are being identified as exceptional budget
pressures that will manifest in 2023/2024.   
5.2. These are over and above the normal anticipated Budget pressures.  They are detailed
in Appendix 2 and summarised in Table 2 overleaf : 
81

Page 82

Table 2 – Summary of Exceptional Budget Strategy Items 
2023/2024
£m
PPP Inflation (Appendix 2, para 2.1 – 2.2)
Higher than normal inflationary (RPI) increases experienced into 2022/2023 and
projected for 2023/2024 (in excess of 10% into the first quarter of 2023) mean we have
to provide more budget to meet projected costs.     
4.000
Utilities (Appendix 2, para 2.3 – 2.4)
Economic factors have meant a significant price increase into 2022/2023 and in the
estimated prices into 2023/2024. The cost projections are based on an estimated level
of consumption post-pandemic, and an estimate of prices based on daily rates. 
However, at the current time, the price for utilities that we will pay is unknown as some
of the energy required for 2023/24 has not yet been purchased. There is a level of risk
here.  Current prices are significantly in excess of the normal inflationary price
increases experienced.
7.450
Fuel Prices and Changes to Red Diesel (Appendix 2, para 2.5 – 2.6)
Includes the impact of fuel price increases and the removal of the Government’s price
subsidy previously afforded to councils in relation to red diesel. 
1.650
Mainstream School Transport (Appendix 2, para 2.7)
Includes expected inflationary increase in the costs being passed to the Council by
SPT (Strathclyde Passenger Transport). 
0.750
Waste Inflation (Appendix 2, para 2.8)   
Includes the increase in budget required for the Waste Management contract due to
higher that normal inflationary (RPI) increases.
0.970
Shopping Centres (Appendix 2, para 2.9)   
Includes additional costs / lost income relating to two local shopping centres. 
0.500
Total Exceptional Budget Strategy Items 15.320 
5.3. The total of the exceptional Budget Strategy items, as detailed in Table 2, is £15.320
million.   
5.4. Taking into account Core Budget Strategy Items (Table 1, £22.221 million) and the
Exceptional Budget Strategy Items (Table 2, £15.320 million) gives a total budget
gap of £37.541 million.   
6. Corporate Solutions 
6.1. In order to address the Budget Gap of £37.541 million, corporate solutions have been
identified for consideration.  These are detailed in Appendix 3 and summarised in
Table 3.   
82

Page 83

Table 3 – Summary of Corporate Solutions 
2023/2024
£m
Loan Charges (Appendix 3, para 2.1 – 2.2)
The timing of borrowing in 2022/2023 and 2023/2024 means that interest costs can be
reduced by a further £1.386 million in these years.  This is a temporary solution and
requires to be reinstated into 2024/2025. 
1.386
Job Evaluation (Appendix 3, para 2.3)
The annual cost of Job Evaluation for Residential and Day Care staff is now being
managed by the IJB.  The Council does not now need to provide for them from
2022/2023 onwards.  £0.650 million is a permanent budget reduction from 2023/2024
and £0.650 million is temporary reflecting the underspend in 2022/2023.  The
temporary element requires to be reinstated into 2024/2025. 
1.300
FYE of Phase 2 of Early Learning & Childcare Saving (Appendix 3, para
2.4)
The 2023/2024 Budget can benefit from the Full Year Effect of Phase 2 of the Early
Learning and Childcare saving (a saving approved in 2021/22).   
0.224
Reviews (Appendix 3, para 2.5)
As a result of the ongoing reviews taking place across the Council, a number of
proposed efficiencies have been identified for 2023/2024, and they form the first
tranche of efficiency / savings proposals to be considered for that year. 
2.154
Total Corporate Solutions 5.064 
6.2. The total Corporate Solutions, as detailed in Table 3 and including the efficiencies
from Reviews, is £5.064 million.   
6.3. Comparing this to the Budget Gap of £37.541 million noted in section 5.4 means this
would reduce the core savings requirement to £32.477 million in that year.   
6.4. At a level of £32.477 million, the savings requirement for 2023/2024 is substantial. 
This is not a normal budget position.  Without the Exceptional Budget Items noted in
section 5 (Table 2), the Budget Gap faced by the Council would be in the region of
£17.2 million.  To address this Budget Gap, consideration will be required regarding
what the Council does for its communities, and potentially difficult decisions will need
to be made. 
6.5. The Exceptional Items include the main areas for inflation being utilities, PPP and
Waste.  However, it is difficult to estimate the extent of inflation on other Council
budgets.  Consideration may have to be given to the timing of spend and the choices
being made in terms of how services are delivered. 
6.6. Council Tax:  Members will be aware that a lever available to the Council in managing
its overall budget position and any Budget Gap is the ability to increase Council Tax. 
Each 1% increase in Band D would generate successive amounts of £1.452 million. 
It should be noted that in arriving at the budget gap of £32.477 million, no account has
been taken of any potential increase in council tax. 
83

Page 84

6.7. Level of Support Provided to the Integration Joint Board (IJB) and South
Lanarkshire Leisure and Culture Limited (SLLCT): The Council’s Budget Strategy
for 2023/2024 assumes no additional allocation of monies from the Council to the IJB
or SLLCT.  This reflects the approach taken in 2022/2023 where the base Budget
Strategy assumed that the Council did not allocate any additional monies to the IJB or
SLLCT and as part of that year’s budget strategy did not request and contribution to a
savings exercise from these bodies.   
6.8. In relation to the IJB specifically, any increasing costs experienced by the IJB would
require to be funded by Government monies or by efficiencies identified within the
operations of the IJB.  Any efficiency savings identified would require to be approved
by the IJB.  Any additional monies allocated to the Council specifically for Social Care,
as part of the Government Grant award, would continue to be passed directly to the
IJB.   
7. Summary, Next Steps and Service Concessions
7.1. Taking account of the Corporate Solutions including the efficiencies from the ongoing
Reviews, the Budget Gap for 2023/2024 is £32.477 million (section 6.3).  This Budget
Gap is based on the assumptions and estimates included in sections 4, 5 and 6. 
Officers will continue to refine these budget estimates over the coming months, and
we will provide updates to members in future reports.   
7.2. As noted in section 3.3, this Budget Strategy includes Exceptional Items of
expenditure.  These have served to increase the Budget Gap to £32.477 million.  The
magnitude of the Budget Gap is very different to those managed in recent years and
will require reconsideration of what the Council does for its communities, as well as
potentially difficult decisions.   
7.3. It is noted that the Spending Review was published on 31 May 2022 (section 4.6-4.8). 
The information in the Spending review should improve the Council’s budget strategy
position for 2023/24 in terms of ‘Grant Movement’ expectations. However, at this point
in time there remains the need for further information on the spending review and for
further analysis to be carried out.  For that reason, for the time being the figures within
the strategy will remain until further clarity emerges around the detail of the spending
review. 
7.4. It is proposed that options to meet the budget gap will be developed for members
consideration and brought back to a future meeting.   Officers are looking at further
work on service reviews, and income opportunities alongside working with the
Improvement Service on options.  Officers will also look at the level of reserves held,
which may contribute to reduce the budget gap but only on a temporary basis. It is
acknowledged that use of reserves is a short-term measure and will not remove the
underlying need to make permanent savings.  To reiterate the point made earlier in
the paper, the extent of the budget gap will mean that options will have to go
significantly beyond the level of efficiencies made in previous years. 
7.5. Some of the corporate solutions included in the Budget Strategy are temporary in
nature.  As such, they will have an impact on the following year’s Budget.  Given the
potential for impact on 2024/2025, it is proposed that any temporary solutions used in
2023/2024 be considered again once the Government Grant level is known later in
financial year 2022/2023. 
84

Page 85

7.6. Service Concessions : The Council has also been party to discussions between
COSLA, Directors of Finance and the Scottish Government over the past two years
on Service Concessions.  This relates to how the costs of PPP schools can be better
matched to the expected useful lives of the schools and a financial benefit that would
arise for councils as a result.   
7.7. The Scottish Government indicated as part of the Spending Review correspondence
on 31 May that this change will be accessible to Councils.  Detail of what this
concession means to the Council financially, needs to be developed.  However the
change on Service Concessions is conditional on an independent review being
commissioned by the Scottish Government on Capital Accounting.  This review has
the potential to deliver outcomes which have a negative financial impact which could
out-weigh the benefit gained from Service Concession.   
7.8. For these reasons nothing has been reflected in the 2023/2024 financial strategy in
relation to Service Concession in this report.  Members will be updated at future
Council/ Executive Committee meetings as the detail on implications is obtained.  If
the Service Concession change was to be proposed for implementation within South
Lanarkshire, this would be the subject of a separate report to the Council. 
8. Employee Implications
8.1. There are no direct employee implications from this report. 
9. Financial Implications
9.1. The financial implications are summarised within the report. 
10. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
10.1. There are no implications for climate change, sustainability or the environment in terms
of the information contained in this report.   
10.2. Climate Change targets will have an impact on the Council’s future financial strategies. 
This will be included in future Budget Strategy papers. 
11. Other Implications
11.1. The financial strategy is a way of managing a number of key risks which directly impact
on the money available to deliver Council objectives.  As detailed in the report, there
is no certainty on the level of funding that will be received over the life of this Strategy.
This Strategy is based on economic information and advice we have to date.  However,
it is accepted that these are assumptions. 
11.2. There is still uncertainty which sits around the costs that the Council will face following
on from the pandemic.  This includes lost income, as well as increased costs due to
the way that services now are being delivered.  There is no COVID-19 funding
available to contribute towards these residual costs in 2023/2024.  We also have no
indication of any further funding coming forward.  Therefore, in relation to this Budget
Strategy, it should be acknowledged that, for 2023/2024, the residual costs of the
pandemic pose a risk.   We will continue to monitor and report on these costs as
appropriate. 
11.3. The main risk area, where the Council has made assumptions which have a significant
impact on the budget estimates going forwards, are on the level of grant which we will
receive, as well as any general pay, demand or price increases currently unknown. 
These have been estimated, as far as possible.  Finally, the level of new build
properties and, therefore, Council Tax Income generation is based on best information
85

Page 86

at the time of writing.  Any movement in these assumptions would be a risk to the
Strategy. 
12. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
12.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact assessment
is required. 
12.2. There is no requirement to undertake any consultation in terms of the information
contained in this report. 
12.3. However, as the process to identify savings continues, and with proposals to be
presented to members later in the year, stakeholder consultation and equality impact
assessments will be carried out.  The results will be provided to members to inform
their decision-making process. 
Paul Manning
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
1 June 2022 
Link(s) to Council Values/Ambitions/Objectives
 Accountable, Effective, Efficient and Transparent 
Previous References
 Executive Committee, 15 August 2018   
List of Background Papers
None 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Paul Manning , Executive Director, Finance and Corporate Resources 
Ext:  4530 (Tel:  01698 454530)
E-mail : Paul.manning@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
86

Page 87

Appendix 1 
2023/2024 Budget Strategy : 
Core Budget Strategy Items 
This Appendix details the Core Budget Strategy Items included in the 2023/2024 Budget
Strategy.    
1. Budget Strategy Expenditure Assumptions 
1.1. In arriving at the expenditure assumptions, a number of factors are taken into
account including the reinstatement of previous year solutions, demographics,
economic conditions and ongoing commitments of the capital programme.  These
are each taken in turn. 
2. Pay Items
2.1. Pay Award (incl Apprenticeship Levy): The pay deal for Non-Teachers came to an
end on 31 March 2022.  There has been no notification of what the pay award will be
beyond financial year 2021/2022.  There is no pay award agreed for Teachers
beyond the end of 2021.  An assumption has been made regarding the potential
increase for 2023/2024 which results in an increase of £8.834 million into
2023/2024. This will be updated as more information becomes available.  This
excludes a pay award for the Integrated Joint Board and the South Lanarkshire
Leisure and Culture Trust. 
2.2. The pay award for 2022/2023 is not yet settled for non-teaching staff nor teachers. 
While the 2022/2023 budget includes an estimate for these awards, depending on
the award agreed, there is a risk that there could be an impact into 2023/2024.     
2.3. Local Government Pension Scheme: An actuarial review carried out on the
Strathclyde Pension Fund in 2020 included consideration of the McLeod legal case
on pensions and also the impact of current market conditions on investments. The
review results in no change to the Council’s employer contribution rate of 19.3% so
there is no impact on the Strategy.  This rate has been confirmed until at least March
2024.  The next valuation will be in 2023 with any impact falling into the following
financial year (2024/2025).  There is no increase to the 2023/2024 Strategy. 
2.4. Teachers’ Pension:  The 2020 valuation review was to determine the contribution
rate to be applied for 2023/2024 onwards.  However, the Scottish Public Pension
Authority (SPPA) website contains an update which states that due to the interaction
of a number of pension areas, particularly the implementation of the McLeod
reforms, completion of the 2016 valuation and the review of the cost control
mechanism, any change in contribution rate will now be delayed until 2024/2025. 
Therefore, no increase requires to be included in the 2023/2024 Strategy. 
2.5. The total impact of the Pay Items on the 2023/2024 Strategy is £8.834 million. 
3. Government Grant
3.1. Local Government budgets are affected by both changes in the UK Government
Budget and the subsequent Scottish Government Budget. 
87

Page 88

3.2.  The Council’s Longer-Term Strategy included a position for the year 2023/2024. 
This assumed a general grant reduction of £5.000 million in 2023/2024, reflecting
an estimated 1% decrease on the previous year’s grant allocation.   
3.3.  Consideration has been given to whether this 1% assumed grant reduction is
appropriate given the Government Grant increase experienced into 2022/2023, albeit
after additions to meet new policy intent, and following the receipt of additional grant
during Stage 2 of the Budget Bill process.  Information from the Director of Finance
Group’s economic adviser is that given the unprecedented impact of the pandemic
and what effect it might have on future social, political and funding norms, the future
funding levels in most government areas are highly uncertain and are likely to remain
so for some considerable time to come.  This makes any kind of forecasting difficult. 
3.4.  In a similar way to councils, the Scottish Government aims to forecast funding/spend
requirements.  The Scottish Fiscal Commission provides forecasts to the
Government.  The economic adviser views these forecasts as being highly
conjectural, given the on-going uncertainty in relation to a variety of factors affecting
both the pandemic and how the economy begins to recover. They have provided the
Government with scenarios for them to work to: upper, central and lower.   
3.5. However, the economic adviser suggests that these figures should be read as
provisional and indicative and will almost definitely change, potentially by a large
scale, in future forecasts.  The economic advice is that, at present, all such medium-
term funding forecasts are largely speculative.  As a result, the Strategy will be
retained at a 1% reduction in Government Grant. 
3.6. Scottish Government Spending Review:  The outcome of the Spending Review is
anticipated in May 2022.  This should give a 3-year view on funding at a Local
Government level, not at individual level.  It is likely to exclude the impact for Local
Government on funding that comes from other Government portfolios. 
3.7. Consequence of Council Tax Increases (Properties): As noted in previous Budget
Strategies, increases in Council Tax due to increased property numbers, does not
give a permanent benefit to the Council as there will be a reduction in grant in future
years – an estimated 80% Grant Reduction for every additional £1 of Council Tax. 
3.8. The impact on grant of additional properties is incurred 2 years after the new
properties are built.  In relation to 2023/2024, the consequent reduction in
Government Grant (80% reduction after 2 years) reflects the new properties added in
2021/2022 and totals an estimated reduction in Grant Income of £1.360 million
for 2023/2024. 
3.9. In addition to planning for this 1% general reduction in grant, there may also be
changes in how grant is distributed to councils, based on their share of population
numbers. 
3.10. In previous years, the Council has experienced reductions in grant as a result of how
the funding is distributed however 2022/2023 bucked this trend.  It is unclear as to
whether this is a one-off or whether this will continue, therefore it is proposed that the
prudent approach is to not assume any grant increase due to population changes.   
3.11. The total impact of Government Grant changes on the 2023/2024 Strategy is £6.360
million.  
88

Page 89

4. Reinstatement / Impact of Prior Year Budget Decisions
4.1. A number of budget strategy solutions approved for the previous year budgets were
temporary in nature.  These must be re-instated in 2023/2024 and are detailed
below. There are also some solutions that have a residual impact into 2023/2024. 
These are also noted.   
4.2. The Budget Strategy for 2023/2024 includes the impact of Reserves generated from
the Loans Fund Review.  The £27.400 million used temporarily in 2022/2023 require
to be re-instated into 2023/2024 but will be offset by the further planned use of Loans
Fund Review Reserves in that year (£23.500 million).  This adds a net £3.900
million to the budget strategy in 2023/2024. 
4.3. In the 2022/2023 Budget Strategy (Executive Committee, June 2020), an
underspend of £1.650 million in Loan Charges was transferred to Reserves and
approved to support the budget on a one-off basis.  This £1.650 million requires to
be reinstated in 2023/2024.   
4.4. Executive Committee in June 2019 approved a temporary reduction in Loan Charges
of £2.000 million for the years 2020/2021 to 2022/2023.  This requires to be
reinstated into 2023/2024.  This means that £2.000 million requires to be added to
the budget strategy in 2023/2024. 
4.5. In addition, the remaining efficiencies of £1.176 million which will be realised in
2024/2025 requires to be covered on a temp basis in the 2023/2024 Budget. 
4.6. The reduction in the Council Tax increase at the end of the 2022/2023 Budget
Setting Process (3.5% to 2.5%) was managed by a one-off solution in 2022/2023.  A
permanent solution of £1.400 million is required into 2023/2024.   
4.7. Interest on Loan Charges:  As detailed to members in June 2020, implementation
of the Loans Fund Review (and its significant up-front benefits) means that additional
interest costs will be incurred as a result of paying back the debt over a longer period
of time.  It was noted that future budget strategies would need to include incremental
increases to meet these costs and that the requirement of £1.746 million would be
added incrementally to the Loans Fund budget from 2022/2023.  As a result, £0.500
million requires to be added to the 2023/2024 Strategy.   
4.8. Underspend from 2021/2022:  Following the Probable Outturn exercise, the
2021/2022 Revenue Budget estimated an underspend of (£4.700 million).  This will
benefit the 2023/2024 Budget Strategy on a one-off basis (and will require to be
reinstated into 2024/2025).  The underspend available to support the 2023/2024
Budget will be updated once the year-end position for 2021/2022 is finalised. 
4.9. The total impact of Reinstatements / Prior Year Budgets on the 2023/2024 Strategy
is £5.926 million. 
5. Contract / Other Inflation
5.1. Non-Domestic Rates: Estimates for the Council’s increased NDR costs have been
made by inflating the 2022/2023 rates bill by the increase in rates poundage
imposed into 2022/2023.  This means a potential estimated budget requirement of
£0.300 million for 2023/2024.  
89

Page 90

5.2. Social Care: As in previous years, the Strategy assumes increases in prices
reflecting the ongoing commitments for Social Care contracts held by the Council
(excluding Adults and Older People contracts).  Increases similar to those
experienced in previous years, have been assumed for Social Care price increases
into 2023/2024.  This equates to £0.200 million into 2023/2024. 
5.3. Secondary Schools’ Modernisation Contract:  Based on previous year increases
experienced, an initial allocation of £1.200 million has been added to the Budget
Strategy for inflationary increases on the contract.  Further exceptional inflation is
covered in Appendix 2, para 2.1. 
5.4. Utilities:  Based on prior year increases, and the availability of budget carrying
forward from 2021/2022, an allocation of £0.350 million has been added to the
Budget Strategy for 2023/2024.  Further exceptional increases are covered in
Appendix 2, para 2.3.     
5.5. Revenue Consequences of Capital: The assumptions in this Strategy continue to
include provision for the revenue consequences of the opening of new primary
schools and other approved capital projects. An amount of £0.401 million has been
included in the Strategy for 2023/2024.  These additional costs are mainly for
nursery and primary school expansions. 
5.6. Waste:  The Council has a number of significant contracts for waste collection and
disposal.  For 2023/2024, an amount of £0.300 million has been included to
manage the anticipated inflationary price increases and £0.150 million to allow the
service to manage the increasing number of properties in the area.  Further
exceptional increases are covered in Appendix 2, para 2.7. 
5.7. Strathclyde Passenger Transport:  SPT reduced their requisitions in 2022/2023 to
reflect the level of increase in the local government grant.  The Strategy for
2023/2024 assumes no change in the requisition payment, reflecting the assumption
that there will be no increase in grant levels.  This will be updated as more
information becomes available.   
5.8. The total impact of Contract / Other Inflation on the 2023/2024 Strategy is £2.901
million. 
6. Council Tax 
6.1. Council Tax Properties:  The draft South Lanarkshire Housing Land Audit (2022)
details new houses anticipated in 2022/2023 and beyond.  Based on Band D
properties and net of Council Tax Reduction Scheme (CTRS), the increase in
Council Tax Income for 2023/2024 has been assumed at (£1.800 million) (Council
Tax of £2.045 million less CTRS of £0.245 million).  This reflects the full year
implication of new build houses anticipated in 2022/2023. 
6.2. While there remains a risk that development will not progress as originally
anticipated, housebuilding continues to progress apace in sites across the Council
area.  The position will continue to be monitored and an update provided in the next
2023/2024 Budget report to Committee.  The impact of new houses assumed in
estimates for council tax for 2023/2024 on the Government Grant will be seen in the
2025/2026 Budget Strategy.   
90

Page 91

6.3. The total impact of Council Tax on the 2023/2024 Strategy is (£1.800 million). 
7. Total Core Budget Items:  The total of these Core Budget Items is £22.221 million.
91

Page 92

Appendix 2 
2023/2024 Budget Strategy : 
Exceptional Budget Strategy Items 
This Appendix details the Exceptional Budget Strategy Items included in the 2023/2024
Budget Strategy. 
1. There are a number of items that are anticipated to affect the Budget Strategy for
2023/2024 that are deemed to be exceptional in nature – that are over and above the
normal core budget items that we have to take account of.  These are taken in turn. 
2. Exceptional Budget Items
2.1. Secondary Schools’ Modernisation Contract:  Higher than normal inflationary
increases have meant that the budget is short by £0.800 million in relation to the
2022/2023 increase.  In addition, the forecast Retail Price Index rates as per Office
of Budget Responsibility (March 2022) were applied to the 2022/2023 contract
payment and mean a further increase of £4.4 million into 2023/2024, taking the total
requirement to £5.2 million.   
2.2. An allocation of £1.200 million is included as part of the Core Budget Items
(Appendix 1, para 5.3), meaning the Strategy therefore needs an exceptional
allocation of £4.000 million for 2023/2024. 
2.3. Utilities:  Price increases for utilities are significant and have increased since the
budget for 2022/2023 was set.  The pressure into 2022/2023 is anticipated at £3.3
million based on estimated consumption and on rates advised by Procurement
Scotland.  For 2023/2024, Procurement Scotland have advised at the end of May
2022 that they have purchased 54% of the Council’s Gas and 57% of the Electricity
requirements.  In order to estimate the budget required for 2023/2024, costs have
been assumed at the wholesale rate for the Gas and Electricity that has been
purchased, and the energy still to be purchased at current market rates.  These
market rates fluctuate daily and are dependent on market supply and demand. 
2.4. Based on an assumed level of demand and the same standing charges, as well as
the assumed rates noted above, additional increases of £4.5 million are anticipated
into 2023/2024.  In total, the estimates mean that an estimated increase of £7.800
million is required in the Strategy for 2023/2024.   An allocation was already included
in the 2023/2024 Core Budget Items (Appendix 1, para 5.4), so the increase in terms
of exceptional items is £7.450 million.  It is noted that these projections will continue
to be refined as further information becomes available from Procurement Scotland in
terms of new rates and standing charges and also the level of consumption as we
move into a post-pandemic climate.   
2.5. Fuel:  The last full year of fuel usage before the pandemic has been uprated to
reflect current fuel costs.  This adds £1.400 million to the Budget Strategy for
2023/2024. 
2.6. Red Diesel:  As of 1 April 2022, the criteria for the use of Red Diesel changed and
the Council can no longer take advantage of the lower prices.  This is anticipated to
cost the Council £0.250 million.  This has been added to the Budget Strategy for
2023/2024.   
92

Page 93

2.7. Mainstream Passenger Transport:  Education Resources are experiencing price
increases for the mainstream school transport contract procured through SPTE.  The
year-on-year increase into 2022/2023 is £0.750 million and this has been added to
the Strategy for 2023/2024.   
2.8. Waste Management: The Council has a number of significant contracts for waste
collection and disposal.  This is based on the budget strategy for waste services
which had utilised funding held in reserves in its early years.  For 2023/2024, an
amount of £0.970 million has been included in the Strategy to manage the contract. 
This is in addition to the amount of £0.450 million for Waste inflation and new
properties, included in the Core Budget Items for 2023/2024 (Appendix 1, para 5.6).   
2.9. Shopping Centres:  There are 2 shopping centres presenting financial pressures. 
This relates to one shopping centre that the council owns, and another where we
hold the ground lease.  Income levels have been affected by the pandemic and costs
are increasing.  £0.500 million has been included in the 2023/2024 Strategy to
offset reduced income levels and cost increases.   
3. The total impact of the Exceptional Budget Items on the 2023/2024 Strategy is
£15.320 million. 
93

Page 94

Appendix 3 
2023/2024 Budget Strategy : 
Corporate Solutions 
1. This Appendix details the Corporate Solutions included in the 2023/2024 Budget
Strategy. 
2. Corporate Solutions 
2.1. Loan Charges:  The Council’s Loan Charges Strategy is based on the level of
borrowing required and assumes that this borrowing is taken at the start of the
financial year.  Taking account of delays in borrowing in 2021/2022, and the required
level of borrowing in 2022/2023, and by taking the total borrowing required across
the financial year, interest costs can be reduced by £0.873 million.  It is proposed
that this £0.873 million is transferred to Reserves at the start of the 2022/2023, and
set-aside to assist in funding the 2023/2024 Strategy on a temporary basis. 
2.2. For 2023/2024 borrowing, interest costs can be reduced by £0.513m by delaying
borrowing until October 2023. This will allow the budget for loan charges to be
reduced by £0.513m in 2023/2024 and will used to support the 2023/2024 Strategy
on a temporary basis.
Corporate Solution:  £1.386 million
(temporary for 2023/2024, reinstate in 2024/2025) 
2.3. Job Evaluation:  The 2022/2023 Budget included an allocation of £0.650 million for
the cost of Job Evaluation for Residential and Day Care staff.  These costs are now
being managed by the IJB and the Council does not now need to provide for them. 
An underspend will be realised in 2022/2023 and it is proposed that the underspend
will be transferred to Reserves at the start of the year to support the 2023/2024
Budget Strategy.  The budget allocation itself will be removed from the 2023/2024
budget on a permanent basis.  
Corporate Solution: £0.650 million permanent 
and £0.650 temporary for 2023/2024 (reinstate in 2024/2025) 
2.4. FYE of Phase 2 of Early Learning & Childcare Saving: Offsetting the cost of
reinstating temporary solutions from previous years, are residual benefits from
previous year solutions.  This mainly relates to the Full Year Effect of Phase 2 of the
Early Learning and Childcare saving (a saving approved in 2021/22), which benefits
the 2023/2024 budget by (£0.224 million).
Corporate Solution: £0.224 million 
2.5. Reviews:  As a result of the ongoing reviews taking place across the Council, a
number of proposed efficiencies have been identified for 2023/2024.  These total
£2.154 million they will form the first tranche of efficiency / savings proposals to be
considered, as we progress through the Budget process.
Corporate Solution: £2.154 million 
3. The total Corporate Solutions for the 2023/2024 Strategy is £5.064 million. 
94

Page 95

Report 
Report to: South Lanarkshire Council
Date of Meeting: 15 June 2022
Report by: Executive Director (Community and Enterprise
Resources)  
Subject: Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy
2022-2027 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:- 
 Update the South Lanarkshire Council on the development of the Sustainable
Development and Climate Change Strategy 2022-27 
2.  Recommendations
2.1. South Lanarkshire Council is asked to approve the following recommendations:
(1) the final draft of the Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy
and the proposed vision, themes, and priorities is approved 
3. Background
3.1. The Climate Change and Sustainability Committee approved the development of
the next Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy (SDCCS) 2022-
2027 in September 2020. 
3.2. It was agreed that the strategy should set out how the Council aims to develop
sustainably and tackle climate change over a five-year period from April 2022 to
March 2027.  The strategy will also provide a broad strategic direction for longer
term planning, beyond the five-year period, to help to deliver on agreed outcomes
and contribute to achieving the longer-term vision. 
3.3. An internal workshop was held in early 2021 with officers of the Council in order to
gather thoughts and identify future challenges and opportunities for the new
strategy.  Attendance by the Council’s sustainable development officers at all
Resource Management Teams took place in summer 2021 to discuss the actions
and interventions that will need to happen in order to meet key milestones and
targets. 
3.4. Nine online community engagement focus groups, attended by 62 participants, took
place mid-2021 and an online survey in October 2021 received over 800 responses
which helped shape the vision and themes of the strategy. The Strategic
Environment Assessment (SEA) was finalised in January 2021 and along with the
draft SDCCS went out for public consultation from 1 February to 15 March 2022. 
3.5. The public consultation was made available on the council website and advertised
on all council social media channels. It was also sent to community councils, council
6
95

Page 96

partnership organisations, other public sector bodies and the Sustainable Scotland
Network. Comments were also sought from the Consultation Authorities as part of
the Strategic Environmental Assessment consultation. 
3.6. All of the comments from the public consultation have been reviewed and have
been incorporated where appropriate into the final draft which can be found at
Appendix 1.  This includes feedback from Housing and Technical Resources, the
council’s Food Strategy Officer, Carluke Development Trust, Nature Scot, Historic
Environment Scotland, SEPA, Biggar and District Civic Society and two members of
the public. 
4. The vision, themes and priorities of the strategy
4.1. Based on the significant engagement and consultation, as well as legislative
requirements and national/local policy, a proposed vision and mission statement, 4
proposed themes, and 13 proposed priority/focus areas for the SDCCS have been
defined. The themes have been aligned with the themes of the new Council Plan. 
4.1.1. Proposed Vision and mission statement 
Council Vision:
‘Improve the lives and prospects of everyone in South Lanarkshire’ 
Mission Statement:
‘Our Future is Now : building a sustainable, climate resilient, and net-zero South
Lanarkshire together, in a fair and inclusive way’ 
4.1.2. Proposed Themes
• People
• Progress - Place and Communities
• Planet – the Natural Environment
• Planet – a Green Economy 
4.1.3. Proposed Priorities/focus areas
• Contribute to improving health and wellbeing through environmental protection
and access to environmental benefits for all
• Progress climate justice and ensure the transition to net-zero by 2045 does not
exacerbate poverty or inequalities
• Influence change through improving the understanding of Sustainable
Development and the Climate Emergency across South Lanarkshire
• Improve affordable, sustainable and accessible transport options
• Progress a transition to net-zero, energy efficient and climate resilience homes,
buildings and infrastructure, and minimise the unsustainable use of natural
resources and regenerate where appropriate 
• Improve the availability and access to quality local outdoor spaces and services
• Empower communities to take climate action and be more environmentally
sustainable
• Take action to allow South Lanarkshire to become a zero waste society 
• Enhance, protect, and respect the outdoors and the natural and historic
environment
• Conserve, restore and improve biodiversity, and use nature-based solutions in
tackling the climate crisis
• Enable a fair transition to a green economy leaving no one behind
96

Page 97

• Lead the transition to a circular economy and improve resource efficiency
through responsible consumption and production, and buying and selling of local
goods and services
• Support South Lanarkshire’s businesses in the transition to a net-zero economy
and helping to ensure they are climate resilient 
5. Next steps 
5.1.     The new strategy will be web-based and published on the council website. Once
the SDCCS has been endorsed by the Climate Change and Sustainability
Committee in August, the content will be used to develop the web pages and should
be available for public use shortly after. The content of the web-based pages will be
reviewed every 6 months, thereby ensuring that the content is always as up to date
and relevant as possible. 
5.2. Work will continue with services and Resources across the council to develop the
accompanying action plan. Focus will be on the long term actions covering the five
year period of the strategy, but with a view to agreeing short and medium term
steps that will be required in order to meet the long term ambitions. This action plan
will be reviewed annually and reported to the Climate Change and Sustainability
Committee on a six-monthly basis. 
6. Employee Implications
6.1. Development of the SDCCS is a key task for the Councils’ sustainable development
officers with support and direction from the climate change and sustainability
steering group.  All Resources have a responsibility to commit to and contribute to
the implementation of the annual action plans to ensure targets are met. 
7. Financial Implications
7.1. The commitments of the SDCCS and actions detailed in the annual action plans
may be part-funded from existing Resource budgets, however the scale and pace of
action needed to meet climate change targets and address the current climate crisis
will require capital investment and likely to require external funding and investment. 
The development of the strategy may help to leverage in additional funding and
investment however alternative financial models may need to be considered.     
8. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
8.1. The sustainable development and climate change strategy contributes towards the
Public Sector Climate Change Duties, the Biodiversity Duty and the UN Sustainable
Development Goals. 
8.2. A full Strategic Environmental Assessment was carried out alongside preparation of
the Strategy. This allowed greater synergy and clarity and resulted in better
consistency in approach to addressing the climate crisis alongside the ecological
emergency. It ensures that the importance of sustainable development is
mainstreamed across the Council and promoted to communities and partners.
Incorporating this sustainable approach across all Council led policies, plans,
programmes and strategies should result in continued environmental benefits for
South Lanarkshire and the people who live, work and visit here.  
97

Page 98

9. Other Implications
9.1. Failure to build resilience and act to the impacts of a changing climate is included in
one of the Council’s top risks.  The development of the Sustainable Development
and Climate Change Strategy and action plan is a mitigation measures of this risk. 
10. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
10.1. As noted in paragraphs 3.4 – 3.6 the draft Sustainable Development and Climate
Change Strategy and associated Strategic Environmental Assessment underwent
full public consultation for six weeks during February and March 2022. The results
from the consultation and the preceding community workshops shaped the vision,
themes and priorities of the Sustainable Development and Climate Change
Strategy. The Equality Impact Assessment is currently being drafted and will be
shaped by the outcomes from a series of community engagement sessions ‘Let’s
Talk South Lanarkshire’ taking place in June 2022. 
David Booth
Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources) 
18 May 2022 
Link(s) to Council Objectives and Values
 Work with communities and partners to promote high quality, thriving and
sustainable communities 
Previous References
 Report to Climate Change and Sustainability Committee 17th September 2020 
List of Background Papers
 None 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact :-
Name: Julie Richmond
Designation: Carbon Management Officer
Ext:       (Tel: 01698.454286)
E-mail: julie.richmond@southlanarkshire.gov.uk  
98

Page 99

Appendix 1 
Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy 
Introduction
Welcome to the Council’s sustainable development and climate change strategy 2022 to
2027. At the end of this document, you will find a glossary of terms to help with your reading
(Pages 16-18). 
This strategy has been prepared following extensive public engagement which has helped
shape our strategic approach to sustainable development and climate change. The
strategy will assist with the development of the corresponding action plan which will be
published in autumn 2022. Whilst the new strategy focusses on the period 2022 to 2027, it
also sets the pathway through to the end of this decade. 
This next strategy will not only build on the previous sustainable development and climate
change strategy covering the period 2017 to 2022, but the extensive work that has taken
place, in conjunction with partners and communities, since 2007, when the first strategy was
published. 
It is important to understand what has been achieved over the lifetime of the previous
strategy (2017-2022):   
• We reduced our carbon footprint by a further 50% between 2017 and 2021. This
reduction is partly due to changes to service provision throughout 2020 and 2021
because of Covid, but also due to a sustained and successful effort to reduce energy
and fuel consumption and implement more energy and fuel-efficient technologies.
This has included an ambitious street lighting replacement programme between 2015
and 2019 which saw all lanterns replaced with LED. This reduction in our carbon
footprint builds on earlier successes when we reduced our carbon emissions by 28%
over the period 2005 to 2017. 
• We established a Climate Change and Sustainability Committee in 2020 to oversee
and make strategic decisions on how to accelerate the pace and scale of action
needed in response to the climate emergency.
• We undertook a range of air quality improvement projects and an education
programme involving communities, businesses and schools throughout the 5-year
period. The development of a story map displayed on the Council website has helped
spread knowledge and understanding of the need for good air quality and the actions
taking place.
• We developed and launched the Council’s first Good Food Strategy in 2019 which
includes a key theme of ‘Good food for the environment’.
• We expanded food growing allotments sites throughout South Lanarkshire and the
development of a Food Growing story map to promote the benefits of homegrown.
• We implemented the South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Strategy 2018-22 with input from
all members of the South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Partnership, alongside the
Council’s own Biodiversity Duty Implementation Plan 2018-22.
• Green Flag status was awarded to many of our parks throughout the period and we
continued to develop safe and accessible walking and cycling routes throughout
South Lanarkshire. 
• We increased recycling facilities for many of our 320,000 residents, with most of the
non-recyclable waste being sent to an energy from waste facility, and very little sent
to landfill.
99

Page 100

• More than 1,300 affordable and green homes were built throughout the term of the
Local Housing Strategy 2017-22.
• We increased the numbers of fuel efficient and electric vehicles within the Council
fleet, including pool cars, sweepers and a mini bus, and expanded the public electric
vehicle charging network.
• We developed a Climate Youth Forum in 2021, which included the involvement of
many South Lanarkshire pupils. Pupils attended the COP26 climate emergency
newsroom and participated in a successful media campaign throughout the event.
• We launched a £200,000 Community Grants Scheme at the start of 2022 to help
groups develop climate change and sustainability focused projects within the
community. 
The Council’s annual climate change duties report provides information specifically related
to actions taken to tackle climate change on a year-to-year basis; this report is submitted to
the Scottish Government every November.  The most recent report for 2020-21 can be found
on the Council's website, and historic reports can be found on the Sustainable Scotland
Network website. 
Why sustainable development and climate change?
Sustainable development is about maintaining a stable level of economic growth and
employment, whilst reducing resource consumption, producing clean alternative energy,
protecting the natural environment, and enabling a quality of life which is fair, inclusive, and
does not disadvantage anyone.  Sustainable development is not just about considering the
present but also how our actions and use of natural resources impacts future generations. 
Climate change presents the single biggest threat to sustainable development, and it’s
widespread and unprecedented impacts are disproportionately impacting the poorest and
most vulnerable, globally, and here in Scotland and in South Lanarkshire. As a society, and
as a Council, we need to consider the impacts that climate change may have on our
development and growth and how we adapt to and reduce these impacts. If we reduce our
contribution to global warming that is causing our climate to change, we are helping to
minimise these impacts and in turn able to develop more sustainably. 
Sustainable development typically includes three pillars – environmental, social, and
economic. For the purposes of this strategy the focus will mainly be on the environmental
pillar, but the document will complement other council plans and strategies that focus on the
social and economic pillars, including the council plan, community plan, economic
development strategy, local housing strategy, local transport strategy and local development
plan. 
This strategy aims to align all three pillars of sustainable development for all who live and
work in South Lanarkshire. 
Influences and drivers
Since the last strategy was developed, there have been a number of external factors and
changes, both globally and nationally, that have influenced our strategic approach to
sustainable development and climate change, including the Covid-19 pandemic, the national
declaration of a climate emergency, new greenhouse gas emission targets for Scotland, and
COP26 to name a few. The urgency and pace and scale of action required within the term
of this strategy is significant. 
100

Page 101

• Scotland’s First Minister declared a Climate Emergency in May 2019 following a special
report issued by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change in 2018, which stated
that by 2030 it will be too late to limit warming to 1.5 degrees; that the world must act now. 
• Following independent, expert advice from the UK Committee on Climate Change (CCC)
in May 2019, the Scottish Government responded immediately with amendments to
Scotland’s Climate Change Act to set a 2045 target for net zero emission of all
greenhouse gases, and new interim targets of 75% reduction in emissions by 2030, and
90% reduction in emissions by 2040, relative to 1990 levels. As a public sector body, we
have a legislative requirement to contribute to these targets and are required to set and
report on our own carbon reduction targets. 
• Scotland’s Climate Change Plan 2018-2032 was updated in December 2020 and sets out
the pathway to the new and ambitious targets set by the Climate Change (Emissions
Reduction Targets) (Scotland) Act 2019. The updated climate change plan is also a key
strategic document in Scotland’s green recovery from Covid-19.  The climate change
plan, and associated suite of documents, set national milestones that we must meet. 
These milestones have been a major factor in the development of this strategy.   
• The Covid-19 pandemic has exposed major weaknesses in our economy and deep-
seated inequalities in our society that have resulted in the most vulnerable people being
hit the hardest. As the world recovers, we have a chance to reset the clock and build back
better than before. Central to this approach is a focus on well-being and inclusiveness,
as well as alignment with long-term emission reduction goals, building resilience to
climate impacts, slowing biodiversity loss, and a transition to a circular economy. There
has been a renewed emphasis on the importance of the UN's Sustainable Development
Goals (SDGs) as a framework for action in building back better. We have used the SDGs
to help shape our strategy. 
• Scotland is already experiencing the effects of climate change, such as warmer
summers and wetter winters. Climate projections indicate that these trends will not only
continue but intensify. Adapting and building resilience to the impacts of climate change
will be necessary, alongside actions to reduce emissions. Many of these impacts are
now “locked in” as a result of historic and ongoing emissions. Scotland's second
Climate Change Adaptation Programme (SCCAP2) was launched in September 2019
and outlines action to adapt for impacts of climate change that cannot be avoided. As
part of the Council’s legislative requirement, it must also contribute to Scotland’s
Adaptation Programme. 
• More locally, Climate Ready Clyde – of which the Council are members – has
developed Glasgow City Region’s first Climate Adaptation Strategy and Action Plan,
which was launched in June 2021. The Strategy aims to ensure Glasgow City Region’s
economy, society, and environment is not only prepared for, but continues to flourish in
the face of the impacts arising from the climate crisis. The Adaptation Strategy has
helped to shape our strategic approach to climate adaptation. 
• The UK hosted the 26th UN Climate Change Conference of the Parties (COP26) in
Glasgow between 31st October 2021 and 13th November 2021. The COP26 summit
ended in almost 200 countries agreeing the Glasgow Climate Pact which will accelerate
action on climate this decade. This strategy will form part of the Council’s legacy from
COP26. 
101

Page 102

• The Council has Public Sector Climate Change duties to which they must comply.
These include: contributing to achieving Scotland’s climate change targets; adapting to
the impacts of climate change; and acting sustainably in their activities. In addition, all
public sector bodies must report annually to the Scottish Government on their carbon
emissions and action to tackle climate change.  In November 2020, changes to the
annual report came into force whereby the Council must review and deliver on its
carbon emission reduction targets and align its spending plans and use of resources to
these reducing emissions. Guidance has been prepared for the public sector on the
changes to the annual report, and this guidance has helped to shape this strategy 
Engagement and consultation
It is globally recognised that developing sustainably and tackling climate change will help to
improve the quality of life for all of us, and for future generations. Achieving these aspirations
will involve the whole community – local government and other public bodies, the business
sector, voluntary sector, local community groups and residents. 
With this in mind, we engaged with residents, community groups, businesses, and the
voluntary sector in the early stages of developing the strategy to ensure their views and
ideas helped to shape the strategy. A series of focus groups and workshops explored what
residents and communities need to live well in South Lanarkshire; attitudes to climate
change; barriers for organisations and individuals taking action on climate change; and what
the Council should focus on in this next sustainable development and climate change
strategy. 
Whilst the focus groups included people from across South Lanarkshire, we recognised that
these groups alone could not be taken as representative of the whole population, therefore
the findings from the focus groups provided the basis for a wider South Lanarkshire public
engagement online survey. 
A public consultation of the draft strategy was made available on the council website and
advertised on all council social media channels. It was also sent to community councils,
council partnership organisations, other public sector bodies and the Sustainable Scotland
Network. Comments were also sought from the Consultation Authorities as part of the
Strategic Environmental Assessment consultation. 
There was a strong message throughout the focus groups, survey and from the consultative
draft that the strategy needs to be holistic and look for synergies between community
priorities and sustainable development and climate change priorities. Another key message
was that the strategy should work for all sectors of society and any action resulting from the
strategy must be undertaken in a fair and equitable way. The urgency of action from all
sectors of South Lanarkshire was also a key message. 
During the public engagement, it was suggested that the strategy’s vision, themes, and key
priorities provide a framework that supports and informs decisions and actions, not just for
the Council, but for all sections of the community of South Lanarkshire, whether that be
businesses, organisations, community groups, or individuals. 
A copy of the public engagement report can be made available on request.
102

Page 103

Figure 1: summary of findings from focus groups
103

Page 104

Vision and Themes
Throughout this section we will outline the strategy’s vision and themes. These are based
on the public engagement feedback, alongside consideration of legislative requirements,
and national, regional, and local policies. 
The strategic vision is consistent with the Council Plan: 
Improve the lives and prospects of everyone in South Lanarkshire 
The mission statement is: 
Our Future is Now: building a sustainable, climate resilient and net-zero South
Lanarkshire together, in a fair and inclusive way 
‘Our Future is Now’ is taken from a 2019 UN Sustainable Development Goals report on
collaborative action with respect to achieving sustainable development goals. 
There was a lot of discussion during the focus groups around the vision for the strategy. It
was felt that it should reflect what is important to people, include the climate emergency,
and demonstrate the pace and scale needed, the requirement to work together, and that
everybody be treated equally. 
From the issues that were discussed during the public engagement (see Figure 1) there are
four key themes that emerged. These themes align with the priorities of the Council Plan:
People Progress Planet 
• People
• Progress - Place and Communities
• Planet - The Natural Environment 
• Planet - A Green Economy 
People
• People are at the heart of a sustainable South Lanarkshire. Health and well-being are
paramount; no one should be disproportionally affected by the impacts of climate
change; there should be a just transition to a net-zero future; climate inequalities and
fuel poverty are reduced; and there is harmony between society and nature. 
During the public engagement sessions, people felt that issues like tackling poverty and
inequalities, and improving health and wellbeing were of more importance to people than
climate change. The People theme looks to build on the work already happening across
South Lanarkshire to make it a fairer place for everyone, by helping to improve health and
wellbeing, assisting with the cost of living, and mitigating the inequalities exacerbated by
climate change. Climate change will increase the risk of environmental hazards. It is
recognised that the impacts of a changing climate are not felt equitably among people and
often have disproportionate effects for those already experiencing poverty and inequalities.
While we look for solutions to address the climate crisis, we will do so in a way that creates
a fairer and more just society in the process. 
Progress - Place and Communities
• Communities are empowered and supported to create sustainable, inclusive and
thriving places that are net-zero, climate resilient, well connected, with access to
104

Page 105

energy efficient, comfortable and affordable homes, local services, and local quality
outdoor space. 
During the public engagement sessions, people felt access to local services was important
to them and they wanted to be included in the decisions made about their local areas.
They wanted to have access to affordable, safe and sustainable transport options, energy
efficient, comfortable and affordable homes, and local quality greenspace - the benefits of
which have been further realised as a result of the pandemic. There were discussions
around rural and urban areas in South Lanarkshire and the challenges and opportunities
these geographical differences raise. It was also felt that there should be fair involvement
of all residents in environmental developmental decision-making processes. This theme
will build on the work already happening across South Lanarkshire to improve
communities and place, although it will do this through a sustainable development and
climate lens which will take the diversity of rural and urban South Lanarkshire into account.   
Planet - The Natural Environment
• South Lanarkshire’s natural environment, greenspace, and biodiversity is restored,
protected, enhanced, and respected, enabling basic needs like clean air, clean
water, and healthy soils, as well as many other health and wellbeing and economic
benefits for the people of South Lanarkshire. 
During the public engagement sessions, people felt strongly that our natural environment
holds many benefits for people and for helping to tackle climate change. There was a lot of
discussion around litter and fly-tipping and that there is a greater need to respect our local
and natural environment. People agreed the need for quality greenspace for our health
and wellbeing and understood that the natural environment provides us with basic needs
like clean air, water and food, medicine, building materials and jobs, and felt that these
should be enjoyed equally across South Lanarkshire. It was also felt that good quality,
local greenspace can contribute to a sense of place. This theme will build on the work that
is already happening to restore, protect, enhance, and respect the natural environment as
well as help in the transition to net-zero and adapt to the impacts of climate change. 
Planet - A Green Economy
• South Lanarkshire demonstrates leadership and innovation in the transition to a
thriving, net-zero, climate resilient, and circular economy. In partnership with
businesses and social enterprises, we should aim to protect and enhance our
natural resources and the health and wellbeing of citizens through building
community wealth, providing sustainable, quality, green job opportunities, re-skilling
and training, and leaving no one behind. 
Opportunities for local jobs and security of income were identified as key priorities during
the public engagement. The pandemic has brought a lot of uncertainty to the economy and
to job security. The transition to net-zero could mean changes to businesses and jobs.
This theme will build on the work already taking place across South Lanarkshire towards a
thriving and sustainable local economy by ensuring that we are taking actions that
contribute to a just transition - that nobody is left behind - and that there are opportunities
for quality green jobs as the green market grows across South Lanarkshire. 
105

Page 106

Figure 2
People
People are at the heart of a sustainable South
Lanarkshire.  Health and well-being are paramount, no
one should be disproportionally affected by the impacts of
climate change, there should be a just transition to a net-
zero future, climate inequalities and fuel poverty are
reduced, and there is harmony between society and
nature
Progress - Place and Communities
Communities are empowered and supported to create
sustainable, inclusive and thriving places that are net-zero,
climate resilient, well connected, with access to energy
efficient, comfortable and affordable homes, local services,
and local quality outdoor space
Planet - The Natural Environment
South Lanarkshire’s natural environment, greenspace,
and biodiversity is restored, protected, enhanced, and
respected, enabling basic needs like clean air, clean
water, and healthy soils, as well as many other health and
wellbeing and economic benefits for the people of South
Lanarkshire
Planet - A Green Economy
South Lanarkshire demonstrates leadership and
innovation in the transition to a thriving, net-zero, climate
resilient, and circular economy.  We should protect and
enhance our natural resources and the health and
wellbeing of citizens, building community wealth, providing
sustainable job opportunities, re-skilling and training, and
leaving no one behind
Our Future is Now: 
building a sustainable, climate resilient and
net-zero South Lanarkshire together in a fair
and inclusive way
106

Page 107

Priorities
The next section outlines the priorities that have been identified for the Council. The
priorities have been established using public engagement feedback and taking cognisance
of our legislative requirements and national commitments and targets. 
Appendix 1 provides an outline of each of the priorities, the scope and types of actions
that will sit under each priority, and the themes that each priority contributes to. 
Please note, the priorities are numbered for reference. They are of equal importance. 
1. Contribute to improving health and wellbeing through environmental protection and
access to environmental benefits for all
2. Progress climate justice and ensure the transition to net-zero by 2045 does not
exacerbate poverty or inequalities
3. Influence change through improving the understanding of Sustainable Development
and the Climate Emergency across South Lanarkshire
4. Improve affordable, sustainable and accessible transport options
5. Progress a transition to net-zero, energy efficient and climate resilience homes,
buildings and infrastructure, and minimise the unsustainable use of natural
resources and regenerate where appropriate 
6. Improve the availability and access to quality local outdoor spaces and services
7. Empower communities to take climate action and be more environmentally
sustainable
8. Take action to allow South Lanarkshire to become a zero waste society 
9. Enhance, protect, and respect the outdoors and the natural and historic
environment
10. Conserve, restore and improve biodiversity, and use nature-based solutions in
tackling the climate crisis
11. Enable a fair transition to a green economy leaving no one behind
12. Lead the transition to a circular economy and improve resource efficiency through
responsible consumption and production, and buying and selling of local goods and
services
13. Support South Lanarkshire’s businesses in the transition to a net-zero economy and
helping to ensure they are climate resilient 
The above vision, themes and priorities will be used as a framework to develop our action
plan and set targets. 
Climate change and carbon emissions
In addition to the priorities listed, we will comply with our Public Sector Climate Change Duties.
Part of those duties is to manage, reduce and report on our own carbon footprint, which we have
been doing since 2005. We will also work collaboratively with partners, communities, the business
sector, and voluntary sector to reduce South Lanarkshire’s area-wide emissions. 
Climate change presents the single biggest threat to sustainable development and one of the best
ways to contribute to lessening future changes in climate is measuring and understanding our
carbon footprint. Once we know where our main emissions come from, we can take measures to
reduce it. 
The Council’s carbon footprint includes the carbon associated with the gas, electricity and oil used
to heat and power our buildings, the fuel we use to travel and the electricity used for street lighting.
107

Page 108

It also includes the emissions that are produced when processing and disposing of the household
waste we collect. 
The most recent carbon footprint, for 2020-21 shows that reductions of 65% have been achieved
since the baseline year of 2005-06. There are several reasons for this consistent and significant
reduction in emissions. Most are related to specific measures undertaken by the council to reduce
fuel consumption. However, some changes are as a result of updates to the annual carbon
conversion factors that are published by the UK Government’s Department for Business, Energy
and Industrial Strategy (BEIS). This means that the fluctuating carbon factors over which the
Council has no control can affect our reported carbon emissions. 
Future targets for reducing the council’s carbon footprint will be incorporated into the Sustainable
Development and Climate Change Strategy Action Plan. 
Interventions
In addition to the actions that will deliver on the priorities we will develop some high-level
interventions that will assist in implementing the strategy which includes:
• Developing a public engagement and communications plan. This will set out our
overarching framework for engaging the people of South Lanarkshire in relation to
key issues/messages around sustainable development and climate change.
• Fully embed climate change and sustainability in all council decisions
• Prepare a route-map for the transition to net-zero for both the Council and the wider
South Lanarkshire area. 
• Work with partners, communities, businesses, groups and organisations to
establish a more joined up and collaborate approach to tackling resource efficiency
and climate change. We need to set a pathway of how we will reach net-zero and
how much this will cost. 
• Recognise the already changing climate and take climate adaptation action
• Develop a programme of training that will help people better understand the climate
emergency and alleviate fears.
• Provide opportunities for local community groups to take forward sustainable
development and climate change action. This includes the current small grant
funds.
• Review our procurement processes, further embed sustainability and climate
change in tendering, and investigate ways to further reduce emissions from our
supply chain.
• Work with the Scottish Government, UK Government and external partners to seek
funding to support the delivery of net zero projects. 
Monitoring, evaluation and reporting
The action plan will be monitored and reported to the Council’s climate change and
sustainability committee twice a year, and we will continue to prepare an annual climate
change duties report. Progress on the action plan and the annual climate change duties
report will also be made available on the Council website. 
We will agree performance indicators with Council Services that will be included in the
action plan and will demonstrate progress. We will also undertake a range of activities that
will demonstrate impact, including surveys and case studies. 
The Council’s climate change and sustainability committee will ensure the effective
delivery of the strategy and action plan. The Council’s senior management climate change
and sustainability steering group will support the work of the committee.
108

Page 109

This strategy is web-based on the Council’s website, alongside the accompanying
Equalities Impact Assessment and Strategic Environmental Assessment. A summary
version of the strategy can be made available on request for anyone who does not have
access to the internet.
109

Page 110

Appendix 1 
We will Overview
Strategic Themes
People
Progress -
Commuities and
Place
Planet - Natural
Environment
Planet - Green
Economy
1 Contribute to improving
health and wellbeing
through environmental
protection and access to
environmental benefits
for all 
This priority will include action on improving air quality, providing local outdoor
access, increased opportunities for cycling and walking, quality greenspace for
people to enjoy, or use to improve physical or mental health and wellbeing.
This priority will also include action to encourage sustainable and healthy food
options
x x x 
2 Progress climate justice
and ensure the transition
to net-zero by 2045 does
not exacerbate poverty or
inequalities 
This priority recognises that the impacts of a changing climate are not felt
equitably among people and often have disproportionate effects for those
already experiencing poverty and inequalities. Actions will include measures to
understand the landscape of fuel poverty and reducing fuel poverty It will also
include actions to tackle climate justice so that no one is disproportionally
affected by the impacts of climate change, or that any action taken in the
transition to net-zero does not leave anyone behind or widen the poverty or
inequality gap. It will also consider the impacts of climate on food security.  As
the community plan’s key priority is reducing poverty and tackling inequalities,
this priority needs to align with the community plan 
x x  
3 Influence change through
improving the
understanding of
Sustainable Development
and the Climate
This priority will include the development of a public engagement strategy for
sustainable development and climate change. It will involve working in
partnership to help to raise awareness, positively influence behaviours, and
have climate conversations through various methods of communication and
engagement including using the arts. This priority needs to consider those
people who may be harder to engage with but may be more affected by
x x x x
110

Page 111

We will Overview
Strategic Themes
People
Progress -
Commuities and
Place
Planet - Natural
Environment
Planet - Green
Economy
Emergency across South
Lanarkshire 
climate change. This priority will also include embedding the understanding of
the climate change and sustainable development in school life and the wider
community
4 Improve affordable,
sustainable, and
accessible transport
options 
This priority will include action on improving sustainable transport options for
people including active travel option, public transport, integrated active and
public transport options, electric vehicle charging infrastructure and incentives
for people to make a switch to more sustainable and decarbonised transport.
This priority needs to consider the rural and urban diversity of South
Lanarkshire, the affordability of transport options, and that no one should be
disproportionally affected in the transition to low or decarbonised
transportation. Transport is the second biggest source of carbon emissions in
South Lanarkshire
x x  x
5 Progress a transition to
net-zero, energy efficient
and climate resilient
homes, buildings, and
infrastructure, and
minimise the
unsustainable use of
natural resources and
regenerate where
appropriate
This priority will include action to reduce carbon emissions from homes,
buildings, and infrastructure. It will look to review building standards to set
South Lanarkshire on the trajectory of net-zero by 2045, if not before. It will
include sustainable design and construction – minimising both operational and
embodied carbon – renewable heating and incorporating green infrastructure.
It will include a retrofit programme for the Council’s housing stock to meet
Energy Performance Certificate (EPC) band B by 2032. It will involve working
in partnership with housing associations, homeowners, businesses, public
bodies, and communities across South Lanarkshire in the move to net-zero
from the built environment. Heat and energy from homes, buildings and
embodied carbon in construction/infrastructure is the biggest source of carbon
emissions across South Lanarkshire. This priority will also address the climate
resilience of our homes, buildings, and infrastructure including sensitive
x x x x
111

Page 112

We will Overview
Strategic Themes
People
Progress -
Commuities and
Place
Planet - Natural
Environment
Planet - Green
Economy
buildings of heritage and culture and the role of planning regulations. It will
also support keeping buildings in use as much as possible.
6 Improve the availability
and access to quality
local outdoor spaces and
services 
This priority will focus on spatial planning and the concept of 20-minute
neighbourhoods with tailored plans for urban and rural towns and dwellings. It
will help to reduce travel needs and in turn reduce transport emissions and
possibly contribute to more active travel thus improving health. Access to
biodiverse outdoor spaces will also be a key focus for this priority; the
importance of access to local and quality outdoor space was more apparent
during and following the pandemic. 
x x x x
7 Empower communities to
take climate action and
be more environmentally
sustainable 
This priority will include action to provide environmental volunteering
opportunities, food growing opportunities, support and training, community
wealth building, community grant funding, and participatory budgeting. This
priority needs to be inclusive, giving everyone opportunities to be involved in
their local community. This priority will also include supporting communities to
build resilience to the impacts of climate change
x x x x
8 Take action to allow
South Lanarkshire to
become a zero waste
society 
This priority will include action to manage household and commercial waste
produced in South Lanarkshire. This includes encouraging the reduction of
general waste and food waste. This will also look to improve the quality of
recyclable material collected and minimise contamination. This priority links
closely with the priority of responsible consumption and production and circular
economy as it is better for the environment to keep goods and materials in
circulation longer thus reducing waste. It also links closely with improving the
understanding of sustainable development and climate change to influence
change.
x x x 
9 Enhance, protect, and
respect the outdoors and
This priority will include action to manage our natural environment (or also
known as natural capital) in a sustainable manner. A biodiverse natural x x x x
112

Page 113

We will Overview
Strategic Themes
People
Progress -
Commuities and
Place
Planet - Natural
Environment
Planet - Green
Economy
the natural and historic
environment 
environment and healthy ecosystem contributes to benefits for: health,
wellbeing, enjoyment, sense of place, and cultural identity. This priority will
also include respecting the outdoors, the natural environment, and our
communities with prevention of litter and fly tipping. It will also look to
regenerate vacant and derelict land to open spaces that people can use
encourage the regeneration of natural environments where appropriate. It will
also look at the positive role that the historic environment can play in people
accessing outdoors. This priority will make reference to the work carried out
within our Air Quality and Biodiversity strategies and within our Nature
restoration programme.
10 Conserve, restore and
improve biodiversity, and
use nature-based
solutions in tackling the
climate crisis 
This priority will focus on the role of the natural environment in tackling climate
change. The creation, restoration, management and protection of natural
carbon sinks and their capacity to sequester and store carbon, can be used to
offset residual carbon emissions. Ecosystem services can also help us adapt
to the impacts of climate change through for example: natural flood
management; shading; cooling; and improving air quality as well as providing
food, drinking water, timber, cultural experience, recreation. This priority will be
addressed through an ecosystems approach which aims to protect species
and habitats. It will help to build robust ecosystems that are adaptable to
changes in climate and bring multiple benefits for wildlife and people. Tourism
and the food sector rely on the provision of ecosystems from a high-quality
environment, contributing to economic growth. This priority will make reference
to the work carried out within our Local Flood Risk Management Plans and
River Basin Planning Management and flood risk management duties. This
priority also links with our Good Food Strategy which aims to work with
partners and the private sector to explore and implement practices that will
x x x x
113

Page 114

We will Overview
Strategic Themes
People
Progress -
Commuities and
Place
Planet - Natural
Environment
Planet - Green
Economy
help tackle the impact of food systems on the environment and climate
change.
11 Enable a fair transition to
a green economy leaving
no one behind 
The priority will include action to encourage innovation and investment in
green businesses and jobs opportunities to South Lanarkshire. It will include
training and re-skill people for green jobs and to ensure that no-one is left
behind. It will include working with partners to deliver the Scottish Government
Heat In Buildings Strategy, encouraging renewable heat and heat networks.
This priority will require working collaboratively with various partners including,
businesses, education establishments, further education, and members of the
Lanarkshire Economic Forum
x x  x
12 Lead the transition to a
circular economy and
improve resource
efficiency through
responsible consumption
and production, and
buying and selling of local
goods and services 
This priority will include action to influence responsible consumption and
production. It will encourage a transition to a circular economy where goods
and materials are kept in use longer either through reuse, refurbish or
reconditioned. It will help to promote a culture shift in our consumption of
goods and will also include action to encourage shopping locally and buying
locally sourced food. Procurement practices across South Lanarkshire are a
key in the transition to a circular economy. Procurement practices can also
help to tackle the climate emergency  
x  x x
13 Support South
Lanarkshire’s businesses
in the transition to a net-
zero economy and
building climate resilience 
Industry and businesses, including agriculture, are the third largest contributor
to carbon emissions in the area. This priority will focus on supporting the
business sector be more environmentally sustainable, more energy efficient,
reduce reliance of fossil fuels, encourage and develop renewable heat and
heat networks and help to put businesses on the pathway to net-zero and
climate resilience   
x
114

Page 115

Glossary of terms       
Term       Explanation 
Area-wide emissions Emissions for South Lanarkshire area that incorporates the following
sources: domestic, commercial and industry, transport, land-use, and the
public sector 
Biodiversity The variety of life which inhabits the planet including plants, animals
insects, and also the surroundings they live in  
Carbon Known as Carbon Dioxide (CO2) – is the primary greenhouse gas emitted.
A naturally occurring greenhouse gas, however it can be produced by
burning of fossil fuels and biomass, and other activities. It is CO2 generated
by human activities that is the main contributor to climate change. 
Carbon footprint A measure of the amount of CO2 emitted from activities. South Lanarkshire
Council’s carbon footprint, it is made up from five sources: energy
consumption from buildings, household waste, energy consumption from
street lighting, fuel consumption from our fleet, and staff business travel 
Carbon sequestration The long-term storage of carbon in plants, soils, geologic formations, and
the ocean, also known as carbon sinks 
Circular economy A model of production and consumption, which involves sharing, leasing,
reusing, repairing, refurbishing, and recycling existing materials and
products as long as possible 
Climate Adaptation Actions or changes required in anticipation of, or in response to, the
impacts of a changing climate 
Climate Change  Any notable change in the measures of climate such as temperature,
rainfall, wind patterns that occur over a period of time 
Climate Change Act This refers to the Climate Change (Emissions Reduction Targets)
(Scotland) Act. The primary objective of the Act is to raise the ambition of
the greenhouse gas emissions reduction targets set out in the Climate
Change (Scotland) Act 2009.  This was amended by the Climate Change
(Emissions Reduction Targets) (Scotland) Act 2019 which increased the
ambition of Scotland’s emissions reduction targets to net zero by 2045 
Climate Change Plan Scotland’s current Climate Change Plan is the fourth report on proposals
and policies covering the period 2018 to 2032. It sets out the Scottish
Government's pathway to meeting climate change targets 
Climate emergency A situation in which urgent action is required to reduce or halt climate
change and avoid potentially irreversible environmental damage resulting
from it – also referred to as the Climate Crisis 
Climate inequalities The unequal impact of extreme weather on people 
115

Page 116

Climate justice Finding solutions to the climate crisis that not only reduce emissions or
protect the natural world, but that do so in a way which creates a fairer,
more just and more equal world in the process 
Climate resilience Climate resilience is the ability to anticipate, prepare for, and respond to
hazardous events, trends, or disturbances related to climate 
COP26 The 2021 United Nations Climate Change Conference, more commonly
referred to as COP26, was the 26th United Nations Climate Change
conference, held in Glasgow from 31 October to 13 November 2021. COP
stands for Conference of the Parties 
Decarbonisation The reduction, leading to eradication of, carbon emissions. Decarbonisation
can be employed in a number of sectors such as heat, electricity, transport
etc. 
Economic Growth Economic growth is an increase in the production of economic goods and
services, compared from one period of time to another 
Ecosystem A system that includes all living organisms in an area as well as its physical
environment. Ecosystem Services are the benefits provided by ecosystems
that contribute to making human life both possible and worth living, such as
food and water, regulation of floods, soil erosion and disease outbreaks,
and non-material benefits such as recreational and spiritual benefits in
natural areas 
Embodied carbon The carbon footprint of a building or infrastructure project before it becomes
operational 
Energy efficient A device or building that is energy-efficient uses relatively little energy to
provide the power it needs 
Energy from Waste  The process of generating energy in the form of electricity and/or heat from
the primary treatment of waste, or the processing of waste into a fuel
source 
Energy Performance  An Energy Performance Certificate (EPC) measures the energy efficiency
Certificate of property on a scale of A-G 
Fuel Poverty The definition of fuel poverty in Scotland is if a household spends more
than 10% of its income on fuel costs and if the remaining household
income is insufficient to maintain an adequate standard of living 
Global Warming A gradual increase in the overall temperature of the earth's atmosphere
generally attributed to the greenhouse effect caused by increased levels of
carbon dioxide, CFCs, and other pollutants 
Green economy A green economy is defined as low carbon, resource efficient and socially
inclusive. In a green economy, growth in employment and income are
driven by public and private investment into such economic activities,
infrastructure and assets that allow reduced carbon emissions and
pollution, enhanced energy and resource efficiency, and prevention of the
loss of biodiversity and ecosystem services. 
116

Page 117

Green job Green jobs are decent jobs that contribute to preserve or restore the
environment, be they in traditional sectors such as manufacturing and
construction, or in new, emerging green sectors such as renewable energy
and energy efficiency. The range of green jobs make up the green labour
market. 
Green Recovery A widely adopted term for a package of environmental, regulatory, and
fiscal reforms to recover prosperity after the COVID-19 pandemic 
Greenhouse Gases Greenhouse gases (GHGs) stop heat escaping from the earth’s
atmosphere ensuring that the planet is warm enough to sustain life. Human
activity has increased the emission of GHGs contributing to global
warming. The primary GHG in the earth’s atmosphere is Carbon Dioxide,
other GHGs includes Methane, Nitrous oxide, Chlorofluorocarbons. As
Carbon Dioxide (CO2) is the primary GHG, the term carbon emissions or
emissions are used instead of GHGs. Greenhouse gas emissions fall into
two categories: 
• Direct greenhouse gas emissions are emissions from sources that are
owned or controlled by the reporting entity. e.g. gas consumption and
fuel consumption from fleet
• Indirect GHG emissions are emissions that are a consequence of the
activities of the reporting entity but occur at sources owned or controlled
by another entity. e.g. consumption of purchased electricity, heat or
steam, waste disposal, business travel, purchased goods and services 
Greenspace Land that is partly or completely covered with grass, trees, shrubs, or other
vegetation. Green space includes parks, community gardens, and
cemeteries 
Just transition The term is used to refer to the notion that justice and equity must form an
integral part of the transition towards a low-carbon world 
LED Stands for "Light-Emitting Diode." An LED is an electronic device that emits
light when an electrical current is passed through it.  LEDs are energy
efficient and have a long lifespan 
Nature-based  The sustainable management and use of natural features and 
Solutions processes to tackle socio-environmental challenges. These challenges
include issues such as climate change, water security, water pollution, food
security, human health, biodiversity loss and disaster risk management  
Net zero A term applied to both GHGs and carbon emissions which means
achieving a balance between the greenhouse gases put into the
atmosphere and those taken out through sequestration or carbon storage.
The Scottish Government’s national target of net-zero emissions by 2045 is
for all greenhouse gas emissions
Public Sector The Climate Change (Scotland) Act 2009 places legislative duties on
Climate Change public bodies relating to climate change, requiring them to contribute to
Duties carbon emissions reduction targets; contribute to climate change
adaptation; and to act sustainably 
Resource efficiency Using the Earth's limited resources in a sustainable manner while
minimising impacts on the environment
117

Page 118

Sustainable The Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), were adopted by
Development Goals all United Nations Member States in 2015 as a universal call to action to
end poverty, protect the planet and ensure that all people enjoy peace and
prosperity by 2030 
Zero direct emissions Reducing direct emissions to zero (that there are no direct emissions
produced) 
Zero-waste Zero waste is a set of principles focused on waste prevention that
encourages the redesign of resource life cycles so that all products are
reused 
118

Page 119

Report
Agenda Item 
To: South Lanarkshire Council
Date: 15 June 2022
Prepared by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)   
Subject: SLC Digital Strategy – 2022 to 2027
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:- 
 request approval for new SLC Digital Strategy for 2022 to 2027
2. Recommendation(s) 
The Council is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):- 
(1) that the SLC Digital Strategy for 2022 to 2027 be approved.
3. Background
3.1. SLC is in the process of investing heavily in IT and digital solutions to deliver both
efficiencies and improved services. The current programme of work includes: -
• migration of servers and storage to hybrid cloud environment 
• refresh of legacy systems
- including housing/property, finance/HR and social work 
• investment in digital connectivity
• enterprise rollout of Office 365 including Microsoft Teams
• upgrade of Education IT
• investment in cyber security
• upgrade of website and on-line forms
• complete rollout of electronic document and records management system
(EDRMS)
• agile working
• mobile apps and scheduling tools
• business intelligence. 
3.2. To deliver these new solutions cost effectively and at pace SLC are partnering with
many organisations across the public sector, including NHS, Scottish Government,
COSLA, the Digital Office and SOCITM (Society of IT Managers). 
3.3. The previous SLC Digital Strategy was formulated in 2017 and has guided the
Council’s investments in IT over the past 5 years. 
3.4. SLC Digital Strategy was supplemented by a Digital Inclusion Strategy which was
introduced in 2020. The latter document focusses on ensuring that the Council has
an action plan in place to tackle digital exclusion which can lead to social and
financial disadvantage for citizens.  
7
119

Page 120

3.5. The SLC Digital Strategy requires to be renewed in 2022 to bring it up to date, take
account of changing council requirements, and the latest developments in
technology. 
3.6. The draft strategy is shown in Appendix A. 
3.7. The new draft strategy is aligned with the draft Council plan, and the national digital
strategy published by the Scottish Government in March 2021. The national strategy
was developed for the first time in partnership with local government and represents
a good opportunity to leverage common digital solutions across the public sector
(“Once for Scotland” approach).
4. Previous SLC Digital Strategy
4.1. Good progress has been made since 2017 in implementing new technologies within
the Council (e.g., Office 365, cyber security, robotic automation, web forms, mobile)
and improving collaboration with partners (e.g., NHS). 
4.2. The majority of IT projects delivered since 2017 can be categorised as digital
enablement, as opposed to digital transformation. This means that, although
investment has taken place, the benefits remain to be fully realised particularly in
cross-council solutions, for example Office365 which has a wide range of
functionality yet to be exploited. Building upon these technical foundations a
focussed programme of work on business change and process re-design will result
in both service improvements and efficiencies. 
4.3. Some of the challenges in delivering the previous Digital Strategy included resource
availability, competing priorities and skills gaps. The COVID-19 pandemic has
resulted in an accelerated deployment of some digital solutions, notably mobile
devices and Office 365/Teams. More importantly, it has helped demonstrate new
ways of working to council staff and provided confidence that the technology works
and can deliver significant benefits. The new strategy builds on this and encourages
innovation and change. 
5. Overview of new Digital Strategy
5.1. The new Digital Strategy considers what has worked well in the previous strategy,
ongoing development of new technologies, and how best to deliver the objectives of
the new Council Plan. 
5.2. The Digital Vision proposed in the strategy is: 
Transforming lives with Digital 
5.3. An important section of the strategy is to describe the principles used in both
development and implementation of the strategy. These principles are common
features of other council digital strategies and are considered best practice in
delivering digital transformation. 
5.4. The main section of the strategy considers thematic areas where it is anticipated that
programmes of work will be taken forward comprising multiple related projects over
the duration of the strategy. Many of these are directly related to Digital Office
programmes of work where SLC are actively participating. As well as describing
each theme and related benefits, key deliverables are listed.  
120

Page 121

5.5. Finally, key enablers are described which are essential for the delivery of the
strategy. This includes effective cyber security which will become increasingly
important as new technologies, including cloud computing and agile working, are
further adopted by SLC. 
5.6. The overall structure of the new Digital Strategy is shown below:  
Section Description
Digital
Vision
SLC’s ambition for a digital future
Principles A description of the drivers, the approaches, and the
building blocks for the digital strategy
Key
Themes
“Keep The Lights On” – maintain Council services
Customer Contact & Transactional Working
Agile Working
Business Intelligence and Data Management
Partnership Working
Digital Learning & Teaching
Digital Inclusion
Digital Connectivity
Key
deliverables
Strategic milestones for each Key Theme
Key
Enablers
Digital Leadership & Governance
Digital Foundations
Cyber Security
Standard Architecture
Glossary Glossary of Terms 
5.7. In addition to the specific deliverables noted in the strategy, it will be used to inform
all IT and digital related projects across the council over the next 5 years. 
6. Employee Implications
6.1. There are none associated with this report. 
7. Financial Implications
7.1. There are none associated with this report. Individual projects and programmes of
work will require to prepare business cases to support funding requests. 
8. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
8.1. There are no implications for climate change, sustainability or the environment in
terms of the information contained in this report. 
9. Other Implications
9.1. There are none associated with this report. 
10. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
10.1. Equality Impact Assessments will be undertaken as part of individual development
project activity as required. 
10.2. Consultation has taken place through the ICT Programme Board, Digital Inclusion Sub
Group and resource management teams. 
121

Page 122

Paul Manning
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
25 May 2022 
If you require more information, please contact 
Brian Teaz
Head of IT
Finance and Corporate Resources
brian.teaz@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
122

Page 123

7
123

Page 124

CONTENTS 
FOREWORD .............................................................. 1
VISION ................................................................... 3
PRINCIPLES .............................................................. 4
KEY THEMES ............................................................. 6
- KEEP THE LIGHTS ON
- CUSTOMER CONTACT & TRANSACTIONAL WORKING
- AGILE WORKING
- BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE & DATA MANAGEMENT
- PARTNERSHIP WORKING
- DIGITAL LEARNING & TEACHING
- DIGITAL INCLUSION
- DIGITAL CONNECTIVITY 
KEY DELIVERABLES ..................................................... 8
KEY ENABLERS ........................................................ 11
- DIGITAL LEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCE
- DIGITAL FOUNDATIONS
- CYBER SECURITY
- ARCHITECTURE STANDARDS
GLOSSARY .............................................................. 14 
124

Page 125

page intentionally blank
125

Page 126

FO R E W O R D
Delivering a Digital Council
D I G I T A L S T R A T E G Y 2 0 2 2 - 2 0 2 7 Page 1 
Since the publication of SLC’s previous digital and ICT strategy in 2017, the pace of technological
changes in society has accelerated. There have been major technical advances in the areas of
cloud computing, big data and analytics, high speed internet provision, artificial intelligence,
automation and IoT (internet of things) capabilities. 
The recent pandemic has resulted an increase in remote working, with widespread adoption of
new technologies such as Microsoft 365 software which has transformed collaboration within
organisations and enabled virtual meetings using Teams. 
As part of the delivery of the previous strategy SLC has upgraded or replaced many of its major
computer systems. This includes the core IT infrastructure and the externalisation of its
datacentre. Several systems, including email and the council website, have moved to the cloud
and SLC offices have been kitted out with wi-fi. There has been an expansion in the number of
mobile devices and apps which provide a high degree of flexibility to the council workforce. 
In Schools the programme of modernising hardware and software has continued to enable high
quality learning and teaching using the latest technologies 
This new strategy will build on previous accomplishments and focus on service transformation
utilising digital technologies. The refresh of legacy SLC business systems will continue and a new
data infrastructure will be implemented to improve data quality and enable information to flow
more easily between systems. This will result in better reporting and decision making. 
A key element of the new strategy will be cyber security. As systems move to the cloud and
services are accessed across the internet it will be important to ensure that adequate safeguards
are in place to protect against cyber-attacks. 
The strategy is aligned to Scottish Government’s Digital Strategy “A Changing Nation: How
Scotland Will Thrive in a Digital World” published in March 2021.  This strategy was developed
jointly with COSLA and describes a vision of embracing digital technology to deliver better
outcomes for all Scotland’s citizens. This vision includes digital inclusion at its core to ensure that
no one is left behind in the digital revolution. 
This strategy sets out how South Lanarkshire Council will exploit new technologies to help deliver
its vision of improving the quality of life for everyone in South Lanarkshire. It describes how
services will be delivered as "Digital First" and how we will work with partners, users and
suppliers to create the secure data infrastructure to support digital services. 
The strategy also sets out the technical foundations necessary to realise the Council’s digital
vision. This includes ensuring that appropriate and sustainable computer systems, networks, ICT
skills, software and data services are in place to support the transformation to a citizen centric
and digital council both in the short term and in the years beyond. 
PAUL MANNING
Executive Director (Finance & Corporate Resources)
126

Page 127

127

Page 128

DI G I T A L ST R A T E G Y – VI S I O N
D e l i v e r i n g a D i g i t a l C o u n c i l
D I G I T A L S T R A T E G Y 2 0 2 2 - 2 0 2 7 Page 3 
South Lanarkshire Council’s vision “to improve the lives and life prospects of everyone in
South Lanarkshire” is ambitious and requires innovative solutions to achieve that vision.
Increasingly, these solutions depend upon new technologies to both improve front line
services to citizens, and to drive down costs in challenging economic conditions. 
Our Digital Vision is therefore: 
Transforming lives with Digital 
The Digital Strategy to achieve this will focus on customer needs, will be business driven
and be guided by the following key principle: 
The use of Information, Communication and Digital
Technologies must add value to the stakeholder, whether
that stakeholder is a citizen, an elected member, a
business, a partner organisation or another Council
service. 
128

Page 129

DI G I T A L ST R A T E G Y – PR I N C I P L E S
D e l i v e r i n g a D i g i t a l C o u n c i l
D I G I T A L S T R A T E G Y 2 0 2 2 - 2 0 2 7 Page 4 
The approach the Council will take to deliver the Digital Strategy is governed by a number
of Key Principles. 
PR I N C I P L E DE S C R I P T I O N
Alignment with Council
Plan 
Digital priorities will be aligned to council priorities 
Alignment with Scottish
Government Digital
Strategy
Delivery of solutions will be aligned with national digital solutions
Customer Centric Focus of Digital Services will be the customer using that service
(citizen, elected member, partner organisation, business or service
provider)
Digital Inclusion Digital solutions will be designed to maximise access for all citizens.
For those unable to access services digitally, alternative access will
be available
Ease of Use Digital solutions will be easy to use and preferred method of
accessing services
Digital First All council services will utilise digital solutions where practicable and
cost-effective.
Standard solutions Standard Digital solutions will be deployed across the Council with
minimal customisation. Solution will be designed for re-use.
Quick delivery of
solutions
“Off The Shelf” or shared solutions will be used where possible to
deliver business benefits quickly
Business process
redesign
Digital services will not simply be electronic versions of current
processes. Existing Council processes will be redesigned to take full
advantage of digital solutions
Single point of view The Digital architecture will enable solutions that provide a consistent,
integrated view of citizens, properties or businesses regardless of the
access point.
Best Practice
Governance and Project
management
All Digital projects will be supported by business cases, approved at
senior management level and managed and monitored to ensure that
business benefits are realised
Multi-Channel The Council will continue to deliver services through a range of
channels. However, and where possible, priority will be given to
moving to online channels that seamlessly integrate with back office
systems.
Agile Working  ICT services and applications used by our employees will facilitate
flexible working at their core and be accessible 24/7, enabling
increased productivity and property savings.
129

Page 130

DI G I T A L ST R A T E G Y – PR I N C I P L E S
D e l i v e r i n g a D i g i t a l C o u n c i l
D I G I T A L S T R A T E G Y 2 0 2 2 - 2 0 2 7 Page 5 
PR I N C I P L E DE S C R I P T I O N
Integration ICT Services will provide the right tools to enable integration between
the specialist applications used by council resources, the core
components such as the council’s CRM, property and financial
systems and national solutions such as MyAccount and National
Planning and Building Standards Portal.
Data quality High quality data, which is both complete and accurate, is essential to
deliver digital services. The value of data shall be recognised such
that there is an emphasis on data quality to ensure accurate
information is used both to both deliver transactional services, and
better use of analytics and metrics to aid decision making and
continuously improve digital services.
Collaboration and
Shared Service
The Council will work with the Scottish Government, NHS
Lanarkshire, other local authorities and public sector partners to
deliver shared and collaborative services to the benefit of the Scottish
citizen. A key part of this will be participation in the Scottish Local
Government Digital Partnership (Digital Office).
Technology/vendor
independence
The ICT architecture will be designed to reduce the impact of
technology and supplier changes on the business.
Innovative and agile ICT architecture will be flexible and able to accommodate changes
required to meet future requirements for digital services.
Enterprise Architecture An enterprise architecture will be developed to create high level view
of Digital and ICT Systems and facilitate integration and
interoperability.
Scalability All ICT systems will be capable of adapting to number of users to
optimise cost.
Data Security and
Compliance
All components of the computing environment must be secure and
comply with applicable legislation.
Best Practice IT
Processes
South Lanarkshire Council IT Service will utilise best practice IT
processes, including Prince 2/Agile for project delivery, ISO12207 for
software development and lifecycle management, ITIL for IT service
management, ISO27001 for information security, and continuous
improvement techniques to develop Digital and ICT Services. 
130

Page 131

DI G I T A L ST R A T E G Y – KE Y TH E M E S
D e l i v e r i n g a D i g i t a l C o u n c i l
D I G I T A L S T R A T E G Y 2 0 2 2 - 2 0 2 7 Page 6 
OB J E C T I V E RA T I O N A L E OU T C O M E
KE E P TH E L I G H T S ON
Primary purpose of IT Service
will be to support customers to
maintain council services. This
will require refreshes of end of
life hardware/software and
software upgrades to comply
with legislative changes.
Appropriate levels of funding
and resources will be allocated
to meet this objective.
Required levels of system
availability, performance,
functionality, security and
compliance are maintained to
enable council services to be
delivered.
CU S T O M E R CO N T A C T
A N D TR A N S A C T I O N A L
WO R K I N G
Council services will, wherever
possible, be delivered as
“Digital First”. Channel shift
initiatives will encourage
customers to move from more
expensive channels (eg voice,
face to face) to less expensive
self-service channels (eg
Council website). Customers
engage digitally with SLC at a
time and in a manner
convenient to them.
Data, information and services
are readily and consistently
available to customers and
other stakeholders. Customer
transactions are available on-
line, in real time and from any
device. Expensive, and less
effective, exchanges of
information are minimised or
eliminated.
AG I L E W O R K I N G
Mobile and Flexible Working
technologies provide an
opportunity to increase
productivity and reduce costs.
There is less dependence on
location to perform many
tasks.
Employees and elected
members can securely access
systems using any authorised
device from any location. Staff
downtime is reduced and
corresponding productivity
increased. Property costs are
reduced.
BU S I N E S S
IN T E L L I G E N C E A N D
DA T A MA N A G E M E N T
Data quality and currency
varies depending on its age
and source. As part of the
strategy a data architecture will
define how information is
stored and used. Council wide
systems such as Microsoft
365, Oracle Fusion and
Objective EDRMS will be
exploited to transform
business processes.
More efficient data
management, improved data
quality, better management
information for service design
and targeting of resources.
Availability of dashboards with
joined up data and automated
reporting to external bodies. 
131

Page 132

DI G I T A L ST R A T E G Y – KE Y TH E M E S
D e l i v e r i n g a D i g i t a l C o u n c i l
D I G I T A L S T R A T E G Y 2 0 2 2 - 2 0 2 7 Page 7 
OB J E C T I V E RA T I O N A L E OU T C O M E
PA R T N E R S H I P
W O R K I N G
One aim of Health and Social
Care Integration is to provide
“joined up” care to service
users. To achieve this different
bodies (eg Council, NHS)
require to share data in an
efficient manner and also allow
staff to seamlessly work in
each other’s premises. 
Better service to citizens as
professionals from different
public sector bodies have
access to required information
to do their job. 
DI G I T A L LE A R N I N G &
TE A C H I N G 
Supporting and delivering the
requirements of South
Lanarkshire Council’s learners.
Alignment with national
strategies. 
Consistent and coherent
approach to ICT in all SLC
learning environments.
Equipping our young people
with requisite digital skills in
preparation for the outside
world.
DI G I T A L IN C L U S I O N
Support delivery of SLC Digital
Inclusion Strategy, including
designing digital services to be
as accessible as possible.
Ensure that “No One is Left
Behind” as take-up of digital
services increases.
DI G I T A L
CO N N E C T I V I T Y
Provision of high bandwidth,
high availability internet
connectivity across South
Lanarkshire. 
Improve speed and availability
of internet connectivity for
council users, citizens,
businesses and tourists.
Support economic
development. Provide choice
of affordable methods to
access council and other
internet services. 
132

Page 133

DI G I T A L ST R A T E G Y – KE Y DE L I V E R A B L E S
D e l i v e r i n g a D i g i t a l C o u n c i l
D I G I T A L S T R A T E G Y 2 0 2 2 - 2 0 2 7 Page 8 
KEEP THE LIGHTS ON
The Council, citizens and other stakeholders increasingly depend upon Information and
Communications Technology to deliver, and consume, public sector services. From email to internet
transactions, from critical business systems to voice and data services, even small outages in ICT
systems have a significant and detrimental effect. The primary purpose of IT is to support customers
to maintain council services. This is achieved through high levels of IT service availability, system
performance and data security. Specifically, 
• external hardware and software contracts will include formal Service Level Agreements to
ensure systems availability
• internal IT Services to council resources will be supported by Operational Service Level
agreements that fulfil customers’ business requirements
• end of life hardware and software upgrades will be implemented in a timely and cost-effective
manner to ensure continued IT service delivery
• legacy business applications will be replaced, transforming service delivery and generating
efficiencies
• hardware and software implementations will be supported by full life cycle management
policies to offer functional, technical and legislative compliance
• all hardware, software, data and communication technologies will be implemented to full PSN
and Cyber Essentials Plus compliance standards to ensure that data is securely available to
discharge the Council’s business
• all analogue telephony will be moved to digital in time for analogue switch-off in 2025.  
133

Page 134

DI G I T A L ST R A T E G Y – KE Y DE L I V E R A B L E S
D e l i v e r i n g a D i g i t a l C o u n c i l
D I G I T A L S T R A T E G Y 2 0 2 2 - 2 0 2 7 Page 9 
CUSTOMER CONTACT and TRANSACTIONAL WORKING
It is recognised that automation of digital transactions facilitates significant benefit, whilst reducing
costs, for citizens. This is also true of internal transactions where automation is just as important and
can also deliver efficiencies. Our customers will have a choice of channels through which they can
transact with the council but we will work to ensure that the digital channels become the most popular
by ensuring that they are easy to use and available 24 x 7. Customer services will be designed for the
convenience of our customers rather than our internal business processes and allow a seamless
customer journey across all channels. The provision of on-line, web chat, voice and face to face
services will enable customers to switch from channel to channel without loss of data or the need to
restart a transaction. 
• Facilitate self-service for employees and managers to reduce internal transaction costs.
• Standardise future IT Investment in web facing systems that inherently support self-service.
• Invest and deploy automated integration tools that simplify systems integration and eliminate
the need for re-keying of data. 
• Rationalise the number of systems throughout the Council to reduce support costs and effort.
Deliver a web responsive and transactional service portal to view and change personal
information, request council services, or make payments.
• Upgrade and integrate our Customer Relationship Management (CRM) with other customer
service channels.
• Have a single identity for customers regardless of channel preference linking with MyAccount.
• Implement a single telephone contact capability that delivers a seamless service. 
134

Page 135

DI G I T A L ST R A T E G Y – KE Y DE L I V E R A B L E S
D e l i v e r i n g a D i g i t a l C o u n c i l
D I G I T A L S T R A T E G Y 2 0 2 2 - 2 0 2 7 Page 10 
AGILE WORKING
Our employees and elected members will be able to securely access systems from any authorised
device and from any location. Productivity is increased through elimination of expensive travel time
and more efficient use of property. Future Council workforce planning will require to take account of
how new technology is changing both how services are delivered, and the roles requires to deliver
those services in future. 
• Deploy Wi-Fi to major council office and buildings, including provision of access to
external systems for trusted partners. 
• Invest in modern and secure mobile technologies.
• Invest in unified communication technologies to support 24/7 access to voice and data.
• Invest in cloud technologies and Software as a Service (SaaS) to deliver services that
are device and location independent. 
• Enable our workforce to remain connected to their colleagues and teams whilst working
in a flexible working organisation.
• Develop mobile applications that automate data transfer and facilitate field based
working.  
135

Page 136

DI G I T A L ST R A T E G Y – KE Y DE L I V E R A B L E S
D e l i v e r i n g a D i g i t a l C o u n c i l
D I G I T A L S T R A T E G Y 2 0 2 2 - 2 0 2 7 Page 11 
BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE AND DATA MANAGEMENT
To ensure that SLC has a “joined up” view of the data held by the Council, to exploit that data by
making sure that the data quality and integrity is high, that it is utilised for process automation, and
that high quality information and data analytics are available to managers to inform decision making. 
• Design and implement a data integration bus to enable data to be securely shared across SLC
systems and partners. Define where data is held and “systems of record”.
• Install connectors across major systems to facilitate information exchange for business
process automation and management reporting.
• Use big data approaches on our business data to identify patterns, trends and associations
that inform our decision making.
• Identify opportunities to enrich council data with open source data where appropriate.
• Develop an open data strategy - Open data is the practice of making council data available
freely to customers and commercial organisations to help drive digital innovation.
• Develop tools that enable a council wide approach to business intelligence to support
initiatives such as the prevention and early intervention agenda.
• Further develop the corporate EDRMs solution to deliver automated workflows, record
management and integration with other council systems.
• Implementation of a structured Electronic Information Management solution to facilitate secure
internal and external collaboration. 
• Develop data sharing protocols and procedures with our partners and other public sector
organisations.
• Retire legacy unstructured data repositories. 
136

Page 137

DI G I T A L ST R A T E G Y – KE Y DE L I V E R A B L E S
D e l i v e r i n g a D i g i t a l C o u n c i l
D I G I T A L S T R A T E G Y 2 0 2 2 - 2 0 2 7 Page 12 
PARTNERSHIP WORKING 
Health and Social Care Integration is a key driver for partnership working through ICT and we will
ensure that the ICT solutions enable care to be delivered independently of organisational boundaries.
In order to plan strategically for the delivery of services in the future we will securely share our data
with Health Care partners and develop our business intelligence systems to predict future demands
and align these to organisational resources. This will be facilitated by, 
• deploying data sharing tools that allow secure sharing of data within the Health and Social
Care Partnership. This will include enabling secure access across partner systems and
federation of domains to facilitate collaboration such as video conferencing, messaging, and
shared address book/calendar access
• working with our partners to deliver Digital and ICT services that enable Health and Social
Care Integration, e.g., Telehealth/Telecare
• continuing to develop and implement Technology Enabled Care options to support
independent living
• engaging with the national programmes such as MyAccount, National Entitlement Card (NEC) 
and MyGov.Scot programmes
• developing data sharing protocols and procedures with our partners, including community
partnerships
• continuing to participate in the Lanarkshire Data Sharing Partnership
• working with various partners including COSLA, Digital Office, Improvement Service, Scottish
Government, Education Scotland, Scotland Excel, higher education and tech industry to
deliver cost-effective solutions at pace and share best practices across wider public sector. 
137

Page 138

DI G I T A L ST R A T E G Y – KE Y DE L I V E R A B L E S
D e l i v e r i n g a D i g i t a l C o u n c i l
D I G I T A L S T R A T E G Y 2 0 2 2 - 2 0 2 7 Page 13 
DIGITAL LEARNING & TEACHING
Deliver digital technologies to support imaginative, innovative learning environments suitable for
learning in the 21st century. This will be delivered through: 
• modern robust infrastructure to support anytime anywhere learning including resilient secure
networks supporting a range of uses including mobile working and “Bring Your Own Device”
• a range of hardware solutions to meet the differing needs of educators and learners
• learning and teaching resources including modern industry standard and specialised software,
supporting additional needs, early years through to senior phase
• provision of ICT solutions to support the South Lanarkshire Council Primary Schools
Modernisation Programme 
• promotion of GLOW and Google Classroom as learning and teaching tools
• enable home and remote learning for learners 
• full ICT Managed Service Contract which allows schools to focus on the core business of
learning and teaching
• training and continuous personal development to enable staff to maximise use of available ICT
resources. 
138

Page 139

DI G I T A L ST R A T E G Y – KE Y DE L I V E R A B L E S
D e l i v e r i n g a D i g i t a l C o u n c i l
D I G I T A L S T R A T E G Y 2 0 2 2 - 2 0 2 7 Page 14 
DIGITAL INCLUSION
The SLC Digital Inclusion Strategy was approved in 2020 with the objective of ensuring that no one is
left behind as digital services are introduced. To support this the Digital Strategy the council will: 
• work with partners to improve digital connectivity, including interim measures where
appropriate
• support initiatives to deliver free public wi-fi and user devices
• ensure that projects implementing new technology take account of impact to users and staff at
planning stage
• fully train staff as part of all new technology introductions
• put users (staff/citizens) at heart of new technology projects making it as easy as possible to
use. 
139

Page 140

DI G I T A L ST R A T E G Y – KE Y DE L I V E R A B L E S
D e l i v e r i n g a D i g i t a l C o u n c i l
D I G I T A L S T R A T E G Y 2 0 2 2 - 2 0 2 7 Page 15 
DIGITAL CONNECTIVITY
SLC depends upon good quality internet connectivity to operate and deliver the majority of its
services. New software applications such as video conferencing (e.g., Microsoft Teams), cloud
computing, public wi-fi, 5G and internet of things (IoT) will require connectivity to be upgraded across
the council area. The SLC digital strategy will: 
• identify the future needs of SLC to provide services to citizens
• replace wide area network contracts with new partnership arrangements which will provide a
range of connectivity options to meet SLC needs 
• leverage available funding to accelerate investment in digital connectivity
• facilitate the rollout of fibre optic technology across the council area. 
140

Page 141

DI G I T A L ST R A T E G Y – KE Y EN A B L E R S
D e l i v e r i n g a D i g i t a l C o u n c i l
D I G I T A L S T R A T E G Y 2 0 2 2 - 2 0 2 7 Page 16 
DIGITAL LEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCE
To achieve the key deliverables, it will be necessary to implement the following: 
• develop digital skills, culture and innovation at all levels within the Council
• initiate a programme of work to digitally transform services based upon principles set out in
the Digital Strategy.
• ensure that all investments are supported by business cases which clearly state alignment
with Council plan along with costs and benefits.
• apply formal Programme and Project Management techniques (including planning, oversight,
risk management and change control) to ensure that solutions are delivered at speed and on
budget.
• participate in national initiatives such as the Local Government Digital Office to leverage
shared solutions and learn from others
• where appropriate, undertake joint procurements with other Scottish public sector
organisations
• benchmark the “digital maturity” of South Lanarkshire Council to identify areas of opportunity
• comply with South Lanarkshire Council’s Procurement Strategy and Policies
• manage ICT assets as per Council Asset management Plan. 
141

Page 142

DI G I T A L ST R A T E G Y – KE Y EN A B L E R S
D e l i v e r i n g a D i g i t a l C o u n c i l
D I G I T A L S T R A T E G Y 2 0 2 2 - 2 0 2 7 Page 17 
DIGITAL FOUNDATIONS
The use of standardised and common ICT Platforms reduces technical investment and support costs.
We will achieve a modern sustainable IT environment by: 
• deploying a secure corporate network which is capable of delivering digital services to all
council premises for use by employees, elected members, partner organisations, citizens
and pupils.
• providing connectivity to national networks to enable partnership working
• implementing modern and secure mobile solutions to allow digital services to be accessed
on a range of devices, including smartphones, tablets and laptops
• partnering with commercial providers to enable cost effective solutions to provide high speed
connectivity to our schools
• investing in Cloud Technologies and Software as a Services (SAAS) as appropriate to
deliver services that are device and location independent
• investing in resilient infrastructure to provide high availability digital services such as the
Council website 
• providing common business solutions which are re-used across the Council and, where
possible, share these with other public sector bodies corporate 
• ensuring seamless integration of ICT applications via an enterprise bus. This will allow data
to be exchanged between systems in a timely manner to improve data quality, deliver
effective digital services, enable citizens to view and update their own data, and provide
insight to enable better targeting of resources.
• developing a single view of the customer authenticated via MyAccount Scotland. 
• ensuring that adequate resources are in place to facilitate effective and efficient delivery of
digital solutions.
142

Page 143

DI G I T A L ST R A T E G Y – KE Y EN A B L E R S
D e l i v e r i n g a D i g i t a l C o u n c i l
D I G I T A L S T R A T E G Y 2 0 2 2 - 2 0 2 7 Page 18 
CYBER SECURITY
The Council’s approach to Cyber Security is ensure that Citizen, Council and Partner transactions are
conducted securely. As such, South Lanarkshire Council will maintain its accreditations with the Public
Sector Network (PSN) and Cyber Essentials Plus schemes. 
Technology is an intrinsic part of our daily working environment and has changed the way we interact
and retain important information. This makes security management vital for public confidence and for
the efficient conduct of public business. In order to maintain the highest standards of information
security, the Council has developed a number of policies to protect information technology assets,
such as computer hardware and software, telecommunications equipment and data held within the
council’s IT systems. 
The Council is committed to preserving the confidentiality, integrity and availability of all the physical
and electronic information assets throughout South Lanarkshire Council. Data and information security
requirements will continue to be aligned with the council’s goals. The framework of security policies is
intended to be an enabling mechanism for information sharing, electronic operations, and reducing
information-related risks to acceptable levels. 
In particular, business continuity and contingency plans, data back-up procedures, avoidance of
viruses and hackers, access control to systems and information security incident reporting are
fundamental to this framework. The objectives of these policies are: 
• to achieve a council-wide security minimum standard
• to make the public and all users of the council's information systems confident of the
confidentiality, integrity and availability of the information used and produced
• to ensure that all users are aware of Acceptable Use Policy 
• to minimise business damage and interruption caused by security incidents
• to meet all legislative and regulatory requirements.
• To ensure the council's ICT equipment and facilities are used responsibly, securely and with
integrity at all times
• to comply with the requirements set by UK government when connecting to the Public
Services Network (PSN)
• to comply with the requirements set by Scottish Government in the Cyber Essentials Plus
accreditation scheme
• to comply with Payment Card Industry standards (PCI-DSS) for all systems which process
card payments
• to develop security standards for cloud services to ensure that they can be securely integrated
with other Council systems. 
143

Page 144

DI G I T A L ST R A T E G Y – KE Y EN A B L E R S
D e l i v e r i n g a D i g i t a l C o u n c i l
D I G I T A L S T R A T E G Y 2 0 2 2 - 2 0 2 7 Page 19 
ARCHITECTURE STANDARDS
The adoption of reference architecture standards within the IT Service will, through time, accelerate
delivery through the re-use standard and effective solutions. Reference Architecture provides the
basis for sound technical governance and ensures the consistency and applicability of technology use
within the Council. 
The business case for the adoption of Reference Architecture is robust in consideration of the
Council’s technology requirements moving forward. However, it is also important to consider that the
Scottish Local Government Digital Office are also in the process of applying Reference Architecture
standards at a national level. The scope for standardisation and sharing of technologies and systems
across the Scottish Public Sector cannot be understated. The benefits of referenced architecture
include: 
• improved interoperability of systems by establishing standard solutions and interfaces and
thereby creating a transactional Council 
• a move to common platforms leveraging the Digital Office repository to identify sharing
opportunities
• facilitating shared procurements and software developments
• shared best practice across councils
• eased integration with national solutions (e.g., ePlanning, proposed National Care Service)
• reduced implementation costs through the reuse of common assets
• improved technical and operational communication across systems and processes
• improved standards and tools to support the Council’s business objectives through better
systems and data management
• shared Services and Technologies become achievable across multiple public sector
organisations. 
144

Page 145

AP P E N D I X 1 - GLOSSARY 
D e l i v e r i n g a D i g i t a l C o u n c i l
D I G I T A L S T R A T E G Y 2 0 2 2 - 2 0 2 7 Page 20 
TE R M DE S C R I P T I O N
Acceptable Use Policy A set of rules applied by the owner, creator or administrator
of a network, website, or service, that restrict the ways in
which the network, website or system may be used and sets
guidelines as to how it should be used
Business Case The business case provides justification for undertaking a
project or programme. It evaluates the benefit, cost and risk
of alternative options and provides a rationale for the
preferred solution
Business Intelligence (BI) An umbrella term that refers to a variety of software
applications used to analyze an organization's data
Cloud Technologies A type of Internet-based computing that provides shared
computer resources and data to computers and other
devices on demand
Customer Relationship
Management (CRM)
A computer system used by the Council to manage
interaction with its citizens
Data Quality A measure of the accuracy and completeness of data held
on a computer system
Digital Maturity A measure of how well an organisation makes use of digital
solutions and processes to achieve its objectives
Digital Service A service delivered via the internet, or via an electronic
network
Data Protection Act (DPA) The Data Protection Act controls how your personal
information is used by organisations, businesses or the
government
Electronic Data and Record
Management System (EDRMS)/
Electronic Content
Management (ECM)
A type of content management system and refers to the
combined technologies of document management and
records management systems as an integrated system
Freedom of Information (FOI) The Freedom of Information Act provides public access to
information held by public authorities.  Public authorities are
obliged to publish certain information about their activities;
and members of the public are entitled to request information
from public authorities
ISO 12207 The international standard for software lifecycle processes
covering all the tasks required for developing and
maintaining software
ISO 27001 The international standard that describes best practice for an
information security management system (ISMS)
IT Infrastructure Library (ITIL) A widely accepted approach that provides a framework of
best practices for managing information technology as a
service
145

Page 146

AP P E N D I X 1 - GLOSSARY 
D e l i v e r i n g a D i g i t a l C o u n c i l
D I G I T A L S T R A T E G Y 2 0 2 2 - 2 0 2 7 Page 21 
TE R M DE S C R I P T I O N
Mobile Apps Software applications developed specifically for use on
small, wireless computing devices, such as Smartphones
and tablets, rather than desktop or laptop computers
Mobile Technologies Technology that is portable. Examples of mobile IT devices
include Smartphones and tablets
MyAccount Scottish Government digital service which offers individuals
the ability to set up and use an online account - with a single
user name and password - to access a range of online public
services, such as paying council tax or requesting a parking
permit
MyGov.Scot A web site for people in Scotland to access public services
National Entitlement Card
(NEC)
Offers citizens access to various public services and facilities
with a single card
National Planning Portal A web site that provides answers, services and information
to anyone involved in the planning process, from home
owners and businesses to planning professionals and
government officials
PRINCE2/AGILE PRINCE2 is a formal, structured methodology for IT project
management. The AGILE approach can be used for rapid
development of software solutions eg Mobile Apps  
Public Sector Network (PSN) The government's high-performance network which helps
public sector organisations work together, reduce duplication
and share resources.  Organizations are required to
demonstrate that their security arrangements, policies and
controls are sufficiently rigorous to allow interaction with the
PSN and those connected to it
Reference Architecture In information technology, a reference architecture defines
an overarching framework which aids selection and
implementation of standard ICT solutions which can co-
operate within that framework
Scottish Local Government
Digital Partnership
A partnership between 27 Scottish Local Authorities to work
together to implement digital solutions across Councils.
Service Level Agreement A contract between a service provider and customers which
defines the level of service that the customer can expect
from the provider. For ICT, typically this includes times to
respond to problems, system availability and system
performance.
Software as a Service (SaaS) A way of delivering software applications over the Internet -
as a service. Instead of installing and maintaining software
on a local computer, you simply access it via the Internet
146

Page 147

AP P E N D I X 1 - GLOSSARY 
D e l i v e r i n g a D i g i t a l C o u n c i l
D I G I T A L S T R A T E G Y 2 0 2 2 - 2 0 2 7 Page 22 
TE R M DE S C R I P T I O N
South Lanarkshire Council’s
Plan “Connect”
Formally defines the Council’s commitment to improving the
quality of life of everyone in South Lanarkshire 
WEB Facing Systems Applications that are designed and delivered with the intent
of access by individuals or organizations over the Internet
Wi-Fi (Wireless Networking) A facility allowing computers, smartphones, or other devices
to connect to the Internet or communicate with one another
without wires within a particular area 
147

Page 148

148

Page 149

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: South Lanarkshire Council
Date of Meeting: 15 June 2022
Report by: Executive Director (Community and Enterprise
Resources)  
Subject: South Lanarkshire Draft Economic Strategy 
1. Purpose of Report 
1.1. The purpose of the report is to: -
[purpose]
 Provide an overview of the draft South Lanarkshire Economic Strategy,  - 
Executive Summary attached as Appendix 1 to this report;
 Approve the draft Economic Strategy
 Approve the proposed online public consultation exercise for the  Economic
Strategy during July and August 2022. 
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. South Lanarkshire Council is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) The draft Economic Strategy and Action Plan be approved.  
(2) The draft South Lanarkshire Economic Strategy be subject to a further online  
public consultation exercise during July & August 2022. 
3. Background
3.1  “Promote” – An Economic Strategy for South Lanarkshire 2013-2023 has been a key
document in the promotion and development of the South Lanarkshire economy over
the last 10 years.  Its key themes were:
 Business Development & Growth
 Physical Infrastructure & Place
 Skills, Learning & Employability
The landscape in which we now live and work has changed drastically since 2013 and
consequently it is now appropriate to set out our ambitions and actions for growth in a
new five-year Economic Strategy. 
3.2 Our new Economic Strategy and associated Action Plan has been drafted to take
account of a rapidly changing economy at international, national, and local levels which
is increasingly influenced by a number of key economic policies and emerging funding
streams at UK Government, Scottish Government and City Region level.
3.3 Our draft Economic Strategy has been shared with partners, stakeholders within and
out with the Council as part of a consultation process and we have received comments
that have helped define the current document.
8
149

Page 150

4.  Draft Economic Strategy 2022-2027
4.1   The proposed draft Economic Strategy Executive Summary is attached as Appendix
1. It is the successor to “Promote” the 2013-2023 South Lanarkshire Economic
Strategy.
4.2 The Vision for South Lanarkshire is:
• Improve the lives and prospects of everyone in South Lanarkshire
4.3 In the new strategy the mission statement is:
• To make South Lanarkshire a flourishing, green, dynamic and equitable
place for all.
4.3 The strategy will take an evidence-based approach to inform its actions and activity
going forward, including baseline data generated by the City Region Intelligence Hub.
This will make the proposed Action Plan agile and responsive as the economic
landscape that we live in inevitably changes over the next 5 years.  
4.4 The Strategy is intended to promote the unique selling points (USP) of South 
Lanarkshire as an outstanding place to live, work and visit, with thriving towns 
and villages,  good transport links, a wide range of good quality, affordable housing 
and a varied supply of employment land and commercial and industrial property. 
Our skilled and talented population continues to grow, and our excellent transport 
links to local, regional, national, and international markets reinforces our position as 
an attractive business location. South Lanarkshire is the place to be!
4.5 South Lanarkshire has a unique economic identity that is influenced by factors such
as demographics, health and wellbeing, key employment sectors, educational
attainment, productivity levels and the opportunities that exist to drive growth and
future prosperity.  
4.6 In summary, the strategy includes the following sections: -
• Foreword – This briefly sets out the background and the focus of our proposed
activity around the 3 themes of sustainable, inclusive economic development –
People, Place and Business.
• South Lanarkshire Means Business – This section highlights and promotes our
strengths as a business location, our key business sectors and exceptional
natural, cultural and historic locations across the length and breadth of our area.
• The Strategy in Context – South Lanarkshire is refreshing and launching a suite
of key strategies and plans including our Council Plan ‘Connect’, our
Community Plan, our Community Wealth Building Strategy, our Sustainable
Development and Climate Change Strategy and our Tourism Strategy, all of
which are inherently linked and informed by our communities.   Our Council
Plan priorities are:
• People – we need to put people first and reduce inequality  
• Progress – we need to recover, progress and improve  
• Planet – we need to work towards a sustainable future in sustainable
places 
Our Economic Strategy dovetails with these priorities and seeks to promote
inclusive growth, maximise opportunities across all our communities as we
intensify our activity on the journey to net zero.
• Policy Framework – This sets out the policy framework that has developed over
recent years by the UK Government, Scottish Government, at City Region level
and at a local authority level. Alignment with these will maximise the Economic
Strategy’s impact.
150

Page 151

• Our Key Themes –We set out the key themes of People, Place and Business,
define our ambitions for the future, make a series of bold ‘We Will’ action
statements and explain the difference these actions will make as we seek to
meet our strategic goals. We will continue to align our themes to the priorities
of the Council.
• Delivering on our Ambitions:  The key actions and areas of activity are set out
in the Strategy’s Action Plan (attached in Appendix 2) which defines our
priorities, outcomes, actions and how we will measure success. The Council
cannot, by itself, direct all of the activities set out in the strategy and will rely on
partners and stakeholders to lead on some aspects of its delivery.  Nonetheless,
the objective is to show that the Council as the democratic institution covering
the area has a pivotal role – not only as a direct provider and deliverer of
economic development activity but also as a co-ordinator, influencer and
facilitator of activity led by others. The action plan is a dynamic document,
designed to be agile and updated using an evidence and data driven approach
to recognise and meet changing economic circumstances.
4.7 Monitoring Framework - We propose to measure progress in delivering the action plan
on a 6-monthly basis with our ‘measurement of success’ results being reported
annually.  The Strategy refers to other associated strategies and action plans. Existing
monitoring and reporting arrangements to monitor those action plans will remain in
place to avoid duplication and ensure consistency. 
5. Next Steps and Timescales
5.1 On the basis this strategy is approved we intend to finalise the graphic design of the
content and communicate it via publication on the Council’s website as part of a public
consultation exercise. We have engaged with our partners on how we integrate our
activity to align with other action plans which are currently being rolled out. The draft
Strategy is presented here for consideration as a Word document. Appendix 3 gives
an example of how the final published version could look and following approval, the
document’s graphic design will be developed. 
5.2 During the implementation phase, annual updates on measuring the success of the
Strategy and Action Plan will be provided to relevant committees. Officers recognise
that we will require to respond to ever changing economic challenges that are
influenced by national and international factors and consider how we can enhance the
level of activity in any of the key thematic areas to mitigate negative economic impacts
to our local economy.
6. Employee Implications
6.1 There are no direct employee implications.  Existing resources within Planning &
Economic Development and those approved via the 2022/23 budget will be utilised to
finalise the Strategy, deliver the action plan and measure its success going forward. 
7. Financial Implications
7.1 The funds required to finalise the strategy and the action plan are currently included
in our revenue budgets for the lifespan of the strategy.  External revenue and capital
will also be sought from UK Government and Scottish Government funding streams to
maximising the impacts of our activity across the People, Place and Business themes.
8. Other Implications
8.1 The key risk associated with the finalisation, delivery and monitoring of the strategy is
the potential for further national and/or international economic shocks.  This could
constrain recovery and economic growth both locally and nationally.
9. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
151

Page 152

9.1.  A Strategic Environmental Assessment is not deemed to be required for this activity. 
We await confirmation of this from Scottish Government. 
9.2.  The requirement for an Equality Impact Assessment (EqIA) is currently being 
reviewed.  
9.3.  Council Resources and external partners have been consulted as part of the
consultation process. An online public consultation exercise is proposed to take place
during July and August 2022.
10. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
10.1 The action plan identified in this report will be delivered having regard to best practice
both in terms of how we deliver those actions and our commitment to net zero.   
David Booth
Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources) 
30 May 2022 
Link(s) to Council Values/Objectives/Ambitions
Link(s) to Council Objective
 Promote economic growth and tackle disadvantage.
 Supporting the local economy by providing the right conditions for inclusive growth.
 Work with communities and partners to promote high quality, thriving and sustainable
communities.
 Support our communities by tackling disadvantage and deprivation and supporting
aspiration. 
Previous References
• None. 
List of Background Papers
• Draft South Lanarkshire Economic Strategy 2022-2027 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
Contact: - 
Stephen Keating, Economic Development Manager, Planning and Economic Development
Services
Email: Stephen.Keating@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
Ken Meek, Project Manager, Planning and Economic Development Services
Email: Ken.Meek@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
Appendix 1; Economic Strategy: Executive Summary.
Appendix 2; Economic Strategy Action Plan
Appendix 3; Economic Strategy: Graphic Design example 
152

Page 153

Appendix 1:   Executive Summary
Our Mission - ‘To make South Lanarkshire a flourishing, green, dynamic and equitable place for
all.’ 
South Lanarkshire is an outstanding place to live, work and visit. Our skilled and talented population
continues to grow, and our central location and excellent transport links between South Lanarkshire and
regional, national, and international markets reinforces our unique selling point (USP) as an unrivalled business
location.  Our economic ambition is underpinned by a supportive regulatory framework,
Context
The UK, Scottish, Glasgow City Region and South Lanarkshire economies are all facing real challenges from
the global pandemic; our country’s new international trading position, and the climate emergency and journey
to net zero, all of which impact our lives now and in the foreseeable future. 
South Lanarkshire Council is refreshing and launching a suite of new key strategies and plans all of which are
inherently linked and have been informed, through consultation, by what our communities have told us should
be our priorities:
• People – we need to put people first and reduce inequality  
• Progress – we need to recover, progress and improve  
• Planet – we need to work towards a sustainable future in sustainable places 
The need for inclusive growth - an economy in which everyone can participate and benefit from – is more acute
than ever, so maximising opportunities across all our communities must underpin our approach. 
The global Climate Emergency remains    a very real threat.  Climate change commands us to think and act more
sustainably and move purposefully towards ‘net zero’. 
Consequently, we will deliver our economic strategy in the context of national strategy and policy. 
Our Key Themes – People, Place and Business 
The Strategy focusses on the three key themes of sustainable economic development: - People, Place and
Business.
People
South Lanarkshire’s greatest asset is our people. Our success in supporting Fair Work opportunities and
Skills for now and the future, are fundamental to boost our local economy, promoting innovation, supporting
inclusive and sustainable growth and addressing poverty and inequality within our communities. Our Ambitions
for the Future are: 
• Employment - A well-established, accessible employability pathway enabling all South Lanarkshire
residents to fully participate in the labour market.
• Workforce Skills Development- South Lanarkshire’s workforce have the qualifications, skills and
attributes required by employers to be more productive and prosperous. 
• Health and Wellbeing – We reduce health inequalities and improve mental health within our
communities.
We will: 
• Minimise unemployment with a focus on disadvantaged communities through employment
support. 
• Promote opportunities and careers to young people and those facing redundancy.
• Influence activity and skills investment to address skills gaps.
• Maximise engagement with partners to develop a programme of skills alignment to drive
sustainable and inclusive growth
• Address educational and digital inequalities in our deprived communities.
• Increase digital access, training and creativity in our communities.
• Promote and support in-work training with local businesses and social enterprises.
• Assist our businesses and social enterprises to recruit locally as we develop our Community
Wealth Building agenda.
• Promote opportunities for people who have suffered mental health problems to train for or
return to employment
Place 
South Lanarkshire is a great place to start, grow and locate a business. A place where all our people can
access opportunity and achieve success. A place which is the best-connected area in Scotland, supported
through improved digital, sustainable and green infrastructure. A place leading the nation in low carbon,
renewable technology, and climate resilience on our journey to net zero.
153

Page 154

Our ambitions for the Future are: 
• Support new and established business locations
• Successful development of our town centres and the role they play in our society 
• Maintain and increase capital spending programmes through attracting external funding 
• Grow the visitor, leisure and tourism economy in our area
We will:
• Utilise property assets to maximise sustainable development opportunities and the promotion
of vacant & derelict land sites.
• Establish a web based/ social media presence promoting South Lanarkshire.
• Adopt more flexible regulatory approaches to maximise the sustainability and potential of our
town centres.
• Work with local business, social enterprises and community-based organisations to provide a
better offer for town and village centre users.
• Make our centres truly accessible for all whilst making a major contribution towards net zero. 
• Secure additional financial resources through our Funding team.
• Deliver an updated Tourism Strategy to grow South Lanarkshire based tourism businesses 
Business 
South Lanarkshire’s many and diverse businesses are resilient and continue to thrive. We have strengths
in key sectors including Food and Drink, Tourism, Construction, Social Care and Manufacturing. We have an
emerging strength in Logistics, Warehousing and Distribution. 
Our ambitions for the Future: 
• Digitally empower businesses and social enterprises
• Increase and sustain new business survival rates as we transition to a net zero economy
• Develop resilient, local supply chains
• Link business success, fair work and improved productivity
We will:
• Work with businesses and social enterprises to become digitally confident and digitally
competent. 
• Increase digital participation and competence in our existing and emerging workforce.
• Maximise engagement with Business Gateway and local business sectors (including social
enterprises). 
• Create and build collaborative partnerships on our journey to net zero.
• Improve our Enterprise Rate, Business Birth and Survival rates.  
• Establish a resilient, locally based procurement framework.
• Increase contract spend with local SME's to deliver on our Community Wealth Building
ambitions.
• Work with businesses and social enterprises to improve productivity and innovation.
• Work with businesses and social enterprises to implement fair work practices.
• Increase the number of organisations accredited as Living Wage Employers.
Delivering on our Ambitions
We have developed a dynamic Action Plan which accompanies the Strategy, centred around our People, Place
and Business themes, to track progress.
We will apply an evidence-based approach, utilising data, to create an informed baseline which will help us
track and monitor progress and identify any changes we need to make as we progress our economic
development programme.
Our forecasts suggest that there will be growth and opportunities created in the labour market around.
• Sectors: The Human Health and Social Care sector is forecast to have the greatest growth. Working
with employers to improve job quality and pay in the sector will be key to ensure the sector remains
attractive to the workforce. 
• Occupations: There will be changes in the types of roles as new technologies are introduced. This will
support growth in IT and technological-based roles. Our workforce requires to have access to digital
infrastructure, education and training opportunities.
• Skills Demand: The greatest requirement will be for people with higher education level qualifications. 
Our Action Plan will respond to these opportunities and be flexible enough to respond to changes that take
place in our economy, our labour market and our business base.
Monitoring and Reporting Progress
This Strategy is a high-level statement of intent, demonstrating how South Lanarkshire Council will lead in
building and growing the local economy.  The Action Plan which accompanies the Strategy will be subject to
regular review to ensure we are maximising benefits realisation for as many of our residents as possible.
154

Page 155

SOUTH LANARKSHIRE ECONOMIC STRATEGY 2023-2033 
ACTION PLAN 
THEME PRIORITY OUTCOME ACTION LEAD HOW WE MEASURE
SUCCESS  
PEOPLE Employment Minimise
unemployment and
underemployment
with a focus on
disadvantaged
communities
including:
- Under 25’s
- Over 50’s
- Those with
disabilities
- Care
experienced
young people
- Those at risk
of
homelessness
- Those
following
alternatives to
custody
programmes
- Deliver
responsive
employment
support. 
SLC
DWP; 
Scot. Gov.;
Glasgow City
Region.
- Measure the number of
successful employment
and training outcomes
across our disadvantaged
communities. 
- Promote
opportunities
and careers to
young people
and those
facing
redundancy. 
- Increase
digital
access,
maximise
digital
training
opportunities
and creativity
in our
deprived
communities
to address
educational
and digital
inequalities.
- Promote
social value
from Council
and other
public sector
contracts 
- Measure and report on the
impact of our Community
Wealth Building Strategy
as it implements a people
centred approach towards
the creation of fair and
resilient communities.  
- Increase the
level of
procurement
spend with
local business
and social
enterprises
and support
local
recruitment by
local
businesses
and social
enterprises.  
Workforce
Skills
Development
- Train individuals
to develop and
grow their skills,
to be more
productive and
prosperous in
the workplace to
benefit both
employers and
workers and
thereby create,
sustain and
- Influence
activity and
skills
investment to
address skills
gaps and the
skills needs
that have
been identified
as our
economy
grows and
evolves.
SDS
SLC; 
Scot. Gov.;
Glasgow City
Region;
Further &
Higher
Education
Providers
- Measure the number of
local residents we have
assisted through
employment training and
skills development who
have then secured
employment or acquired
additional skills to
progress into ‘better’ jobs. 
155

Page 156

retain a viable
workforce. 
- Respond to
the latest
labour market
and demand
led data to
plan and
develop our
skills and
knowledge
training 
- Engage with
SDS as they
develop a
programme of
skills
alignment to
match skills
provision with
the needs of
learners,
employers,
and industry to
drive
sustainable
and inclusive
growth
- Promote and
support in-
work training
with local
businesses
and social
enterprises
that we
engage with to
encourage
upskilling and
progression to
release entry
level jobs. 
Improved
Health &
Wellbeing
- Improve
people’s health
and reduce
health
inequalities that
exist in our
society.
- Consider the
health needs
of our
population and
how those
needs impact
the ability of
our residents
to participate
in our
economic
growth. 
NHS
SLC; 
Glasgow City
Region
- Measure and report on the
impact of our participation
in the Mental Health &
Wellbeing Strategy for
Lanarkshire across our
communities.  
- Influence and
facilitate
activity that
tackles key
health issues,
particularly
where we are
performing
worse than the
national
average. 
156

Page 157

- Work with
partners to
improve
resilience,
particularly in
areas of
greatest
deprivation. 
- Promote
opportunities
for people who
have suffered
mental health
problems to
train for or
return to
employment.        
PLACE  Support New
and
Established
Business
Locations
- Improve
employment and
entrepreneurial
activity in key
business sectors
at key locations.
- Utilise our
property
assets and
work with
private sector
land owners
and
developers to
maximise
sustainable
development
opportunities
in our area.
SLC
SE; 
SDI;
Glasgow City
Region.
- Measure the level of
uptake and occupation of
premises within the SLC
business / industrial
property portfolio and our
levels of engagement with
private sector property
owners who seek to
develop their assets in
South Lanarkshire  
- Measure the volume of
traffic/enquires coming via
the new ‘South Lanarkshire
Means Business’ digital
platform.
- Launch new
digital
marketing
tools and
promote
South
Lanarkshire
as an
exceptional
location for
inward
investment
and
expansion. 
Successful
development
of our Town
Centres and
the role they
play in our
society
- Help create town
centres that offer
a social, cultural
and economic
heart to a
community and
contain shared
built
environment,
heritage and
spaces that, with
the right
conditions,
provides
inclusive and
sustainable
centres.
- Adopt more
flexible
regulatory
approaches
that seek to
maximise the
sustainability
and potential
of our town
centres to
generate
positive
social,
environmental
and economic
outcomes and
reduce
inequalities.
SLC
Scotland’s
Towns
Partnership;
Business
Improvement
Districts.
- Implement the '20-minute
neighbourhood' concept
and measure increased
usage of our town centres
by local residents and
visitors. 
- Measure the impacts of our
collaborative working
arrangements with local
business, social
enterprises and
community-based
organisations.
- Work with
local
business,
social
enterprise
and
community-
based
157

Page 158

organisations
to address
issues and
support
initiatives to
create the
right
conditions for
our town
centres to
thrive. 
Maintain and
increase
capital
spending
programmes
through
attracting
external
funding
- Deliver council
and community
planning
partners’
strategic
projects to
enable
economic
development
and sustainable
growth.
- Secure
sufficient
financial
resources
through our
External
Funding team
with specific
focus on
emerging
Scottish and
UK
Government
funding
streams.
SLC
Glasgow City
Region;
Scottish
Government
- Increase and maintain the
level of resources within
our External Funding Team
and measure the level of
additional external funding
into our capital investment
programmes.   
Grow the
visitor,
leisure and
tourism
economy in
our area
- Promote South
Lanarkshire as a
leisure and
tourism
destination and
realise the
potential our
tourism, heritage
and cultural
attractions and
outstanding
natural
environment
have in
contributing to
the economic
wellbeing of the
area.
- Deliver an
updated
Tourism
Strategy and
work with
tourism-
based
operators and
communities
to develop a
membership-
led forum for
South
Lanarkshire
based tourism
businesses.  
SLC
Visit
Lanarkshire;
Visit
Scotland;
Business
Operators
- Measure and report the
impact of actions contained
within our new South
Lanarkshire Tourism
Strategy          
BUSINESS  Digitally
empower
businesses
- Work with
business to
become digitally
confident, 
highlighting the
need to utilise
digital tools to
grow and the
benefits of a
digitally
empowered
workforce.
- Influence and
work with
broadband
and digital
providers to
improve and
extend our
digital
infrastructure.
SLC           
Business
Gateway;
Glasgow City
Region;
Digital
Providers
- Increase the availability of
ultra-high speed and fibre
broadband across South
Lanarkshire.  
- Reduce the number of
properties with no
broadband access or
those with low broadband
speeds. - Increase
digital
participation,
confidence,
competence
and creativity
in our
communities. 
Increase and
sustain new
business
survival
rates as we
transition to
- Create and build
collaborative
partnerships
between local
government,
public sector
partners,
businesses,
social enterprises
- Maximise
engagement
with Business
Gateway and
local
business
sectors (incl.
social
enterprises)
SLC   
Business
Gateway;
Glasgow City
Region
- Improve our Enterprise
Rate, Business Birth and
Business Survival rates in
South Lanarkshire.
- Measure and report on the
impact of our actions
within the green economy
theme of the council’s
Sustainable Development  
158

Page 159

a net zero
economy
and business
organisations as
we embark on
our journey to net
zero,  to enable
the creation of
sustainable
businesses that
thrive, innovate
and support our
local
communities
to provide
advice and
professional
support as
well as
access to
financial
assistance in
key sectors
and activities.
and Climate Change
Strategy 
Develop
resilient,
local supply
chains
- Establishment of
a responsible,
resilient,
equitable and
locally based
procurement
framework that
maximises
opportunities for
local, third sector
and social
enterprise
businesses to bid
for and win
contracts in our
area.
- Collaborate
with anchor
institutions to
effectively
grow capacity
and capability
in targeted
local supply
chains.
Review our
procurement
practice and
identify
routes to
increase local
spend with
SME’s and
social
enterprises.
SLC            
Glasgow City
Region; NHS;
Further &
Higher
Education
Providers;
SDP
- Measure the annual
increase in the proportion
of contract spend we
place with local SME's.    
- Promote
Community
Wealth
Building
plans and
ensure
procurement
supports the
delivery of
meaningful
community
benefits to
improve
community
outcomes.
- Measure the impact of
new community benefits
through our monitoring
systems to demonstrate
improvements in the
scope and quality of
benefits being delivered. 
Link
business
success, fair
work and
improved
productivity 
- Recognition that
fair work drives
success,
wellbeing and
prosperity for
individuals,
businesses,
organisations
and society. 
- Work with
business to
improve
productivity
and
innovation
through
progressive
workplace
policies.
SLC            
City Region;
SDS; 
Scottish
Government
- Increase the number of
organisations accredited
as Living Wage
Employers. 
- Measure the number of
participants at Fair Work
seminar events 
- Deliver Fair
Work
webinars to
employers. 
- Measure the number of
employers and employees
participating and
completing Upskilling
programmes – leading to
improvements in salary
and/or hours.  
- Promote
opportunities
to deliver
employee
development,
skills
development
and lifelong
learning.        
159

Page 160

160

Page 161

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: South Lanarkshire Council
Date of Meeting: 15 June 2022
Report by: Executive Director (Community and Enterprise
Resources)  
Subject: South Lanarkshire Council and South Lanarkshire
Leisure and Culture Limited - New Governance
Arrangements 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to: 
 Seek approval for the completion of the transition to the proposed new
governance arrangements between South Lanarkshire Council and South
Lanarkshire Leisure and Culture Limited (SLLC). 
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Council is asked to approve the following recommendation(s): 
(1) that the constitution, as outlined in Appendix 1, to complete the transition of
SLLC from a Charitable company limited by guarantee to a Scottish
Charitable Incorporated Organisation (SCIO) be approved; and
(2) that the next steps, as outlined in section 4 of the report, be approved. 
3. Background
3.1. One of the outcomes of the Cross Party Working Group review of SLLC was that the
Council and SLLC work together to develop a new, modernised governance model to
be agreed by both parties. 
3.2. The proposed governance arrangements between South Lanarkshire Council and
SLLC, including SLLC converting to a Scottish Charitable Incorporated Organisation
(SCIO), were approved by the Council on 23 June 2021. 
3.3. Final transition arrangements, including a new constitution, was agreed by SLLC at
its Board meeting of 23 February 2022. 
3.4. The Council’s legal representatives (Burness Paul) and SLLC’s representatives
(Shepherd & Wedderburn) have completed final detail in preparation for submission
of the document to OSCR, pending Council approval. The new constitution is
contained in appendix 1. 
4. Next Steps
4.1. Subject to approval of the Council, officers will commence the transition process,
aiming for completion by August 2022.  
9
161

Page 162

4.2. Existing external SLLC Board members will automatically transition to the new SCIO
and elected representatives will be nominated onto the Board, following the local
authority elections which took place in May 2022. 
4.3. Recruitment of an independent Chair of the Board and other board members, as
required, will be undertaken between June and August 2022. 
4.4. Associated paperwork including agreements between SLLC and the Council will be
updated to reflect the new arrangements in due course. 
5. Employee Implications
5.1. There are no employee implications arising from this report. 
6. Financial Implications
6.1. There are no financial implications arising from this report. 
7. Other Implications
7.1. There are no other implications in terms of risk and sustainability. 
8. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
8.1. This briefing paper does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or
recommend a change to an existing policy, function, or strategy and, therefore, no
impact assessment is required at this stage. 
David Booth
Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources) 
31 May 2022 
Links to Council Values/Ambitions/Priorities
 Improve health, care and wellbeing
 Deliver and communicate the Council Plan and ensure high standards of governance 
Previous References
 Full Council meeting of 23 June 2021 
List of Background Papers
 Report to South Lanarkshire Council of 23 June 2021: ‘Recommendations Referred by
Executive Committee - Cross Party Working Group Review of South Lanarkshire
Leisure and Culture (SLLC) – Outcomes’ 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like further information, please contact: 
David Booth, Executive Director
Ext: 3838 (Tel: 01698 453838)
E-mail: david.booth@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
162

Page 163

ACTIVE: 110726491v1
Date: 07.06.2022
Draft: 3 
CONSTITUTION 
of 
SOUTH LANARKSHIRE LEISURE AND CULTURE 
9
163

Page 164

ACTIVE: 110726491v1 
CONSTITUTION 
of 
SOUTH LANARKSHIRE LEISURE AND CULTURE 
CONTENTS
GENERAL type of organisation, Scottish principal office,
name, purposes, powers, liability of members,
general structure
clauses 1 - 10
MEMBERS qualifications for membership, application,
subscription, register of members, withdrawal,
transfer of membership 
clauses 11 - 20 
DECISION-MAKING BY
THE MEMBERS 
members’ meetings, notice, procedure at
members’ meetings, voting at members’
meetings, technical objections to remote
participation in members’ meetings, written
resolutions, minutes
clauses 21 - 67
BOARD (CHARITY
TRUSTEES)
number, composition, initial charity trustees, 
eligibility, appointment, retiral,  termination of
office, register of charity trustees, office-
bearers, powers, general duties, code of conduct
clauses 68 - 109 
DECISION-MAKING BY
THE CHARITY
TRUSTEES
notice, procedure at board meetings, minutes clauses 110 - 140
ADMINISTRATION sub-committees, Nominations Committee,
operation of accounts,  accounting records and
annual accounts
clauses 141 - 153 
MISCELLANEOUS winding up, alterations to the constitution,
interpretation
clauses 154 - 159 
164

Page 165

ACTIVE: 110726491v1 2
GENERAL 
Type of organisation 
1 The organisation (“the SCIO”) will, upon registration, be a Scottish Charitable
Incorporated Organisation.
Scottish principal office
2 The principal office of the SCIO will be in Scotland (and must remain in Scotland).
Name
3 The name of the SCIO is “South Lanarkshire Leisure and Culture”.
Purposes
4 The SCIO’s purposes are:
4.1 To advance the arts, heritage, culture and science;
4.2 To advance public participation in sport;
4.3 To provide recreational facilities, and organise recreational activities with
such facilities/activities being made available to members of the public at
large with the object of improving their conditions of life;
4.4 To advance education;  
4.5 To advance health; 
4.6 To advance citizenship and/or community development (which may include
the promotion of civic responsibility, volunteering, the voluntary sector
and/or the effectiveness or efficiency of charities);
4.7 To relieve those in need by reason of age, ill health, disability, financial
hardship or other disadvantage;
4.8 To promote, establish, operate and/or support other similar schemes and
projects which further charitable purposes;
through the provision of services (including those entrusted to it by South
Lanarkshire Council), which contribute to advancing well-being (primarily the
wellbeing of residents of South Lanarkshire) including (i) the operation,
management and development of galleries, museums and other facilities which
provide public access to collections of works of art, antiquities and objects of
scientific interest; (ii) the development and delivery of arts and cultural activities
and events, artistic programmes,  and educational projects; (iii) the operation,
management and development of libraries and provision of library and archive
services; (iv) the operation, management and development of indoor and outdoor
sports facilities (including arrangements to facilitate access to such facilities by
those on lower incomes or having special needs and to encourage wider
participation in healthy exercise); (v) the development and delivery of sports
activities and events directed towards wider participation in sport; (vi) the
development and delivery of community learning and adult learning initiatives; and
165

Page 166

ACTIVE: 110726491v1 3
(vii) the delivery of services focused on social renewal and the needs of young
people. 
Powers
5 The SCIO has power to do anything which is calculated to further its purposes or is
conducive or incidental to doing so. 
6 No part of the income or assets of the SCIO may be paid or transferred (directly or
indirectly) to the members - either in the course of the SCIO’s existence or on
dissolution - except where this is done in direct furtherance of the SCIO’s purposes.
Liability of members
7 The members of the SCIO have no liability to pay any sums to help to meet the
debts (or other liabilities) of the SCIO if it is wound up; accordingly, if the SCIO is
unable to meet its debts, the members will not be held responsible.
8 The members and charity trustees have certain legal duties under the Charities and
Trustee Investment (Scotland) Act 2005; and clause 7 does not exclude (or limit)
any personal liabilities they might incur if they are in breach of those duties or in
breach of other legal obligations or duties that apply to them personally.
General structure
9 The structure of the SCIO consists of:-
9.1 the MEMBERS - who have the right to attend members' meetings
(including any annual members’ meeting) and have important powers under
the constitution; in particular, the members appoint people to serve on the
board and take decisions on changes to the constitution itself;
9.2 the BOARD - who hold regular meetings, and generally  control the
activities of the SCIO; for example, the board is responsible for monitoring
and controlling the financial position of the SCIO.
10 The people serving on the board are referred to in this constitution as CHARITY
TRUSTEES. 
166

Page 167

ACTIVE: 110726491v1 4
MEMBERS
Qualifications for membership
11 Membership is open to the following:
11.1 South Lanarkshire Council (“the Council”);
11.2 [[ l ] Nominees Limited].
12 Employees of the SCIO are not eligible for membership. 
13 The individuals who applied for registration of the SCIO shall automatically cease to
be members with effect from the time at which the bodies named in clause 11 are
admitted to membership. 
Application for membership
14 Any body named in clause 11 which wishes to become a member must submit a
written application for membership, signed by an appropriate officer of that body;
the body will automatically become a member of the SCIO with effect from the time
when the application is received by the SCIO.
Membership subscription
15 No membership subscription will be payable. 
Register of members
16 The board must keep a register of members, setting out 
16.1 for each current member:
16.1.1 its full name and address; and
16.1.2 the date on which it was registered as a member of the SCIO; 
16.2 for each former member - for at least six years from the date on which it
ceased to be a member:
16.2.1 its name; and
16.2.2 the date on which it ceased to be a member. 
17 The board must ensure that the register of members is updated within 28 days of any
change:
17.1 which arises from a resolution of the board or a resolution passed by the
members of the SCIO; or 
17.2 which is notified to the SCIO.  
18 If a member or charity trustee of the SCIO requests a copy of the register of
members, the board must ensure that a copy is supplied to him/her/it within 28 days,
providing the request is reasonable; if the request is made by a member (rather than
167

Page 168

ACTIVE: 110726491v1 5
a charity trustee), the board may provide a copy which has the addresses blanked
out.
Withdrawal from membership
19 Any body which wants to withdraw from membership must give a written notice of
withdrawal to the SCIO, signed on its behalf by an appropriate officer; it will cease
to be a member as from the time when the notice is received by the SCIO.
Transfer of membership
20 Membership of the SCIO may not be transferred by a member.
168

Page 169

ACTIVE: 110726491v1 6 
DECISION-MAKING BY THE MEMBERS 
Members’ meetings
21 The board must convene a meeting of members (an annual general meeting or
"AGM") in each calendar year. 
22 The gap between one AGM and the next must not be longer than 15 months.
23 Notwithstanding clause 21, an AGM does not need to be held during the calendar
year in which the SCIO is formed; but the first AGM must still be held within 15
months of the date on which the SCIO is formed. 
24 The business of each AGM must include:-
24.1 a report by the chair of the SCIO on the activities of the SCIO; and
24.2 consideration of the annual accounts of the SCIO.
25 The board may convene a special members' meeting at any time.
Notice of members’ meetings
26 At least 14 clear days’ notice must be given of any AGM or any special members'
meeting.
27 The notice calling a members' meeting must specify in general terms what business
is to be dealt with at the meeting; and
27.1 in the case of a resolution to alter the constitution, must set out the exact
terms of the proposed alteration(s); or
27.2 in the case of any other resolution falling within clause 56 (requirement for
two-thirds majority) must set out the exact terms of the resolution.
28 The reference to “clear days” in clause 26 shall be taken to mean that, in calculating
the period of notice, 
28.1 the day after the notices are posted (or sent by e-mail) should be excluded;
and 
28.2 the day of the meeting itself should also be excluded.
29 Notice of every members' meeting must be given to all the members of the SCIO,
and to all the charity trustees; but the accidental omission to give notice to one or
more members will not invalidate the proceedings at the meeting.
30 Any notice which requires to be given to a member under this constitution must be: -
30.1 sent by post to the member, at the address last notified by it to the SCIO; or 
30.2 sent by e-mail to the member, at the e-mail address last intimated by it to the
SCIO.
169

Page 170

ACTIVE: 110726491v1 7
31 If members and charity trustees are to be permitted to participate in a members’
meeting by way of an audio and/or audio-visual link or links (see clause 34), the
notice (or notes accompanying the notice) must:
31.1 set out details of how to connect and participate via that link or links; and
31.2 (particularly for the benefit of those members who may have difficulties in using a
computer or laptop for this purpose) draw members’ attention to the following
options:
31.2.1 participating in the meeting via an audio link accessed by phone, using dial-
in details (if that forms part of the arrangements):
31.2.2 appointing the chairperson of the meeting as proxy, and directing the
chairperson of the meeting on how they should use that proxy vote in
relation to each resolution to be proposed at the meeting;
31.2.3 (where attendance in person is to be permitted, either on an open basis or
with a restriction on the total number who will be permitted to attend)
attending and voting in person at the meeting; and
31.2.4 (where clause 32 applies) submitting questions and/or comments in advance
of the meeting.
32 Where a members’ meeting is to involve participation solely via audio and/or audio-
visual links, the notice (or notes accompanying the notice) must include a statement
inviting members to submit questions and/or comments in advance of the meeting,
which (subject to clause 33) the chairperson of the meeting will be expected to read
out, and address, in the course of the meeting.
33 Where clause 32 applies, the chairperson of a members’ meeting will not require to
read out or address any questions or comments submitted by members in advance of
the meeting if and to the extent that the questions or comments are of an
unreasonable length (individually or taken together), or contain material which is
defamatory, racist or otherwise offensive.
Procedure at members’ meetings
34 The board may, if they consider appropriate (and must if they are required under
clause 35) make arrangements for members and charity trustees to participate in
members’ meetings by way of audio and/or audio-visual links, providing:
34.1 the means by which members and charity trustees can participate in this manner are
not subject to technical complexities, significant costs or other factors which are
likely to represent - for all or a significant proportion of the membership - a barrier
to participation:
34.2 the notice calling the meeting contains the information required under clause 31; and
34.3 the manner in which the meeting is conducted ensures, so far as reasonably possible,
that those members and charity trustees who participate via the audio or audio-visual
links are not disadvantaged with regard to their ability to contribute to discussions at
the meeting, as compared with those members and charity trustees (if any) who are
attending in person (and vice versa).
170

Page 171

ACTIVE: 110726491v1 8
35 If restrictions arising from public health legislation or guidance are likely to mean
that attendance in person at a proposed members’ meeting would not be possible or
advisable for all or a significant proportion of the membership, the board must make
arrangements for members and charity trustees to participate in that members’
meeting by way of audio and/or audio-visual link(s) which allow them to hear and
contribute to discussions at the meeting; and on the basis that the requirements set
out in paragraphs 34.1 to 34.3 of clause 34 will apply
36 A members’ meeting may involve two or more members or charity trustees
participating via attendance in person while other members and/or charity trustees
participate via audio and/or audio-visual links; or it may involve participation solely
via audio and/or audio-visual links.
37 For the avoidance of doubt, an individual participating in a members’ meeting via an
audio or audio-visual link will be deemed to be present in person (or, if they are not
a member, will be deemed to be in attendance) at the meeting.
38 Reference in clauses 31 to 37 to members should be taken to include proxies for
members and authorised representatives of members which are corporate bodies.
39 No valid decisions can be taken at any members' meeting unless a quorum is
present. 
40 The quorum for a members' meeting is two members, present in person (in the case
of a member which is a corporate body, present via its duly authorised
representative) or represented by proxy. 
41 An individual participating in a members’ meeting via an audio or audio-visual link
which allows them to hear and contribute to discussions at the meeting will be
deemed to be present in person (or, if they are not a member or the authorised
representative of a member which is a corporate body), will be deemed to be in
attendance) at the meeting.
42 If a quorum is not present within 15 minutes after the time at which a members'
meeting was due to start - or if a quorum ceases to be present during a members'
meeting - the meeting cannot proceed; and fresh notices of meeting will require to
be sent out, to deal with the business (or remaining business) which was intended to
be conducted. 
43 The chair of the SCIO should act as chairperson of each members' meeting.
44 If the chair of the SCIO is not present within 15 minutes after the time at which the
meeting was due to start (or is not willing to act as chairperson of the meeting), the
vice chair of the SCIO should act as chairperson of that meeting.
45 If neither the chair of the SCIO nor the vice chair of the SCIO is present within 15
minutes after the time at which the meeting was due to start - or if neither of them is
willing to act as chairperson of the meeting - the charity trustees present at the
meeting must elect (from among themselves) the person who will act as chairperson
of that meeting.
Voting at members’ meetings
46 In relation to each members’ resolution:
171

Page 172

ACTIVE: 110726491v1 9
46.1 the Council shall have 99 votes;
46.2 [[ l ] Nominees Limited shall have 1 vote.]
47 A member’s vote(s) may be given either personally (in the case of a member which
is a corporate body, via its authorised representative present at the meeting) or by
proxy (subject to clause 59). 
48 A member which wishes to appoint a proxy to vote on its behalf at any members’
meeting:-
48.1 must give to the SCIO a proxy form (in such terms as the board requires),
signed by an appropriate officer of the member; or
48.2 must send by electronic means to the SCIO at such electronic address as
may have been notified to the members for that purpose, a proxy form (in
such terms as the board requires)
providing (in either case) the proxy form is received by the SCIO at the relevant
address not less than 48 hours before the time for holding the meeting (or, as the case
may be, adjourned meeting).
49 In calculating the 48-hour period referred to in clause 48, no account shall be taken
of any part of a day that is not a working day
50 An instrument of proxy which does not comply with the provisions of clause 48, or
which is not lodged or given in accordance with such provisions, shall be invalid.
51 A member shall not be entitled to appoint more than one proxy to attend on the same
occasion.
52 A proxy appointed to attend and vote at any members’ meeting instead of a member
shall have the same right as the member which appointed him/her to speak at the
meeting; and need not be a member of the SCIO.
53 A member which is a corporate body may authorise an individual to act as its
representative at any members’ meeting, providing particulars of the individual so
authorised and of the body which he/she is to represent are received by the SCIO
prior to the commencement of the members’ meeting.
54 An individual authorised under clause 53 as the representative of a corporate body
shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the member which he/she
represents as that corporate body could exercise if it were an individual member.
55 All decisions at members' meetings will be made by majority vote - with the
exception of the types of resolution listed in clause 56.
56 The following resolutions will be valid only if passed by not less than two thirds of
those voting on the resolution at a members’ meeting (or if passed by way of a
written resolution under clause 64):
56.1 a resolution amending the constitution;
172

Page 173

ACTIVE: 110726491v1 10
56.2 a resolution approving the amalgamation of the SCIO with another SCIO (or
approving the constitution of the new SCIO to be constituted as the
successor pursuant to that amalgamation);
56.3 a resolution to the effect that all of the SCIO’s property, rights and liabilities
should be transferred to another SCIO (or agreeing to the transfer from
another SCIO of all of its property, rights and liabilities);
56.4 a resolution for the winding up or dissolution of the SCIO.
57 If there is an equal number of votes for and against any resolution at a members’
meeting, the chairperson of the meeting will not be entitled to a second (casting)
vote.
58 A resolution put to the vote at a members' meeting will be decided on a show of
hands - unless the chair of the SCIO (or at least two other members present at the
meeting) ask for a secret ballot.  
59 Where members are participating in a meeting via an audio or audio-visual link, they
may cast their votes on any resolution orally, or by way of some form of visual
indication, or by use of a voting button or similar, or by way of a message sent
electronically - and providing the board have no reasonable grounds for suspicion as
regards authenticity, any such action shall be deemed to be a vote cast personally via
a show of hands.
60 The chair of the SCIO will decide how any secret ballot is to be conducted, and they
will declare the result of the ballot at the meeting.
61 Where members are participating in a meeting via audio and/or audio-visual links,
the chairperson of the SCIO's directions regarding how a secret ballot is to be
conducted may allow those members to cast their votes on the secret ballot via any
or all of the methods referred to in clause 59, providing reasonable steps are taken to
preserve anonymity (while at the same time, addressing any risk of irregularities in
the process).
62 The principles set out in clauses 59 and 61 shall also apply in relation to the casting
of votes by an individual in their capacity as proxy for a member or as the authorised
representative of a member which is a corporate body.
Technical objections to remote participation in members’ meetings
63 This constitution imposes certain requirements regarding the use of audio and/or
audio-visual links as a means of participation and voting at members’ meetings;
providing the arrangements made by the board in relation to a given members’
meeting (and the manner in which the meeting is conducted) are consistent with
those requirements:
63.1 a member cannot insist on participating in the members’ meeting, or voting at the
members’ meeting, by any particular means;
63.2 the members’ meeting need not be held in any particular place;
63.3 the members’ meeting may be held without any particular number of those
participating in the meeting being present in person at the same place (but,
173

Page 174

ACTIVE: 110726491v1 11
notwithstanding that,  the quorum requirements - taking account of those
participating via audio and/or audio-visual links - must still be met);
63.4 the members’ meeting may be held by any means which permits those participating
in the meeting to hear and contribute to discussions at the meeting;
63.5 a member will be able to exercise the right to vote at the members’ meeting
(including where a secret ballot is to be held) by such means as is determined by the
chairperson of the meeting (consistent with the arrangements made by the board)
and which permits that member's vote to be taken into account in determining
whether or not a resolution is passed.
Written resolutions by members
64 A resolution agreed to in writing (or by e-mail) by all the members will be as valid
as if it had been passed at a members’ meeting; the date of the resolution will be
taken to be the date on which the last member agreed to it.
65 A resolution under clause 101 agreed to in writing (or by e-mail) by a member or
members holding a majority of the votes of all members shall be as valid as if it had
been passed at a members’ meeting.
Minutes
66 The board must ensure that proper minutes are kept in relation to all members'
meetings.
67 Minutes of members' meetings must include the names of those present; and (so far
as possible) should be signed by the chairperson of the meeting. 
174

Page 175

ACTIVE: 110726491v1 12
BOARD
Number of charity trustees
68 The maximum number of charity trustees shall be 14. 
69 The minimum number of charity trustees is [3]. 
Composition of the board
70 Subject to any vacancies which may exist from time to time, the board shall consist
of:
70.1 5 charity trustees who are elected members or officers of the Council;
70.2 1 charity trustee who is appointed by and who represents the Trade
Unions; and 
70.3 8 charity trustees who are neither elected members nor officers of the
Council.
Initial charity trustees
71 The individuals who signed the charity trustee declaration forms which accompanied
the application for incorporation of the SCIO shall be deemed to have been
appointed by the members as charity trustees with effect from the date of
incorporation of the SCIO.
Eligibility
72 A person will not be eligible for appointment to the board if he/she is: -
72.1 disqualified from being a charity trustee under the Charities and Trustee
Investment (Scotland) Act 2005; or
72.2 an employee of the SCIO, save in the case if a person appointed in terms of
clause 70.2.
Appointment of charity trustees 
73 Subject to clauses 70 and 72, the Council may by notice in writing given to the
SCIO:-
73.1 appoint any individual (providing he/she is willing so to act) to be a charity
trustee; or
73.2 remove any individual previously appointed by it, from office as a charity
trustee.
74 Any appointment or removal of a charity trustee under clause 73 shall have effect
from 
74.1 the date on which the relevant notice is given to the SCIO; or
74.2 any later date stated in the notice.
175

Page 176

ACTIVE: 110726491v1 13
75 A notice under clause 73 shall be valid only if signed by an appropriate officer of the
Council.
76 The Council shall exercise its powers of appointment and removal under clause 73
in such a way as to reflect the intended composition of the board, as set out in clause
70.
77 The Council shall be guided by the Nominations Committee (as defined in clause
146) in relation to the selection of appropriate individuals for appointment as charity
trustees under paragraph 70.3.
78 The board shall endeavour to establish the Nominations Committee within a
reasonable period after the incorporation of the SCIO; until such time as it is
established, the reference in clause 77 to the Council being guided by the
Nominations Committee shall be disregarded.
Retiral of charity trustees
79 At each AGM, those charity trustees who have held office for a period of
three years since they were appointed (or re-appointed) shall retire from office,
but shall(subject to clause 80) then be eligible for re-appointment under
clause 70 for a further three-year term. 
80 A charity trustee who, as at the AGM when he/she retires from office under
clause 79, has held office for a period of six years or more shall not be
eligible for re-appointment at that AGM; he/she may however be eligible for
appointment at the next AGM.
81 The provisions of clause 83 shall apply in relation to the interpretation of
clauses 79 and 80.
82 The board may, by way of a resolution passed by majority vote at a board
meeting, waive the provisions of clause 80 in relation to a particular charity
trustee if they consider that exceptional considerations make that appropriate. 
83 For the purposes of clauses 79 and 80:
83.1 the period between the date on which an individual was appointed as a
charity trustee and the  annual general meeting which next follows
shall be deemed to be a period of one year, unless it is of less than six
months’ duration (in which case it shall be disregarded);
83.2 the period between one annual general meeting and the next shall be
deemed to be a period of one year;
83.3 if an individual ceases to hold office as a charity trustee and is re-
appointed as a charity trustee within a period of six months, he/she
shall be deemed to have held office as a charity trustee continuously.
Termination of office
84 A charity trustee will automatically cease to hold office if: -
176

Page 177

ACTIVE: 110726491v1 14
84.1 he/she becomes disqualified from being a charity trustee under the Charities
and Trustee Investment (Scotland) Act 2005;
84.2 he/she becomes incapable for medical reasons of carrying out his/her duties
as a charity trustee - but only if that has continued (or is expected to
continue) for a period of more than six months;
84.3 in the case of a charity trustee appointed under paragraph 70.1, he/she
ceases to be an elected member or officer of the Council;
84.4 (other than in respect of the charity trustee appointed in terms of clause
70.2) he/she becomes an employee of the SCIO;
84.5 he/she gives the SCIO a notice of resignation, signed by him/her;
84.6 he/she is absent (without good reason, in the opinion of the board) from
more than three consecutive meetings of the board - but only if the board
resolves to remove him/her from office;
84.7 he/she is removed from office by resolution of the board on the grounds that
he/she is considered to have committed a material breach of the code of
conduct for charity trustees (as referred to in clause 108);
84.8 he/she is removed from office by resolution of the board on the grounds that
he/she is considered to have been in serious or persistent  breach of his/her
duties under section 66(1) or (2) of the Charities and Trustee Investment
(Scotland) Act 2005; or
84.9 he/she is removed from office by a resolution of the members passed at a
members’ meeting.
85 A resolution under paragraph 84.7, 84.8 or 84.9 shall be valid only if: -
85.1 the charity trustee who is the subject of the resolution is given reasonable
prior written notice of the grounds upon which the resolution for his/her
removal is to be proposed;
85.2 the charity trustee concerned is given the opportunity to address the meeting
at which the resolution is proposed, prior to the resolution being put to the
vote; and
85.3 (in the case of a resolution under paragraph 84.7 or 84.8) at least two thirds
(to the nearest round number) of the charity trustees then in office vote in
favour of the resolution.
Register of charity trustees
86  The board must keep a register of charity trustees, setting out
86.1 for each current charity trustee:
86.1.1 his/her full name and address; 
86.1.2 the date on which he/she was appointed as a charity trustee; 
177

Page 178

ACTIVE: 110726491v1 15
86.1.3 the category into which he/she falls (ie by identifying the paragraph
of clause 70 under which he/she was appointed); and
86.1.4 any office held by him/her in the SCIO;  
86.2 for each former charity trustee - for at least 6 years from the date on which
he/she ceased to be a charity trustee:
86.2.1 the name of the charity trustee;
86.2.2 the category into which he/she fell (as interpreted for the purposes
of paragraph 86.1.3);
86.2.3 any office (under clauses 89 to 98) held by him/her in the SCIO;
and
86.2.4 the date on which he/she ceased to be a charity trustee. 
87 The board must ensure that the register of charity trustees is updated within 28 days
of any change:
87.1 which arises from a resolution of the board or a resolution passed by the
members of the SCIO; or 
87.2 which is notified to the SCIO.  
88 If any person requests a copy of the register of charity trustees, the board must
ensure that a copy is supplied to him/her within 28 days, providing the request is
reasonable; if the request is made by a person who is not a charity trustee of the
SCIO, the board may provide a copy which has the addresses blanked out - if the
SCIO is satisfied that including that information is likely to jeopardise the safety or
security of any person or premises.
Office-bearers
89 The charity trustees must elect (on the recommendation of the Nominations
Committee) a chair of the SCIO and a vice chair of the SCIO.
90 A charity trustee shall not be eligible for election as the chair of the SCIO unless
he/she is a charity trustee appointed under paragraph 70.3 (independent charity
trustees).
91 A charity trustee shall not be eligible for election as the vice chair of the SCIO
unless he/she is a charity trustee appointed under paragraph 70.1 and unless he/she is
also an elected member of the Council. 
92 In addition to the office-bearers required under clause 89, the charity trustees may
elect (from among themselves) further office-bearers if they consider that
appropriate.
93 At each AGM, those office bearers who have held office for a period of three
years since they were appointed (or re-appointed) shall retire from office, but
shall (subject to clause 94) then be eligible for re-appointment under clause
89 for a further three-year term. 
178

Page 179

ACTIVE: 110726491v1 16
94 A charity trustee who, as at the AGM when he/she retires from office under
clause 93, has held office for a period of six years or more shall not be
eligible for re-appointment at that AGM; he/she may however be eligible for
appointment at the next AGM.
95 The provisions of clause 97 shall apply in relation to the interpretation of
clauses 93 and 94.
96 The board may, by way of a resolution passed by majority vote at a board
meeting, waive the provisions of clause 80 in relation to a particular charity
trustee if they consider that exceptional considerations make that appropriate. 
97 For the purposes of clauses 93 and 94:
97.1 the period between the date on which an individual was appointed as
an office bearer and the  annual general meeting which next follows
shall be deemed to be a period of one year, unless it is of less than six
months’ duration (in which case it shall be disregarded);
97.2 the period between one annual general meeting and the next shall be
deemed to be a period of one year;
97.3 if an individual ceases to hold office as an office bearer and is re-
appointed as an office bearer within a period of six months, he/she
shall be deemed to have held office as an office bearer continuously.
98 A person elected to any office will automatically cease to hold that office: -
98.1 if he/she ceases to be a charity trustee; or 
98.2 if he/she gives to the SCIO a notice of resignation from that office, signed
by him/her.
Powers of board
99 Except where this constitution states otherwise, the SCIO (and its assets and
operations) will be managed by the board; and the board may exercise all the powers
of the SCIO.
100 A meeting of the board at which a quorum is present may exercise all powers
exercisable by the board.
101 The members may, by way of a resolution passed by majority vote (either at a
members’ meeting or via a written resolution), direct the board to take any particular
step or direct the board not to take any particular step; and the board shall give effect
to any such direction accordingly.
102 The members shall, in exercising their powers under clause 101, comply with the
duties imposed on members of a SCIO by section 51 of the Charities and Trustee
Investment (Scotland) Act 2005.
179

Page 180

ACTIVE: 110726491v1 17
Charity trustees - general duties
103 Each of the charity trustees has a duty, in exercising functions as a charity trustee, to
act in the interests of the SCIO; and, in particular, must:-
103.1 seek, in good faith, to ensure that the SCIO acts in a manner which is in
accordance with its purposes;
103.2 act with the care and diligence which it is reasonable to expect of a person
who is managing the affairs of another person;
103.3 in circumstances giving rise to the possibility of a conflict of interest
between the SCIO and any other party: 
103.3.1 put the interests of the SCIO before that of the other party;
103.3.2 where any other duty prevents him/her from doing so, disclose the
conflicting interest to the SCIO and refrain from participating in any
deliberation or decision of the other charity trustees with regard to
the matter in question;
103.4 ensure that the SCIO complies with any direction, requirement, notice or
duty imposed  under or by virtue of the Charities and Trustee Investment
(Scotland) Act 2005.
104 In addition to the duties outlined in clause 103, all of the charity trustees must take
such steps as are reasonably practicable for the purpose of ensuring: -
104.1 that any breach of any of those duties by a charity trustee is corrected by the
charity trustee concerned and not repeated; and
104.2 that any trustee who has been in serious and persistent breach of those duties
is removed as a trustee.
105 Provided he/she has declared his/her interest - and has not voted on the question of
whether or not the SCIO should enter into the arrangement - a charity trustee will
not be debarred from entering into an arrangement with the SCIO in which he/she
has a personal interest; and (subject to clause 106 and to the provisions relating to
remuneration for services contained in the Charities and Trustee Investment
(Scotland) Act 2005) he/she may retain any personal benefit which arises from that
arrangement.
106 No charity trustee may serve as an employee (full time or part time) of the SCIO,
save in respect of the charity trustee appointed under clause 70.2; and no charity
trustee may be given any remuneration by the SCIO for carrying out his/her duties
as a charity trustee. 
107 The charity trustees may be paid all travelling and other expenses reasonably
incurred by them in connection with carrying out their duties; this may include
expenses relating to their attendance at meetings.
Code of conduct for charity trustees
108 Each of the charity trustees shall comply with the code of conduct (incorporating
detailed rules on conflict of interest) prescribed by the board from time to time.
180

Page 181

ACTIVE: 110726491v1 18
109 The code of conduct referred to in clause 108 shall be supplemental to the provisions
relating to the conduct of charity trustees contained in this constitution and the duties
imposed on charity trustees under the Charities and Trustee Investment (Scotland)
Act 2005; and all relevant provisions of this constitution shall be interpreted and
applied in accordance with the provisions of the code of conduct in force from time
to time
181

Page 182

ACTIVE: 110726491v1 19
DECISION-MAKING BY THE CHARITY TRUSTEES
Notice of board meetings
110 Any charity trustee may call a meeting of the board or ask the secretary to call a
meeting of the board.
111 At least 7 days' notice must be given of each board meeting, unless (in the opinion
of the person calling the meeting) there is a degree of urgency which makes that
inappropriate.
112 If charity trustees are to be permitted to participate in a board meeting by way of
audio and/or audio-visual link(s), the charity trustees must, in advance of the
meeting, be provided with details of how to connect and participate via that link or
links; and (particularly for the benefit of those charity trustees who may have
difficulties in using a computer or laptop for this purpose) the charity trustees'
attention should be drawn to the following options:
112.1 participating in the meeting via an audio link accessed by phone, using dial-in
details (if that forms part of the arrangements):
112.2 (where attendance in person is to be permitted, either on an open basis or subject to a
restriction on the total number who will be permitted to attend) the ability to attend
the meeting in person.
Procedure at board meetings
113 No valid decisions can be taken at a board meeting unless a quorum is present;
subject to clause 116, the quorum for board meetings shall (subject to clause 115) be
5 charity trustees, present in person.
114 An individual participating in a board meeting via an audio or audio-visual link
which allows them to hear and contribute to discussions at the meeting will be
deemed to be present in person (or, if they are not a charity trustee, will be deemed
to be in attendance) at the meeting.
115 A quorum shall not be deemed to be constituted at any board meeting unless there is
at least one charity trustee falling under paragraph 70.1 (elected members) and at
least three charity trustees falling under paragraph (independent charity trustees)
present at the meeting.
116 During the period from the date of incorporation of the SCIO until the date
occurring 12 weeks after incorporation of the SCIO, 
116.1 the quorum for board meetings shall be 3 charity trustees, present in person;
and 
116.2 the provisions of clause 115 shall not apply.
117 If at any time the number of charity trustees in office falls below the number
required at the time to form a quorum, the remaining charity trustee(s) will have
power to fill the vacancies or call a members' meeting - but will not be able to take
any other valid decisions.
182

Page 183

ACTIVE: 110726491v1 20
118 A charity trustee may participate in a board meeting (or a meeting of a committee of
charity trustees) by means of a conference telephone, video conferencing facility or
similar communications equipment whereby all the charity trustees participating in
the meeting can hear each other; a charity trustee participating in a meeting in this
manner shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting
119 The chair of the SCIO should (subject to clauses 120 and 121) act as chairperson of
each board meeting.
120 If the chair of the SCIO is not present within 15 minutes after the time at which the
meeting was due to start (or is not willing to act as chairperson of the meeting), the
vice chair of the SCIO should act as chairperson of that meeting.
121 If the chair of the SCIO considers that he/she has a significant conflict of interest in
relation to a particular item to be discussed at a board meeting, he/she shall allow the
vice chair of the SCIO to take over from him/her as chairperson of the meeting while
that item is being dealt with. 
122 If neither the chair of the SCIO nor the vice chair of the SCIO is present within 15
minutes after the time at which the meeting was due to start - or if neither of them is
willing to act as chairperson of the meeting - the charity trustees present at the
meeting must elect (from among themselves) the person who will act as chairperson
of that meeting. 
123 Every charity trustee has one vote, which must be given personally (subject to clause
129). 
124 All decisions at board meetings will be made by majority vote.
125 If there is an equal number of votes for and against any resolution, the chairperson
of the meeting will be entitled to a second (casting) vote.
126 The board may if they consider appropriate (and must, if this is required under
article 127), allow charity trustees to participate in board meetings by way of an
audio and/or audio-visual link or links which allow them to hear and contribute to
discussions at the meeting, providing:
126.1 the means by which charity trustees can participate via that link or links are not
subject to technical complexities, significant costs or other factors which are likely
to represent - for all, or a significant proportion, of the charity trustees - a barrier to
participation: and
126.2 the manner in which the meeting is conducted ensures, so far as reasonably possible,
that those charity trustees who participate via an audio or audio-visual link are not
disadvantaged with regard to their ability to contribute to discussions at the meeting,
as compared with those charity trustees (if any) who are attending in person (and
vice versa).
127 If restrictions arising from public health legislation, directions or guidance are likely
to mean that attendance in person at a proposed board meeting would not be possible
or advisable for one or more of the charity trustees, the board must make
arrangements for charity trustees to participate in that board meeting by way of
audio and/or audio-visual link(s); and on the basis that:
127.1 the requirements set out in paragraphs 126.1 and 126.2 of clause 126 will apply: and
183

Page 184

ACTIVE: 110726491v1 21
127.2 the board must use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that all charity trustees have
access to one or more means by which they may hear and contribute to discussions
at the meeting.
128 A board meeting may involve two or more charity trustees participating via
attendance in person while other charity trustees participate via audio and/or audio-
visual links; or it may involve participation solely via audio and/or audio-visual
links.
129 Where a charity trustee or charity trustees are participating in a board meeting via an
audio or audio-visual link, they may cast their vote on any resolution orally, or by
way of some form of visual indication, or by use of a voting button or similar, or by
way of a message sent electronically.
130 The board may, at its discretion, allow any person to attend (whether in person or by
way of an audio or audio-visual link) and speak at a board meeting notwithstanding
that he/she is not a charity trustee - but on the basis that he/she must not participate
in decision-making.
131 A charity trustee must not vote at a board meeting (or at a meeting of a sub-
committee) on any resolution which relates to a matter in which he/she has a
personal interest or duty which conflicts (or may conflict) with the interests of the
SCIO; he/she must withdraw from the meeting while an item of that nature is being
dealt with.
132 For the purposes of clause 131:-
132.1 an interest held by an individual who is “connected” with the charity trustee
under section 68(2) of the Charities and Trustee Investment (Scotland) Act
2005 (husband/wife, partner, child, parent, brother/sister etc) shall be
deemed to be held by that charity trustee;
132.2 a charity trustee will (subject to clause 133) be deemed to have a personal
interest in relation to a particular matter if a body in relation to which he/she
is an employee, director, member of the management committee, officer or
elected representative has an interest in that matter.
133 A charity trustee appointed under paragraph 70.1 or 56.2 shall, notwithstanding the
provisions of clause 131 and paragraph 132.2, be entitled to vote in relation to a
particular matter notwithstanding that the Council has an interest in that matter; but
on the basis that in exercising his/her voting rights in respect of any such matter, the
charity trustee shall comply with the provisions of clauses 103 and 108 and in
particular (but without limitation) must give priority to the interests of the SCIO.
134 For the avoidance of doubt, charity trustees shall not be entitled to vote at a board
meeting unless they are personally present, or are participating in the meeting in a
manner permitted under clause 118; charity trustees are not entitled to appoint
substitutes to vote in their place at board meetings.
135 The principles  set out in clause 63 (technical objections to remote participation)
shall apply in relation to remote participation and voting at board meetings, as if
each reference in that clause to a member were a reference to a charity trustee and
each reference in that clause to a members’ meeting were a reference to a board
meeting.
184

Page 185

ACTIVE: 110726491v1 22
136 A resolution agreed to in writing (or by e-mail) by a majority of the charity trustees
then in office shall (subject to clauses 137 and 138) be as valid as if duly passed at a
board meeting.
137 A resolution under clause 136 shall not be valid unless a copy of the resolution was
circulated to all of the charity trustees, along with a cut-off time (which must be
reasonable in the circumstances) for notifications under clause 138.
138 If a resolution is circulated to the charity trustees under clause 137, any one or more
charity trustees may, following receipt of a copy of the resolution, notify the board
or the secretary that they consider that a board meeting should be held to discuss the
matter which is the subject of the resolution; and if any such notification is received
by the board or the secretary prior to the cut-off time:
138.1 the board or the secretary must convene a board meeting accordingly, and on the
basis that it will take place as soon as reasonably possible;
138.2 the resolution cannot be treated as valid under clause 136 unless and until that board
meeting has taken place;
138.3 the board may (if they consider appropriate, on the basis of the discussions at the
meeting) resolve at that board meeting that the resolution should be treated as
invalid, notwithstanding that it had previously been agreed to in writing (or by e-
mail) by a majority of the charity trustees then in office.
Minutes
139 The board must ensure that proper minutes are kept in relation to all board meetings
and meetings of sub-committees.
140 The minutes to be kept under clause 139 must include the names of those present;
and (so far as possible) should be signed by the chairperson of the meeting.
185

Page 186

ACTIVE: 110726491v1 23
ADMINISTRATION
Delegation to sub-committees
141 The board may delegate any of their powers to sub-committees; a sub-committee
must include at least one charity trustee, but other members of a sub-committee need
not be charity trustees.
142 The board may also delegate to the chair of the SCIO (or the holder of any other
post) such of their powers as they may consider appropriate.
143 When delegating powers under clause 141 or 142, the board must set out appropriate
conditions (which must include an obligation to report regularly to the board).
144 Any delegation of powers under clause 141 or 142 may be revoked or altered by the
board at any time.
145 The rules of procedure for each sub-committee, and the provisions relating to
membership of each sub-committee, shall be set by the board.
Nominations Committee
146 In relation to the charity trustees to be appointed under paragraph 70.2 (independent
charity trustees): 
146.1 the board shall establish a committee (referred to in this constitution as “the
Nominations Committee”); and
146.2 the Nominations Committee shall make recommendations to the Council in
relation to the selection of appropriate individuals for appointment as charity
trustees under paragraph 70.2. 
147 The members of the Nominations Committee shall comprise:
147.1 the chair of the SCIO;
147.2 a minimum of three further charity trustees, two of whom must be a
charity trustee appointed under paragraph 70.1.
148 Subject to clause 147, the composition and proceedings of the Nominations
Committee shall be governed by such standing orders as may be issued by the board
from time to time.
149 In carrying out its functions, the Nominations Committee shall give effect to the
following principles:
149.1 the Nominations Committee should set an appropriate skills matrix to guide
it in selecting and evaluating appropriate candidates, and should review and
adjust that skills matrix from time to time;
149.2 nominations for charity trustees falling within the remit of the Nominations
Committee should be sought from a range of appropriate sources;
149.3 all expressions of interest should be considered by the Nominations
Committee; and
186

Page 187

ACTIVE: 110726491v1 24
149.4 the Nominations Committee should maintain a register of suitable
candidates for future reference
Operation of accounts
150 Subject to clause 151, the signatures of two out of three signatories appointed by the
board will be required in relation to all operations (other than the lodging of funds)
on the bank and building society accounts held by the SCIO; at least one out of the
two signatures must be the signature of a charity trustee.
151 Where the SCIO uses electronic facilities for the operation of any bank or building
society account, the authorisations required for operations on that account must be
consistent with the approach reflected in clause 150. 
Accounting records and annual accounts
152 The board must ensure that proper accounting records are kept, in accordance with
all applicable statutory requirements.
153 The board must prepare annual accounts, complying with all relevant statutory
requirements; if an audit is required under any statutory provisions (or if the board
consider that an audit would be appropriate for some other reason), the board should
ensure that an audit of the accounts is carried out by a qualified auditor.
187

Page 188

ACTIVE: 110726491v1 25
MISCELLANEOUS
Winding-up
154 If the SCIO is to be wound up or dissolved, the winding-up or dissolution process
will be carried out in accordance with the procedures set out under the Charities and
Trustee Investment (Scotland) Act 2005. 
155 Any surplus assets available to the SCIO immediately preceding its winding up or
dissolution must be used for purposes which are the same as - or which closely
resemble - the purposes of the SCIO, as set out in this constitution.
Alterations to the constitution
156  This constitution may (subject to clause 157) be altered by resolution of the
members passed at a members’ meeting (subject to achieving the two thirds majority
referred to in clause 56) or by way of a written resolution of the members.  
157 The Charities and Trustee Investment (Scotland) Act 2005 prohibits taking certain
steps (eg change of name, an alteration to the purposes, amalgamation, winding-up)
without the consent of the Office of the Scottish Charity Regulator (OSCR).
Interpretation
158 References in this constitution to the Charities and Trustee Investment (Scotland)
Act 2005 should be taken to include: -
158.1 any statutory provision which adds to, modifies or replaces that Act; and 
158.2 any statutory instrument issued in pursuance of that Act or in pursuance of
any statutory provision falling under paragraph 158.1 above.
159 In this constitution: - 
159.1 “charity” means a body which is either a “Scottish charity” within the
meaning of section 13 of the Charities and Trustee Investment (Scotland)
Act 2005 or a “charity” within the meaning of section 1 of the Charities Act
2006, providing (in either case) that its objects are limited to charitable
purposes;
159.2 “charitable purpose” means a charitable purpose under section 7 of the
Charities and Trustee Investment (Scotland) Act 2005 which is also
regarded as a charitable purpose in relation to the application of the Taxes
Acts.
This is the proposed constitution referred to in the accompanying form, applying for a SCIO
to be constituted with the name set out in clause 3 above. 
188

Page 189

Agenda Item 
Councils for Fair Tax Declaration 
Notice of Motion 
Motion received in terms of Standing Order No 20 on 27 May 2022, proposed by Councillor
Joe Fagan, seconded by Councillor Lesley McDonald, as follows:- 
“South Lanarkshire Council pledges to:- 
1. Endorse the principles of the Councils for Fair Tax Declaration. 
2. Lead by example and demonstrate good practice in our tax conduct, right across our
activities. Including:- 
 Encouraging contractors to implement IR35 robustly and pay a fair share of
employment taxes.
 Discouraging the use of offshore vehicles for the purchase of land and property,
especially where this leads to reduced payments of stamp duty.
 Discouraging the use of not-for-profit structures where these are used
inappropriately as an artificial device to reduce the payment of tax and business
rates.
 Encouraging clarity on the ultimate beneficial ownership of suppliers and their
consolidated profit and loss position, given lack of clarity could be strong
indicators of poor financial probity and weak financial standing. 
3. Promote Fair Tax Mark certification for any business in which we have a significant
stake and where corporation tax is due. 
4. Join in and support Fair Tax Week events in the area, and celebrate the tax
contribution made by responsible businesses who say what they pay with pride. 
5. Support calls for urgent reform of EU, UK and Scots law to enable municipalities to
revise their procurement policies and better penalise poor tax conduct and reward
good tax conduct”. 
10
189

Page 190

190

Page 191

Agenda Item 
Report
Report to: South Lanarkshire Council
Date of Meeting: 15 June 2022
Report by: Director, Health and Social Care  
Subject: South Lanarkshire Integration Joint Board Strategic
Commissioning Plan 2022 to 2025 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1.     The purpose of the report is to provide elected members: 
• With an overview of the South Lanarkshire Integration Joint Board (IJB) Strategic
Commissioning Plan (SCP) 2022 to 2025. 
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Council is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the content of the report be noted.
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. As part of the Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Scotland) Act 2014, Integration Joint
Boards are required to prepare and agree three-year Strategic Commissioning Plans
(SCP) that set out how resources will be directed to secure better health and well-
being outcomes. 
3.2. The main purpose of the SCP is to set out how South Lanarkshire Integration Joint
Board (IJB) will plan and deliver services in the area over the medium term, using
the integrated budgets under its control.  The SCP also provides clarity to the
parties, that is, South Lanarkshire Council and Lanarkshire NHS Board regarding
what they are required to operationally deliver (alongside annual directions issued by
the IJB). 
3.3. The IJB must ensure stakeholders are fully engaged in the preparation, publication,
and review of the SCP, in order to establish a meaningful co-productive approach; to
enable the delivery of the nine National Outcomes for Health and Wellbeing; and
achieve the core aims of integration. 
4. Current Position
4.1. The current SCP (2022 to 2025) was approved at the IJB on 29 March 2022 and is
appended.  It sets out:
• What the public and key stakeholders told us was important to them through
extensive consultation and engagement activity
• The strategic needs profiling of the population of South Lanarkshire
11
191

Page 192

• How the IJB, alongside Community Planning Partners, will work to deliver the
nine National Health and Wellbeing Outcomes
• How the IJB will commission service to support the recovery from the pandemic 
4.2.  The SCP sets out twelve strategic priorities for the IJB which drive the strategic
commissioning intentions also highlighted in the plan.  These are
• Sustaining core and statutory functions
• Greater emphasis on early intervention, prevention and health improvement
• Addressing mental health and addictions
• Improving unscheduled care
• Increasing intermediate care
• Facilitating single point of access 
• Promoting self-care and self-management
• Supporting carers
• Promoting suitable and sustainable housing
• Improving transitional arrangements
• Contributing to homelessness prevention and reduction
• Investing in enablers to support integration
• Recovery and remobilisation from the COVID-19 pandemic 
4.3.  The SCP has been developed to have a mutually reinforcing relationship with key
local strategies of the Health Board, Council and Community Planning Partnership. 
4.4. The SCP has been presented to the relevant governance groups of the Health Board
and Council, presented to the Community Planning Partnership Board and has been
shared with local stakeholders.   
4.5. The strategic priorities listed at 4.2 above and attendant strategic commissioning
intentions will frame a range of ‘directions’ to the Council and/or the Health Board for
delivery (principally, although not exclusively, for progressing through the Health and
Social Care Partnership). 
5. Employee Implications
5.1. The SCP recognises the importance of the health and social care workforce to the
development and delivery of the vision and ambition articulated. 
5.2. This report does not describe any new specific employee implications. 
6. Financial Implications
6.1. The IJB agreed a financial plan for 2022/2023 at its meeting on 29 March 2022
which was developed to support the delivery of the twelve strategic commissioning
priorities within a balanced budget. 
6.2. In looking forward the financial plan will be developed further for the short to medium
term to align it to the strategic commissioning intentions and ‘directions’.  This will
include responding to the ongoing consequences of the pandemic with the reality of
meeting the challenge of increasing demands within resources which are reducing in
real terms. 
7. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
7.1. In accordance with the requirements of Section 7 (1) of the Environmental
Assessment (Scotland) Act, 2005 a Strategic Environmental Assessment pre-
screening exemption on the Strategic Commissioning Plan was submitted to the
192

Page 193

Scottish Government.   The Strategic Commissioning Plan is exempt from Strategic
Environmental Assessment as its implementation will have minimal effect in relation
to the environment. This is in accordance with Sections 5 (4) and 7 (1) of the 2005
Act.   
8. Other Implications
8.1. The SCP and the directions that flow from it will materially address items within the
IJB’s approved risk register in place, most notably: 
• Delivery of SCP and associated Directions. 
• Market and Provider capacity. 
• Shifting the balance of care from residential and acute settings to community-
based alternatives. 
8.2.  There are no other issues associated with this report. 
9. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
9.1. An Equality Impact Assessment was undertaken and informed the SCP. 
9.2. The SCP was prepared in accordance with the Planning with People guidance
issued by the Scottish Government and COSLA on 11 March 2021. The guidance
complements existing engagement and participation strategies and features the
national standards of community engagement which are central to the current IJB
participation and engagement strategy. 
Soumen Sengupta
Director, Health and Social Care 
5 May 2022 
Link(s) to National Health and Wellbeing Outcomes 
People are able to look after and improve their own health and wellbeing and live in
good health for longer 
People, including those with disabilities or long term conditions, or who are frail, are
able to live, as far as reasonable practicable, independently and at home or in a
homely setting in their community 
People who use Health and Social Care Services have positive experiences of those
services, and have their dignity respected 
Health and Social Care Services are centred on helping to maintain or improve the
quality of life of people who use those services 
Health and Social Care Services contribute to reducing health inequalities 
People who provide unpaid care are supported to look after their own health and
wellbeing, including to reduce any negative impact of their caring role on their own
health and wellbeing 
People who use Health and Social Care Services are safe from harm 
People who work in Health and Social Care Services feel engaged with the work they
do and are supported to continuously improve the information, support, care and
treatment they provide 
Resources are used effectively and efficiently in the provision of Health and Social
Care Services 
193

Page 194

Previous References
 None 
List of Background Papers
 Strategic Commissioning Plan 2022 - 2025 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Name:  Craig Cunningham, Head of Commissioning and Performance
Phone: 01698453704
Email:  craig.cunningham@lanarkshire.scot.nhs.uk 
Name:  Soumen Sengupta, Chief Officer, South Lanarkshire Integration Joint Board
Mobile:  01698 453700
Email:  soumen.sengupta@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
194

Page 195

Strategic Commissioning Plan
South Lanarkshire Integration Joint Board
2022–25
11
195

Page 196

2022/25Strategic Commissioning Plan
2
Foreword
There is an old saying that goes
‘no plan survives first 
contact with reality’... Firstly, our health and social care services make a
substantial difference to people’s lives - but we are
going to have to do more than just more of the same
if we really want to improve outcomes and tackle
inequalities. Secondly, our communities value their
independence and very much see the heart of health
and social care provision being – not within NHS
or council buildings - but within their own homes.
And thirdly, the pandemic has shown that staff and
communities can innovate at pace – are much more
open to change than we might have thought before.
They are challenging us to cast off nostalgia towards
traditional models of care - and instead to meet their
aspirations with bold solutions.
Three core priority themes have been identified. These
will form the compass to guide our work through the
South Lanarkshire Health and Social Care Partnership;
and with South Lanarkshire Council, NHS Lanarkshire,
Community Planning Partners, staff, service users,
carers and communities over the next three years:
• We need to ensure that early intervention, prevention
and inequalities are much more prominent across all
service areas
• We need to increase access to a greater variety of
activities and supports that address mental health
and addictions
• We need to continuously improve our models of
care so everyone is assured that we can sustain
our delivery of core functions and statutory
responsibilities – and in a manner that delivers for
the diverse communities that we serve.
A key area of work will continue to be whole system
action to improve unscheduled care (i.e. unplanned
health care which is usually urgent or an emergency),
including reducing emergency admissions; and the
number of people who are waiting to move from
hospital wards to more appropriate settings. Preparing
this Plan has highlighted that communities and
stakeholders appreciate that fundamentally we need to
support individuals, families and communities to reduce
their level of need and the overall demand for services.
The core of this Strategic Commissioning Plan (‘the
Plan’) has been forged through the pressures of the
COVID-19 pandemic and toughened in the most
challenging winter period that health and social care
services have faced in living memory. As we move
from one period of uncertainty to another, the very
idea of setting any kind of medium-to-long term plan
with any kind of confidence could easily be dismissed
as ‘tick-box’. For that reason, a lot of effort and
thought has gone into preparing this Plan – because
all those involved have been committed to reflecting
on, capturing, and applying the hard-won learning of
our experience of the pandemic; and because the
pandemic has taught us that plans work best when
they provide a clear direction - or a ‘shared compass’ -
to navigate uncertainty.
This Plan has been shaped by rich evidence and
insights from a range of sources - including a
comprehensive engagement process. Three key
messages have been communicated to us. 
196

Page 197

3
Soumen Sengupta
Chief Officer, 
South Lanarkshire 
Integration Joint Board
Lesley McDonald
Chair (from April 2022),
South Lanarkshire 
Integration Joint Board
At the time of writing, we are still living with the
pandemic – and a host of other challenges that continue
to affect our lives and our future, such as the rising cost
of living and the climate crisis. Dealing with the impacts
of the pandemic and the unavoidable consequences of
our earlier COVID-19 responses will cast a long shadow.
It is quite right then, that a further strategic priority of
this Plan is responding to the ongoing impacts caused
by the pandemic through redesign.
As an Anchor Organisation and Community Planning
Partner, South Lanarkshire IJB recognises that
achieving these ambitions will be dependent on a
simple, fundamental factor; that’s the quality of our
partnerships: how well we enable staff to work together
across disciplines and services; how well we develop
new approaches with our primary care contractors,
independent providers and public sector partners; and
how we support, where necessary, third sector and
community groups to grow and flourish. A strength
of this Plan is that it has benefitted from thoughtful
and enthusiastic contributions from across those
stakeholders – and that bodes well for us all going
forward. Having started with one saying, it feels fitting
to end with another one…. ‘fortune favours the bold’.
John Bradley
Chair (to March 2022),
South Lanarkshire 
Integration Joint Board
197

Page 198

2022/25Strategic Commissioning Plan
4
Contents
Part one: Introduction 6
1.1 Purpose of the Plan 6
1.2 Governance of the Plan 6
1.3 Developing the Plan 7
1.4 Implementing the Plan 8
1.5 A Whole-Systems Approach to Tackle Inequalities: Community Planning 9
Part two: Vision for South Lanarkshire 10
2.1 South Lanarkshire vision 10
Part three: Analysing South Lanarkshire 11
3.1 Engagement 11
3.2 Strategic needs analysis 11
3.3 Legislative and policy context 11
3.4 Insights from local experience 12
Part four: Planning for South Lanarkshire 13
4.1 Strategic priorities 13
4.2 Strategic commissioning intentions 14
Part five: Implementing the Plan across South Lanarkshire 17
5.1 Transformational Change 17
5.2 Workforce planning 17
5.3 Market facilitation 18
5.4 Locality planning 18
5.5 Impact Assessment 19
5.6 Strategic communication 19
5.7 Financial framework 19
5.8 Support services 21
5.9 Prioritising commissioning intentions 21
5.10 IJB Directions 21
4
198

Page 199

5
Contents
5
Part six: Reviewing progress of the Plan for South Lanarkshire 22
6.1 Demonstrating impact 22
6.2 Performance measurement 22
6.3 Governance and decision making 22
6.4 Strategic Environmental Assessment 22
6.5 Equality Impact Assessment  22
6.6 Climate Change and Sustainability 22
Part seven: Conclusion  23
Appendix 1: Core Suite of Integration Indicators 23
Part one - Introduction
Provides information on the purpose of the Plan, 
its development and the policy context which
underpins it, including tackling inequalities and 
our whole-systems approach.
Part two – Vision for 
South Lanarkshire
Describes our locally agreed vision for health and
social care services in South Lanarkshire; and our
duty to deliver the nine National Health and Wellbeing
Outcomes set out in the Public Bodies (Joint Working)
(Scotland) Act 2014.
Part three – Analysing 
South Lanarkshire
Sets out the four key suites of information and
evidence from which this Plan has been built: our
engagement; strategic needs analysis; the policy 
and legislative context; and our insights from 
recent experience.
Part four – Planning for 
South Lanarkshire
Presents our strategic priorities and consequent
strategic commissioning intentions.
Part five – Implementing the 
Plan across South Lanarkshire
Highlights areas for the partners – NHS Lanarkshire
and South Lanarkshire Council – to develop and
deploy necessary capacity to enable delivery.
Part six – Reviewing progress of
the Plan for South Lanarkshire
Explains how we will demonstrate the extent to which
the partners are delivering the Plan and the IJB is
delivering upon the Vision for South Lanarkshire.
Part seven – Conclusion
Summarises the transformational agenda that the IJB
needs to respond to and contribute its leadership to
delivering with stakeholders and with communities.
Executive Summary
This Strategic Commissioning Plan sets out South Lanarkshire Integration Joint Board’s (IJB) 
overall strategy for health and social care services to 2025.
199

Page 200

2022/25Strategic Commissioning Plan
6
1.1 Purpose of the Plan
This Strategic Commissioning Plan (to be known as
“the Plan”) sets out the Integration Joint Board’s (IJB)
overall strategy for health and social care services in
South Lanarkshire to 2025. It also looks beyond to
the longer term, as changes in the population’s health
and social care will continue to evolve - particularly
considering the ongoing demands of responding to the
impact of the COVID-19 pandemic; and the challenges
of addressing inequalities.
There are eight voting members of the Integration Joint
Board (four local authority/four NHS Lanarkshire) these are:
Voting members
NHS Lanarkshire Non Executive Directors
1.2 Governance of the Plan
As required by the Public Bodies (Joint Working)
(Scotland) Act 2014, South Lanarkshire IJB assumed
responsibility for the strategic direction of those health
and social care services delegated to it (within the
approved Integration Scheme) on 1 April 2016.
The composition of South Lanarkshire IJB is as follows:
Voting members
• 4 members who are Non-Executive Directors of 
NHS Lanarkshire
• 4 members who are Elected Members with 
South Lanarkshire Council
Non-voting members
• IJB Chief Officer
• IJB Chief Financial Officer
• Professional advisers from South Lanarkshire Council
and NHS Lanarkshire
• A member from the third sector – from 
Voluntary Action South Lanarkshire (VASLan)
• A member from the independent care sector – 
from Scottish Care
• A member drawn from service users and the
community – from South Lanarkshire Health and
Social Care Forum
• A member drawn from Carers - from 
South Lanarkshire Carers Connected
• Two members from trade unions/staff-side: one from
South Lanarkshire Council trade unions; and one
from NHS Lanarkshire staff-side
• Other co-opted representatives as the IJB 
deems necessary
Part one: Introduction
South Lanarkshire Council Councillors
Allan Falconer
John Bradley 
(Chair)
Jim McGuigan
Richard Lockhart
Lilian Macer
Lesley Thomson
Donald Reid
Lesley McDonald 
(Vice Chair)
200

Page 201

7
1.3 Developing the Plan
The Plan has been developed through a recognised four step strategic commissioning process. 
The Plan follows the steps to describe how we have developed our strategic priorities and strategic commissioning
intentions to improve health and social care services.
In refining the Plan, particular care has
been taken to think and plan for the
longer term - to avoid being so focused
on the here-and-now that decisions do
not stand the test of time. Our thinking
on this has been assisted by applying the
3 Horizons Model (as promoted by the
International Future Forum), which has
been particularly helpful in ensuring that
our strategic priorities and strategic aims
have a good balance between short-term
actions and the longer-term plans that will
support sustainability.
Do
Plan
Review
Analyse
Commissioning
Gap Analysis
Commissioning
Strategy
Service 
Design
Market/
provider
development
Capacity 
building
Manage provider
relationships
Review 
strategic
outcomes
Review 
strategy and market
performance
Legislation 
and guidance
Population needs
assessment
Review service
provision
Resource
analysis
Purchasing/
Contracting
Analyse
Providers
Identify intended
outcomes
Assess 
individual needs
Purchasing plan
Develop service
specifications and
contracts/SLA’s
Arrange services
and supports
Contract
management
Review individual
outcomes
Contract 
monitoring
Outcomes
for people
Worth Conserving
Viable Future
Innovation towards a
Time
Business as usual is losing its f t for purpose
201

Page 202

2022/25Strategic Commissioning Plan
8
As per the Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Scotland)
Act 2014 (the Act) the IJB actions the intentions
outlined in the Plan via binding Directions issued to
NHS Lanarkshire and South Lanarkshire Council. The
Health and Social Care Partnership (HSCP) is the joint
delivery vehicle by which NHS Lanarkshire and South
Lanarkshire Council operationalise the functions and
services delegated to the IJB; and progress the majority
of Directions that flow from the Plan.
The HSCP convenes a Strategic Commissioning
Group that supports this work, alongside a number
of other structures - including our locality planning
arrangements - with representation from across
stakeholders (including the independent sector,
voluntary organisations, carers and the Health and
Social Care Forum). There are four localities: Hamilton,
East Kilbride, Clydesdale and Rutherglen/Cambuslang.
The Local Housing Strategy (LHS) Steering Group is the
main partnership body responsible for overseeing the
strategic direction for housing. A Homelessness Strategy
Group has been established to take forward actions to
address homelessness (and which aligns with South
Lanarkshire’s Rapid Rehousing Transition Plan 2019-24).
1.4 Implementing the Plan
• Takes forward the operational implementation of the
plan on behalf of the parties – SLC and NHSL
• Provides assurance to the IJB and the parties on
progress with the implementation of the plan
• Formal public body
• Develops and leads the strategy for Health and 
Social Care through the Strategic Commissioning Plan
• Issues ‘Directions’ to SLC and NHSL
Health and Social
Care Partnership
(Operational)
Integration 
Joint Board
(Strategic)
The Plan has a mutually reinforcing relationship with
other key strategies and plans – notably the South
Lanarkshire Community Plan and its Neighbourhood
Plans; the South Lanarkshire Council Plan; the Local
Housing Strategy; the local Children’s Services Plan;
and NHS Lanarkshire’s new strategy ‘Our health
together: Living our best lives in Lanarkshire’ 
(currently under development).
202

Page 203

9
It is now widely accepted that inequalities in health
are inextricably linked with wider social and economic
inequalities. Not only is there a gap in health status
and outcomes between more and less economically
deprived populations, but there is evidence of a gradient
in health and wealth whereby the more social and
economic resources a person commands, the more
likely they are to experience a longer, healthier life.
The financial and social consequences of the pandemic
are likely to fall disproportionately upon those who were
either experiencing poverty, marginalisation and/or
discrimination prior to the pandemic – thus widening
inequalities. The reality is that Scotland was struggling
to address inequalities prior to the pandemic and the
task will be even harder going forward. Focusing on
the structural determinants of inequalities – economic,
environmental and social - in a co-ordinated manner
across stakeholders is fundamental.
A whole system approach involves applying systems
thinking, methods and practice to better understand
challenges and identify collective actions across
stakeholders. Community Planning is a process
which helps public agencies to work together with the
community to plan and deliver better services which
make a real difference to people’s lives. The statutory
framework for Community Planning is set out in the
Community Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015. The
South Lanarkshire Partnership Board is the Community
Planning Partnership (CPP) for South Lanarkshire. It
has a single, overarching objective to tackle poverty,
deprivation and inequalities and sees sustainable
inclusive economic growth as being the key to helping
reduce this. It recognises that the efforts to deliver
sustainable inclusive economic growth will only begin
to deliver real benefits in the medium to longer term
and that there is a need to mitigate the current impact
of poverty, deprivation and inequality on residents and
communities and to support their efforts to change their
situation and prospects. The HSCP is one of the CPP’s
four thematic partnerships through which stakeholders
work whole systems to do this.
1.5 A Whole Systems Approach to Tackle Inequalities:
Community Planning
203

Page 204

2022/25Strategic Commissioning Plan
10
2.1 South Lanarkshire vision
“Working together to improve health and wellbeing in the community – with the community”.
The IJB has a duty to deliver the nine national Health and Wellbeing Outcomes.
In working to deliver the above, the IJB will also develop its role as an Anchor Organisation - to direct and influence
the use of resources and working with communities and partners to effect change to the social, economic and
environmental conditions that determine the health and wellbeing of local people.
Part two: Vision for South Lanarkshire
Outcome 1
People are able to look after and
improve their own health and wellbeing
and live in good health for longer.
People who use health and social
care services have positive experiences
of those services and have their
dignity respected.
Outcome 3
People, including those with
disabilities or long-term conditions,
or who are frail, are able to live,
as far as reasonably practicable,
independently and at home or in a
homely setting in their community.
Outcome 2
Health and social care services are
centred on helping to maintain or
improve the quality of life of people
who use those services.
Outcome 4
People who provide unpaid care are
supported to look after their own health
and wellbeing, including to reduce any
negative impact of their caring role on
their own health and wellbeing.
Outcome 6
Health and social care
services contribute to reducing
health inequalities.
Outcome 5
People using health and social
care services are safe from harm.
Outcome 7
Resources are used effectively and
efficiently in the provision of health
and social care services.
Outcome 9
People who work in health and 
social care services feel engaged 
with the work they do and are
supported to continuously improve
the information, support, care and
treatment they provide.
Outcome 8
204

Page 205

11
Part three: Analysing South Lanarkshire
This section sets out the four key suites of information
and evidence from which this Plan has been built: our
engagement; strategic needs analysis; the policy and
legislative context; and our understanding of what has
worked well locally.
3.1 Engagement
In accordance with the national Planning with
People Guidance, a comprehensive engagement and
communications programme was undertaken to ensure
that the Plan reflects the needs and aspirations of our
communities and stakeholders. A full report setting
out this exhaustive process and its findings in detail is
available on the South Lanarkshire HSCP website under
key documents.
www.southlanarkshire.gov.uk/slhscp
The key themes that emerged from this substantial
process were:
• The necessity of ensuring services and supports are
fit-for-the-future to sustain core/statutory functions
• The need for greater emphasis on early intervention,
prevention and addressing inequalities
• The imperative for developing and better joining-up
activities and supports to improve mental health and
wellbeing, and address addictions
• The importance of increasing personal choice for
individuals in their own care – and maximising
independence in people’s own homes and
communities as far as possible.
3.2 Strategic Needs Analysis
A comprehensive needs analysis was completed, with
expert support from the Local Intelligence Support
Team (Public Health Scotland). A full report setting
out this exhaustive process and its findings in detail is
available on the South Lanarkshire HSCP website under
key documents.
www.southlanarkshire.gov.uk/slhscp
Key messages from this detailed work 
include the following:
• Between now and 2043, the population of South
Lanarkshire is projected to increase. In particular, the
section of the population aged 75+ is projected to
increase substantially
• In 2018-2020 the average life expectancy in South
Lanarkshire HSCP was 76.4 years old for men, and
80.5 years old for women - both below the average
life expectancy for Scotland overall. Improvements in
life expectancy have also begun to slow
• The vast majority (90%) of the South Lanarkshire
population reside in urban areas. There is variation
across the four localities, with Clydesdale having 
the largest proportion of its population living in 
rural areas (42%)
• South Lanarkshire is more deprived than Scotland 
as a whole. There is variation across the four
localities in terms of deprivation: Rutherglen/
Cambuslang has the highest proportion of the
population living in most deprived areas (quintile 1)
and East Kilbride has the lowest
• The number of South Lanarkshire care at home users
has continually increased over the 5-year period
2016/17 to 2020/21
• In 2020/21, 14% of the South Lanarkshire population
had three or more long-term health conditions
(LTCs). The rate of people with 3+LTCs is projected
to increase steadily between 2022 and 2025 across
most 18+ age groups.
3.3 Legislative and 
Policy Context
Since 2019, a raft of new policy/legislative requirements
have emerged that need to be factored into strategic
planning and commissioning. A full list is included in
the supplementary reference document available on the
South Lanarkshire HSCP website under key documents.
www.southlanarkshire.gov.uk/slhscp
Two recent (2022) Audit Scotland publications have
highlighted key messages that we were already sighted
on when preparing this Plan; and resonate strongly with
the final publication:
NHS in Scotland 2021
• The NHS in Scotland remains on emergency footing
and is under severe pressure
• The importance of NHS and social care 
workforce planning
• A lack of key data limits informed decision-making
• The NHS was not financially sustainable before the
pandemic and the COVID-19 response has increased
financial pressures.
205

Page 206

2022/25Strategic Commissioning Plan
12
Social Care in Scotland
• Service users and carers do not always have a say or
choice about what support works best for them
• The social care workforce is under immense pressure
• Commissioning tends to focus on cost rather than
quality or outcomes
• Capacity and cultural differences are affecting
leadership
• A lack of key data limits informed decision-making
• Pressure on social care spending is increasing
Taken together, these Audit Scotland reports reinforce
the processes undertaken to prepare this Plan; the
necessity for transformation; and the importance of
strong leadership as part of a whole system approach
to delivering for the future.
3.4 Insights from 
Local Experience
The IJB has an obligation to and does publish an
Annual Performance Report. The IJB also receives
regular performance reports and shares updates on
its progress with stakeholders. This has provided
considerable local learning that informs ongoing
delivery and development; and generated insights that
have informed the preparation of this Plan.
For example:
• The expectation of staff and the public that public
bodies prioritise resources to meet core obligations
and deliver essential services - e.g. child protection
and adult support and protection
• The importance of supporting more people to live
independently at home and be cared for in their
communities for as long as possible - e.g. through our
commitment to Discharge Without Delay; increased
utilisation of Self-directed Support (SDS); provision of
intermediate care beds in the community; promoting
carer support plans; and more collaborative working
to shape local housing provision
• The reality that inequalities continue to blight
communities across South Lanarkshire - and that
while traditional service models have served some
individuals and groups well, there are many for whom
access, experience and outcomes needs to be fairer
and better
• The need to promote a wider range of mental health
supports within the community. A new Mental Health
and Wellbeing Strategy has sought to improve access
to mental health support in primary care; challenge
stigma; prevent suicides and raise awareness about
the relationships between mental health and poverty,
addiction, homelessness, and social isolation
• The continuing requirement to smooth transition from
child to adult services. The HSCP has responded to
feedback that the transition from child services to adult
services can be problematic and difficult to navigate,
with an updated approach. While there is further work
to be done, this has already had a positive impact on
young people and their carers/families
• The opportunity to accelerate the use of technology-
enabled care. In 2020-21, over 85,000 consultations
were carried out using ‘Near Me’ technology. The
Florence Text Messaging Service has now been
readily adopted by staff and patients alike to safely
and reliably monitor long-term conditions
• The value of the Third Sector and community
supports. During the pandemic, the HSCP
worked with local community partners to provide
more holistic support, including the creation of a
community meals service which delivered over
14,000 meals to those in need
• The imperative of meeting the aspirations expressed
across our communities. This Plan has been
prepared through the midst of the pandemic, and
though it has been very clear that there is both a
need to provide, and a growing public appetite for,
supports and services that are more tailored to the
needs and capabilities of individuals – rather than
‘fitting them in’ to traditional models of care delivery;
and of increasing the ease with which people can
access services and support throughout the week
• The continuing challenge of responding to the impact
of the pandemic. Services and supports will have
to embed many of the new ways of working that
they have already had to adopt and embrace further
redesign in order to contend with the long-term
consequences that the pandemic will have on the
health and wellbeing of local people.
206

Page 207

13
Part four: Planning for South Lanarkshire
4.1 Strategic Priorities
Having considered all of the intelligence summarised in
Part 3, the following twelve strategic priorities for this
Plan have been identified.
No Theme
1 Sustaining statutory social care and core health
care functions
2 Greater emphasis on early intervention,
prevention and inequalities
3 Addressing mental health and addictions
4 Improving unscheduled care and optimising
intermediate care
5 Supporting carers
6 Promoting self-care and self-management
including technology enabled care
7 Improving transitional arrangements
8 Facilitating single point of access and
increasing access to seven-day services
9 Investing in enablers to support integration
10 Promoting suitable and sustainable housing
11 Contributing to homelessness prevention 
and reduction
12 Responding to the impact of the 
COVID-19 pandemic
207

Page 208

2022/25Strategic Commissioning Plan
14
4.2 Strategic Commissioning Intentions
The above strategic priorities have generated a suite of high-level commissioning intentions 
which the IJB will progress with the partners.
Commissioning Intention Strategic Priorities
Implement Discharge Without Delay to return
people to their home or community safely.
• Greater emphasis on early intervention, prevention and inequalities
• Supporting carers
Deliver all services in line with statutory
requirements to ensure people are safe
and healthy and encouraged to meet their
personal outcomes.
• Sustaining statutory social care and core health care functions
Modernise and transform Primary Care
services so provision is sustainable in and
out of hours providing accessible and flexible
health care for people in their communities.
• Sustaining statutory social care and core health care functions
• Facilitating a single point of access and increasing access to 
seven-day services
• Improving unscheduled care and increasing intermediate care
Further develop mental health services to
support more people to recover or manage
their condition successfully and live as happy,
healthy and productive lives as possible.
• Addressing mental health and addictions
• Greater emphasis on early intervention, prevention and inequalities
• Promoting self-care and self-management
• Improving unscheduled care and increasing intermediate care
• Sustaining statutory social care and core health care functions
Work with South Lanarkshire Alcohol and
Drug Partnership to reduce the impact of
addictions within our communities through
early intervention/prevention and a focus 
on recovery.
• Addressing mental health and addictions
• Greater emphasis on early intervention, prevention and inequalities
Work with Community Planning partners to
mitigate against the impact of inequalities
across our communities.
• Greater emphasis on early intervention, prevention and inequalities
Implement consistent approach for all key
stages of transitions (Children’s Services,
Adult Services and Older People’s Services).
• Sustaining statutory social care and core health care functions
• Greater emphasis on early intervention, prevention and inequalities
Work with communities to build resilience
through the promotion of alternative social
and community-based supports.
• Supporting Carers
• Addressing mental health and addictions
• Greater emphasis on early intervention, prevention and inequalities
Support carers to maintain their caring role
through a personal outcome approach.
• Supporting Carers
• Sustaining statutory social care and core health care functions
208

Page 209

15
Commissioning Intention Strategic Priorities
Support the enhancement of Self-Directed
Support (SDS) to increase choice and
flexibility for people accessing services.
• Sustaining statutory social care and core health care functions
Support early intervention improvement
activity to improve outcomes for children and
young people.
• Greater emphasis on early intervention, prevention and inequalities
Promote opportunities in localities to
streamline how people receive health and
social care support.
• Facilitating a single point of access and increasing access to 
seven-day services
• Investing in enablers to support integration
Implement a model of day service which
increases choice and supports.
• Facilitating a single point of access and increasing access to 
seven-day services
• Supporting Carers
Promote the extension of Technology
Enabled Care to support people to manage
their own health and wellbeing.
• Promoting self-care and self-management including technology
enabled care
Ensure health and social care supports align
to improving access to and choice of housing
options available which suit people’s needs
and which they are able to sustain.
• Promoting suitable and sustainable Housing
Support older people and those with
particular needs to live independently within
the community in a suitable and sustainable
home, reducing the requirement for
institutional care and risks of homelessness.
• Promoting suitable and sustainable Housing
• Promoting self-care, self-management including technology 
enable care
Prevent homelessness and its impact 
by improving access to health and 
support services.
• Contributing to homelessness prevention and reduction
• Addressing mental health and addictions
Ensure that health and social care services
are effectively engaged in providing an
integrated response to meet the needs
of households with multiple and complex
needs, including Housing First.
• Contributing to homelessness prevention and reduction
• Addressing mental health and addictions
The above strategic priorities and attendant strategic commissioning intentions will frame a range of ‘Directions’ 
to South Lanarkshire Council and/or NHS Lanarkshire for delivery - principally, although not exclusively, 
for progressing through the HSCP.
209

Page 210

2022/25Strategic Commissioning Plan
16
To implement the vision, strategic direction and
planned intentions the IJB will work closely with South
Lanarkshire Council and NHS Lanarkshire, as well as
Community Planning Partners. In a wider context, staff
and local communities will be crucial to realising the
vision set out in the Plan.
Delivering against our strategic priorities will require a
degree of transformational change to allow services to
react flexibly to demand and continue to modernise into
the future. Audit Scotland has highlighted the need to
work more collaboratively to improve current integration
arrangements. The findings and recommendations
of the Independent Review of Adult Social Care in
Scotland and the Scottish Government’s proposals
for a National Care Service will also have a significant
bearing on the provision of social care and the nature of
integration arrangements going forward.
The challenge for the IJB will be the way it directs its
resources, given that these are already under significant
pressure in terms of their spread and reach. If current
trends in demand are to be contained - and to an
extent reversed - through earlier intervention and
prevention, there requires to be a paradigm shift from
the current way in which resources are deployed to a
new way of thinking based on a longer-term strategy
and whole systems approach.
The diagram below illustrates the current position and
a proposed re-positioning of where resources should
be re-invested. Currently most of the population are
independent or require access to low level supports.
A small proportion of the population require a high
level of support which utilises a disproportionate use
of resources and funding. Preventative approaches will
direct more resources to lower-level supports to prevent
higher support needs occurring in the future.
Part five: Implementing the 
Plan across South Lanarkshire
Current use of resources
Ambition to shift resources in a different way
Independent Low  Medium  HighLevel of support
Population
320,820
Resource
80% 10% 8% 2%
Independent Low  Medium  HighLevel of support
Population
320,820
Resource
83% 9% 7% 1%
£ £ £ £
£ £ £ £
210

Page 211

17
The following areas have been identified for the
partners – NHS Lanarkshire and South Lanarkshire
Council – to develop and deploy necessary capacity in
order to progress this.
5.1 Transformational Change
There is a significant transformational change process
required to take forward to achieve the vision of this
Plan. Ensuring that the HSCP and both partners are
equipped to meet this challenge requires organisational
development, knowledge and expertise. It demands the
necessary capacity and capability in the following areas:
• Collaborative leadership and resilient management
• Continuous quality improvement
• Continuing professional development
• Coaching, mentoring and succession planning
• Evaluation and audit
• Innovation
Recognising the maturity of local integration
arrangements, the “building-blocks” that are already in
place and the relationship of the partners, a refreshed
approach to organisational development would add
pace and confidence to realising the necessary
transformation in a supportive and constructive manner.
Action
• Organisational Development Strategy to be
developed in first year of this plan and aligned
to the Plan’s strategic priorities and strategic
commissioning intentions
5.2 Workforce Planning
As Anchor Organisations, NHS Lanarkshire and South
Lanarkshire Council employ a large workforce committed
to improving the health and care of local people. In
addition, there are a significant number of people who
are engaged in health and care in relation to primary care
external contractors; independent providers of care; and
the third and independent sector. Our people are our
most important “resource” in delivering the transformation
needed across health and social care services.
Key developments - such as the extension of Home
First and managing increased complexity in the
community - require integrated approaches to care.
Whilst progress has been made in terms of the co-
location of teams where there is a natural fit to do
so (such as alcohol and drug services), further work
is required to support the wider integration of multi-
disciplinary teams at locality level.
Demographic change, changing expectations and
the pandemic have brought huge challenges for our
workforce. Pressures on staff and teams over the
pandemic have been significantly beyond anything
experienced previously in a health and social care
context. Investing and paying attention to staff wellbeing
will continue to be crucial - as will ensuring that staff
across all services are valued and respected for what
they contribute.
Action
• Council and NHS Lanarkshire to develop their
roles at Anchor Organisations
• Workforce Plan to be developed aligned to
the Plan’s strategic priorities and strategic
commissioning intentions
211

Page 212

2022/25Strategic Commissioning Plan
18
5.3 Market Facilitation
South Lanarkshire has a mixed economy of social care
delivery - our commissioning arrangements need to be
flexible and responsive in order for care and support to
be designed and delivered to optimise the success of a
personal outcomes approach.
A fresh approach to commissioning will be essential
if all areas are to be able to contribute to the overall
need and subsequent opportunities created to allow
local communities to flourish. This requirement is
underpinned by a legal framework outlined in the Social
Care (Self-directed Support) (Scotland) Act 2014.
Having this choice and control will empower people
to make informed choices on what their support looks
like and how it is delivered, making it possible to meet
agreed personal outcomes.
As part of the Fair Work agreement, South Lanarkshire
Council has committed to the full implementation of
the Ethical Care Charter for all their employees; and to
progress the objectives of stages 1, 2 and 3 for home
care contracts procured by the Council.
Action
• Ensure effective market facilitation, working with
independent providers of social care to ensure
provision and choice available to meet emerging
and future needs and deliver quality services
• Work with community planning partners to
encourage greater capacity within communities
and the Third and voluntary sectors
• Encourage adoption of the Fair Work
Framework by providers
5.4 Locality planning
The strength, contribution and influence of the locality
planning agenda has grown. A key area for development
is the commitment to the locality ‘Community First’
Tiered Model (see below), which essentially outlines the
levels of proportionate support which health and social
care services will work to provide.
Hospital 
admission 
avoidance / 
hospital discharge
Enhanced community / 
clinical support / care
Community support health and care
Community capacity / building resilience / 
building better communities
4
3
2
1
Action
• Agree a standard/minimum locality model
across the four localities
• Developing and implementing four Locality
Plans that reflect the particular characteristics
of each geographical area and its communities
in delivering the Plan in a coherent manner
Embedding this approach fully across the four localities
will be a key enabler to supporting the overall delivery 
of the Plan.
212

Page 213

19
5.5 Impact Assessment
A number of impact assessments aligned to the Fairer
Scotland duties were undertaken as part of developing
the Plan - for example, a Strategic Environmental
Assessment and Equality Impact Assessment. The
outputs from these assessments – and perspectives
gained through the process of undertaking them – has
improved the quality of and our confidence in the Plan.
This underlines the importance and the value of ensuring
that all such relevant impact assessments are properly
completed as and when required – not just because
there is an obligation to do so, but because doing so will
better enable the delivery of this Plan and its vision.
Action
• Ensure the necessary and relevant impact
assessments are undertaken and inform the
development and delivery of actions in support
of the Plan
5.6 Strategic Communication
Recent times have elicited a need for health and
social care services to adapt, innovate and in many
cases transform. Effective communication is and will
be crucial to that transformation agenda and will be
vital to supporting the delivery of the Plan. The HSCP
has developed a rich variety of high-quality channels
and effective methods to reach target audiences. This
provides a strong foundation for ensuring that a strategic
approach to communication is implemented that focuses
on encouraging dialogue with communities, staff and
stakeholders. It also ensures that messaging is clear and
resonates with those it is being communicated to.
A full refresh of the HSCP Communication and
Engagement Strategy will be undertaken to ensure
it supports the delivery of the Plan. This will be built
around an approach that emphasises the principles
of ABC - accuracy, brevity and clarity - and seek to
reinforce awareness, confidence and ownership in the
fit-for-the-future supports and services.
Action
• A refreshed Communication and Engagement
Strategy to be developed in the first year of
this plan and aligned to the Plan’s vision and
transformational agenda
5.7 Financial framework
The financial envelope available to the IJB in 2021/2022
totalled £633.837m. The South Lanarkshire Council
partner contribution was £146.735m. The NHS
Lanarkshire partner contribution was £487.102m and
included resource transfer funding and social care
funding which was transferred to the South Lanarkshire
Council partner to support expenditure across Social
Care and Housing Services. The financial allocations
across the services are graphically depicted as follows:
Service Colour in chart Financial
allocation (£)
Social Care and
Housing Services
Dark blue £206 million
Hosted Services Light blue £124 million
Family Health
Services
Red £104 million
Prescribing Yellow £66 million
Set-Aside Notional
Allocation – 
Acute Services
Purple £60 million
Locality and Other
Health Services
Green £75 million
2021/22 Financial allocations (£m)
Locality and Other
Health Services, 75
Social Care
and Housing
Services, 206
Hosted
Services, 124
Family Health
Services, 104
Prescribing,
66
Set-Aside Notional
Allocation – 
Acute Services, 
60
213

Page 214

2022/25Strategic Commissioning Plan
20
In 2022/2023, additional funding of £554m nationally is
being transferred to Local Government from the Health and
Social Care Portfolio to support social care and integration.
Additional funding of £92m nationally is also being made
available to the NHS to increase workforce capacity across
health and social care services. The allocation for the 
South Lanarkshire IJB is summarised as follows:
Scottish Government
Allocation
Status Total (£m)
Scottish Living 
Wage Funding
Recurring 18.077
Unringfenced Funding Recurring 4.153
Care At Home
Capacity Expansion
Recurring 7.281
Carers Act (Scotland)
Act 2016
Recurring 1.162
Free Personal Care
Funding
Recurring 0.686
Social Care Workforce Recurring 1.292
Multi-Disciplinary
Team Expansion
Recurring 2.349
Additional Health
Support Workers
Recurring 1.168
Interim Care Funding Non-recurring 1.174
Total 37.342
Non-recurring funding is also expected to be received
in-year. Expenditure incurred in relation to non-recurring
funding is managed on a year-to-year basis, as appropriate.
The IJB has an agreed Financial Plan for 2022/2023,
which has been developed to support the delivery of
the 12 strategic commissioning priorities within 
a balanced budget. This is available on the 
SLHSCP Website at the following link: 
www.southlanarkshire.gov.uk/slhscp/downloads/
fle/295/sl_ijb_meeting_papers_29_march_2022
In 2018, before the pandemic, it was projected that
UK spending on healthcare would require to increase
by 3.3% per annum over the next 15 years to 2033
to maintain NHS provision at current levels and if
maintaining current service models. Maintaining social
care provision and current service models was similarly
recognised as requiring an increase of 3.9% per annum
to meet the needs of the population living longer and
an increasing number of younger adults living with
disabilities. These projections did not take into account
the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, including
long-COVID. The rate of inflation also rose to 5% in the
winter of 2021 and is expected to increase further to
6%. The reality is that the IJB must meet the challenge
of increasing demand within resources which are
effectively reducing in real terms. This will require new
ways of working across a range of areas.
Looking forward, the Financial Plan needs to be
further developed for the short to medium term to
galvanise the delivery of the 12 strategic commissioning
priorities within a balanced budget. That would
include responding to the ongoing consequences of
the pandemic, and the significant challenges and
opportunities - operational, financial and workforce
- for the Health and Social Care Partnership, South
Lanarkshire Council and NHS Lanarkshire.
Efficient, effective and affordable services fit for the
future need to be developed as part of the integration
and transformational change activities. Progressive
redesign is necessary if we are to contend with the long-
term impact of the pandemic, tackle inequalities, tailor
sup-ports and services to the needs and capabilities
of individuals, navigate the uncertainty ahead and
improve outcomes. This will build on our commitment
to implement a modern approach and embed the new
ways of working (building on what has been reiterated
to us as part of the engagement process which helped
shape this Plan and also embracing the changed service
provision during the pandemic). Work will continue
with both partners to review and agree the allocation of
resources in order to progress transformational change.
As highlighted during the comprehensive engagement
process, the onus is on the IJB and the partners to
do more than just “more of the same”. Financial and
operational sustainability, which underpins the plan to
shift the balance of spend towards early intervention and
prevention and community-based delivery over the medium
to longer term, is a fundamental strategic ambition.
Action
• Develop the short to medium term financial plan
• Align financial plan to the strategic
commissioning intentions and ‘Directions’
214

Page 215

21
5.8 Support Services
In delivering the Plan and its business, the IJB relies on a
variety of important support services from the partners -
e.g. support and advice from human resources; planning
and performance; legal support; estates and facilities
management; communication; information technology;
and finance. All of these are key enablers, particularly
with regards to ensuring that services work to the
principle of seamless delivery and single system working
as far as possible. These corporate services and supports
are provided as an ‘in - kind’ contribution from the
partners. Given the key role that they do play, it continues
to be important that the IJB, South Lanarkshire Council
and NHS Lanarkshire work collaboratively to ensure that
these services support the delivery of the Plan and the
further strengthening of integration locally.
Action
• Develop a property strategy which maximises
opportunities to co-locate services and
disciplines where it makes strategic sense to do
so; and addresses environmental sustainability
• Realise the full potential of digital technology
to increase the ways in which people can be
supported with care to remain in their own
home and to promote an increased level of
agile/flexible working across services
• Continue to scale - up the use of Telehealth
and Telecare to enable more people to self-
care and self-manage and provide alternatives
to traditional forms of service delivery to enable
people to remain in their home and prevent the
need for traditional care settings
• Maximise the opportunities to share
information across health and social care
information systems to reduce bureaucracy,
improve communication and seamless working
• Streamline and simplify governance and
reporting arrangements across the IJB, 
council and NHS Board
• Work with human resources colleagues to
support the development of new roles and
responsibilities to deliver new models of care
• Undertake further and more detailed needs
profiling to determine how to increase our
investment in early intervention, prevention
and reducing inequalities
5.9 Prioritising
Commissioning Intentions
Critical to the success of the Plan will be understanding
the co-dependencies across each of its strategic
commissioning intentions. For example, the work to
modernise and transform Primary Care services will
have read across with commissioning intentions related
to residential and day services, and the development
of the locality model. Consequently, the programme
planning and change management across the whole
system with regards to the timings of proposed changes
needs to be fully understood in order to achieve the
smoothest transition. Effective programme planning will
be critical to support this.
Action
• Develop programme plan to support the
implementation of the strategic commissioning
intentions associated with the twelve strategic
priorities
5.10 IJB ‘Directions’
The IJB has a mechanism in place through which it can
action the strategic commissioning intentions set out in
the Plan (see Part 4). The IJB uses ‘Directions’ to agree
and communicate with the partners - NHS Lanarkshire
and South Lanarkshire Council - the expectations of its
strategic commissioning intentions. In turn the partners
work to operationally implement each of the Directions
issued. A key part of this process is that the IJB
confirm to the partners the budget assigned to support
implementation.
Action
• Directions to be confirmed and issued to the
partners in support of the Plan, with necessary
budget and financial information
215

Page 216

2022/25Strategic Commissioning Plan
22
6.1 Demonstrating Impact
Evaluating health and social care integration is a
complex process and requires a method that can
incorporate the scope and variety of provision. The
complexity and level of ongoing change involved with
integration makes it impossible to directly link cause
and effect, which makes it difficult to know if what is
being done is right. The HSCP now has a track record
of using an evaluation approach known as Contribution
Analysis. This demonstrates the contributory factors
and subsequent level of achievement against the nine
national health and wellbeing outcomes. It has been
used to gather evidence around how change happens
(which will continue to be refined over time). When the
evidence comes together to tell the same story, it can
be reasonably suggested that the activities evaluated
have contributed to the observed results. This provides
a level of confidence that what has been done is
influencing what we know is happening in practice.
6.2 Performance
Measurement
Supplementing evaluation activity and contribution
analysis are more formal national and local
performance measures which are reported to the IJB
on a quarterly and annual basis. The HSCP already
has a wealth of needs assessment, performance and
evaluation-based information. This has evolved and
matured since the establishment of local integration
arrangements - and it is the intention to continue to
develop this.
The IJB currently oversees the performance of health
and social care services through a suite of performance
measures - against each of the six Ministerial
Strategic Group targets for integration (www.gov.scot/
publications/health-social-care-integration-core-
suite-indicators). For example, measures with regards
to reducing hospital emergency activity, emergency
admissions and reduced reliance on inpatient care are
used as a proxy for this. A range of qualitative measures
are also reported, which capture the perceptions
and views of the public with regards to the quality of
services; and the extent to which they are supporting
people to improve their agreed personal outcomes.
6.3 Governance and 
Decision Making
The IJB has well established recognised governance
and decision-making arrangements in place to support
the development of the Plan and oversight of the
implementation of the Plan by the partners and through
the HSCP. Building on the positive feedback and
constructive recommendations from the IJB’s Auditors
(internal and external), work will continue to further refine
these governance and decision-making arrangements.
6.4 Strategic 
Environmental Assessment
In accordance with the requirements of Section 7 (1)
of the Environmental Assessment (Scotland) Act, 2005
a Strategic Environmental Assessment pre-screening
exemption on the Plan was submitted to the Scottish
Government. The Plan is exempt from Strategic
Environmental Assessment as its implementation will
have minimal effect in relation to the environment.
Nonetheless, the IJB recognises that the quality of the
environment is an important determinant for health,
wellbeing and inequalities – and hence recognised here.
6.5 Equality 
Impact Assessment
An Equality Impact Assessment was undertaken and
informed the development the Plan.
6.6 Climate Change 
and Sustainability
The IJB works alongside South Lanarkshire Council and
NHS Lanarkshire in relation to complying with its and
their Climate Change Duties.
Part six: Reviewing progress of 
the Plan for South Lanarkshire
216

Page 217

23
Through the development of this Plan - and in
particular the needs analysis, engagement, policy
context and insights from local experience - there is
a clear transformational agenda that the IJB needs to
respond to and contribute its leadership to delivering.
• The demography of South Lanarkshire and each of
its four localities is continuing to change - as are the
needs and expectations of its communities
• There is increased recognition of the need to better
meet the needs - and do right by - the diverse
communities for whom South Lanarkshire is home,
especially those who continue to suffer inequalities of
experience and of outcomes
• The pandemic has exacerbated existing pressures
and brought additional demands - for communities,
amongst staff and across all services
• A consistent message from the people of South
Lanarkshire is that they wish to have as much control
over their health and care as possible; and to live as
independently as possible within their own homes
and as part of their own communities
Part seven: Conclusion
“Working together to improve health and wellbeing 
in the community – with the community”.
• The community response to the pandemic showed
that there is considerable capacity - and appetite - for
communities to care for themselves and each other
• The workforce response to the pandemic was
exceptional and shows their continuing commitment
to community and their drive to do things differently
• New ways of working and new technologies -
including those adopted and embraced by staff
and communities alike - opening up opportunities
for greater early intervention and prevention across
services, and fairer access to and provision of support
• The IJB - alongside NHS Lanarkshire and South
Lanarkshire Council - can grasp these opportunities
best by working with communities and stakeholders
to look forward with ambition.
217

Page 218

Produced for Social Work Resources by Communications and Strategy. 063078/May22
If you need this information 
in another language or format, 
please contact us to discuss how 
we can best meet your needs.
Phone: 0303 123 1015
Email: equalities@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
218

Page 219

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: South Lanarkshire Council
Date of Meeting: 15 June 2022
Report by: Chief Executive  
Subject: Delegated Authority - Business Dealt with by the Chief
Executive in the Period from 2 March 2022 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 advise members of a further item of business dealt with by the Chief Executive
under delegated authority in the period from 2 March 2022 to the first meeting of
the new Council following the elections
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Council is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the item of business dealt with by the Chief Executive under delegated
authority in the period from 2 March 2022 be noted.
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. Authority was delegated to the Chief Executive by the Executive Committee at its
meeting on 25 August 2021 to deal with items of business arising in the period from
2 March 2022 to the first meeting of the new Council following the elections on 18
May 2022. 
3.2. A further item of business was dealt with by the Chief Executive under that delegated
authority which had not been completed on time for submission to the first meeting of
the new Council on 18 May 2022. 
3.2.1. Housing and Technical Resources/Education Resources/Finance and
Corporate Resources 
Date Approved Subject
13 May 2022 Increase to Establishment to Support Refugee Resettlement
Programmes 
4. Employee Implications
4.1. Any employee implications have been highlighted as part of the Executive Directors’
original reports considered by the Chief Executive. 
5. Financial Implications
5.1. Any financial implications have been highlighted as part of the Executive Directors’
original reports considered by the Chief Executive.
12
219

Page 220

6. Other Implications
6.1. All other implications have been highlighted as part of the Executive Directors’
original reports considered by the Chief Executive. 
7. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
7.1. There are no issues in relation to climate change, sustainability and environment
contained within this report. 
8. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
8.1. Any equality impact assessment and consultation arrangements have been
highlighted as part of the Executive Directors’ original reports considered by the
Chief Executive. 
Cleland Sneddon
Chief Executive 
30 May 2022 
Link(s) to Council Values/Ambitions/Objectives
 Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent
 Achieve results through leadership, good governance and organisational effectiveness 
Previous References
Minutes of Executive Committee of 25 August 2021 
List of Background Papers
Reports submitted by the Executive Directors in the period from 2 March 2022 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Tracy Slater, Administration Officer
Ext:  4185  (Tel:  01698 454185)
E-mail:  tracy.slater@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
220

Page 221

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: South Lanarkshire Council
Date of Meeting: 15 June 2022
Report by: Chief Executive  
Subject: Membership of Committees, Forums and
Representation on Outside Organisations 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 Provide an update on the membership of committees, forums, and representation
on outside organisations and partnership bodies
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Council is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the Committee, Member Forum and Licensing Division memberships, as
detailed in Appendix 1, be noted;
(2) that the representation on certain outside organisations and partnership
bodies, as detailed in Appendix 2, be noted; and
(3) that it be noted that a further report on representation on outside bodies will
be submitted to the Executive Committee.
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. At its statutory meeting on 18 May 2022, the Council approved many aspects of its
decision-making and procedural matters and this report provides an update on
arrangements which were delegated to the Chief Executive to finalise.   
4. Membership of Committees, Forums and Licensing Divisions
4.1. The establishment of the standing committees and their associated composition and
Terms of Reference were approved at the Council meeting on 18 May 2022.  The
Council also approved the establishment of 4 Licensing Divisions. 
4.2. The Council also agreed to establish a number of Member Forums and authority was
delegated to the Chief Executive, in consultation with the Leaders of the political and
independent groups, to agree Forum memberships based on the membership
numbers detailed in the report and appendix submitted to Council. 
4.3. A paper providing the full membership details for Committees, Member Forums and
Licensing Divisions is attached as Appendix 1 and members are asked to note the
details.
13
221

Page 222

5. Representation on Statutory Bodies and Other External Organisations
5.1. The Council, at its meeting on 18 May 2022, approved its representation on certain
statutory joint boards and outside bodies.  It further agreed that, in respect of the
remaining vacancies, delegated authority be given to the Chief Executive, in
consultation with the Leader, to confirm nominations and report back to Council.  A
copy of those representations is attached as Appendix 2 to the report. 
5.2. In addition to those reported to the statutory meeting of the Council on 18 May 2022,
it is proposed that a report to consider any further representation on a number of
other bodies be submitted to the Executive Committee.   
6. Employee Implications
6.1. None. 
7. Financial Implications
7.1 None. 
8. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
8.1. There are no climate change or environmental implications as a result of this report. 
9. Other Implications
9.1. There are no issues in terms of risk arising from this report. 
10. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
10.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy, therefore, no impact assessment is
required.   
10.2. Consultation on representation has taken place with the Leaders of the political and
independent groups. 
Cleland Sneddon
Chief Executive 
1 June 2022 
Link(s) to Council Objectives/Values
Accountable, effective and efficient 
Previous References
South Lanarkshire Council 18 May 2022 
List of Background Papers
Report and associated procedural documentation – Council 18 May 2022 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Susan Somerville, Administration Manager
Ext: 4197 (Tel:  01698 454197)
E-mail: susan.somerville@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
222

Page 223

South Lanarkshire Council 2022 to 2027
Membership of Resource Committees and Forums 
Resource Committees and associated Forums 
Community and Enterprise Resources Committee (26)
John Anderson, Ralph Barker, Walter Brogan, Robert Brown (Chair), Andy Carmichael, Maureen
Chalmers, Gerry Convery, Poppy Corbett, Andrea Cowan, Margaret Cowie, Cal Dempsey, Maureen
Devlin (Depute), Colin Dewar, Joe Fagan (ex-officio), Ross Gowland, Graeme Horne, Martin Lennon,
Richard Lockhart, Hugh MacDonald, Ian McAllan, Kenny McCreary, Davie McLachlan, Gladys
Ferguson-Miller, Carol Nugent, Helen Toner, David Watson 
Substitutes
Alex Allison, Ross Clark, Margaret Cooper, Allan Falconer, Alistair Fulton, Lynsey Hamilton, Ross
Lambie, Lesley McDonald, Elaine McDougall, Mark McGeever, Richard Nelson, Graham Scott, David
Shearer 
Roads Safety Forum (10)
John Anderson, Ralph Barker, Margaret Cowie, Cal Dempsey, Colin Dewar, Susan Kerr, Kenny
McCreary, Davie McLachlan, Julia Marrs, Norman Rae 
Substitutes
Walter Brogan, Robert Brown, Janine Calikes, Richard Lockhart, Eileen Logan, Helen Toner 
Education Resources Committee (26 + External representatives) 
Alex Allison, John Anderson, John Bradley, Ross Clark, Margaret Cowie, Cal Dempsey, Joe Fagan
(ex-officio), Grant Ferguson, Alistair Fulton, Elise Frame, Geri Gray, Lynsey Hamilton (Chair), Mark
Horsham, Gavin Keatt (Depute), Susan Kerr, Ross Lambie, Richard Lockhart, Eileen Logan, Katy
Loudon, Ian McAllan, Mark McGeever, Mo Razzaq, Graham Scott, Bert Thomson, Margaret B Walker,
David Watson 
Substitutes
Margaret Cooper, Mary Donnelly, Maureen Devlin, Allan Falconer, Martin Hose, Hugh Macdonald,
Monique McAdams, Kenny McCreary, Lesley McDonald, Julia Marrs, Carol Nugent, Norman Rae 
External Members
Religious:   Mr John Mulligan, Mrs Gillian Coulter
Teacher:   
Parent Council/Carer: 
Education Appeals Committee 
15 members serving or acting as a substitute on Education Resources Committee (excluding
Chair and Depute Chair)
John Bradley, Margaret Cowie, Mary Donnelly, Grant Ferguson, Elise Frame, Alistair Fulton, Susan
Kerr, Ross Lambie, Richard Lockhart, Ian McAllan, Mark McGeever, Mo Razzaq, Graham Scott, Bert
Thomson, Margaret B Walker 
15 members not serving on Education Resources Committee
Ralph Barker, Mathew Buchanan, Andy Carmichael, Maureen Chalmers, Poppy Corbett, Andrea
Cowan, Ross Gowland, Celine Handibode, Graeme Horne, Catherine McClymont, Elaine McDougall,
Richard Nelson, David Shearer, Helen Toner, Vacancy (Lib Dems)  
13
223

Page 224

Finance and Corporate Resources Committee (26)
Alex Allison, Walter Brogan (Depute), Mathew Buchanan, Andy Carmichael, Maureen Chalmers,
Margaret Cooper, Andrea Cowan, Maureen Devlin, Colin Dewar, Mary Donnelly, Celine Handibode
(Depute), Joe Fagan (ex-officio), Grant Ferguson, Gladys Ferguson-Miller, Graeme Horne, Martin
Hose, Katy Loudon, Hugh Macdonald, Catherine McClymont, Lesley McDonald (Chair), Elaine
McDougall, Mark McGeever, Richard Nelson, Mo Razzaq, John Ross, Graham Scott 
Substitutes
John Bradley, Archie Buchanan, Ross Gowland, Susan Kerr, Gavin Keatt, Ross Lambie, Martin
Lennon, Richard Lockhart, Carol Nugent, Norman Rae, Ali Salamati, David Watson 
Employee Issues Forum (10)
John Anderson, Walter Brogan, Archie Buchanan, Gerry Convery, Margaret Cowie, Geri Gray, Celine
Handibode, Katy Loudon, Richard Lockhart, Kirsten Robb 
Substitutes
Mathew Buchanan, Mary Donnelly, Catherine McClymont, Elaine McDougall, Richard Nelson 
Equal Opportunities Forum (10)
Janine Calikes, Ross Clark, Poppy Corbett, Grant Ferguson, Monique McAdams, Mark McGeever,
Mo Razzaq, Kirsten Robb, Ali Salamati, Bert Thomson, Vacancy (Ind Group) 
Substitutes
Mathew Buchanan, Gavin Keatt, Katy Loudon, Richard Lockhart, Carol Nugent, Norman Rae 
Joint Consultative Forum (10)
Robert Brown, Mathew Buchanan, Gerry Convery, Gladys Ferguson-Miller, Geri Gray, Graeme
Horne, Richard Lockhart, Hugh Macdonald, Catherine McClymont, Mo Razzaq 
Substitutes
Andrea Cowan, Maureen Devlin, Martin Lennon, Ian McAllan, Mark McGeever, Richard Nelson 
Appeals Panel and Grievance and Disputes Panel
3 members in total to serve on the Panel, comprising the Chair or one of the Depute Chairs of the
Finance and Corporate Resources Committee, a member of the Administration, who is not the Chair
or Depute Chair(s) of the relevant Resource/Service Committee, and a member of the Opposition
Groups to be drawn from the Finance and Corporate Resources Committee and the following 15
members not serving on the Finance and Corporate Resources Committee 
John Anderson, Ralph Barker, Robert Brown, Ross Clark, Gerry Convery, Poppy Corbett, Margaret
Cowie, Cal Dempsey, Elise Frame, Geri Gray, Monique McAdams, Kenny McCreary, Bert Thomson,
Helen Toner, Margaret B Walker
224

Page 225

Housing and Technical Resources Committee (26)
John Bradley, Walter Brogan, Archie Buchanan, Mathew Buchanan, Janine Calikes, Margaret Gerry
Convery, Cooper, Andrea Cowan, Maureen Devlin, Colin Dewar, Joe Fagan (ex-officio), Allan
Falconer, Grant Ferguson, Alistair Fulton, Geri Gray, Ross Gowland, Lynsey Hamilton, Ross Lambie,
Richard Lockhart, Martin Lennon (Depute), Ian McAllan, Kenny McCreary, Davie McLachlan (Chair),
Julia Marrs, Norman Rae, David Shearer 
Substitutes
Robert Brown, Poppy Corbett, Cal Dempsey, Gladys Ferguson-Miller, Martin Hose, Gavin Keatt,
Eileen Logan, Monique McAdams, Richard Nelson, Ali Salamati, Helen Toner, Margaret B Walker,
David Watson 
Social Work Resources Committee (26)
Alex Allison, John Bradley, Walter Brogan, Robert Brown, Archie Buchanan, Mathew Buchanan,
Janine Calikes, Cal Dempsey, Maureen Devlin, Mary Donnelly, Joe Fagan (ex-officio), Allan Falconer,
Elise Frame, Lynsey Hamilton, Celine Handibode, Graeme Horne, Mark Horsham, Martin Hose,
Eileen Logan, Hugh Macdonald, Catherine McClymont (Depute), Richard Nelson, Carol Nugent, John
Ross, Margaret B Walker (Chair), David Watson 
Substitutes
John Anderson, Maureen Chalmers, Margaret Cooper, Poppy Corbett, Margaret Cowie, Geri Gray,
Ross Lambie, Richard Lockhart, Elaine McDougall, Mark McGeever, Davie McLachlan, Graham
Scott, Bert Thomson 
Area Committees 
Cambuslang and Rutherglen Area Committee (12) 
John Bradley (Depute), Walter Brogan, Robert Brown, Janine Calikes, Andrea Cowan, Margaret
Cowie, Alistair Fulton, Martin Lennon, Katy Loudon, Carol Nugent (Chair), Norman Rae, Margaret B
Walker 
Clydesdale Area Committee (13)
Alex Allison, Ralph Barker, Poppy Corbett, Ross Gowland (Depute), Lynsey Hamilton, Mark Horsham,
Ross Lambie, Richard Lockhart, Eileen Logan, Ian McAllan, Catherine McClymont (Chair), Julia
Marrs, David Shearer 
East Kilbride Area Committee (18)
John Anderson, Archie Buchanan (Chair), Mathew Buchanan, Gerry Convery, Margaret Cooper, Joe
Fagan, Grant Ferguson, Gladys Ferguson-Miller, Elise Frame, Geri Gray (Depute), Susan Kerr, Hugh
Macdonald, Monique McAdams, Elaine McDougall, Kirsten Robb, Ali Salamati, Graham Scott, David
Watson 
Hamilton Area Committee (21)
Andy Carmichael, Maureen Chalmers, Ross Clark, Cal Dempsey, Maureen Devlin, Colin Dewar, Mary
Donnelly, Allan Falconer (Chair), Celine Handibode, Graeme Horne, Martin Hose, Gavin Keatt, Kenny
McCreary, Lesley McDonald, Mark McGeever, Davie McLachlan, Richard Nelson, Mo Razzaq
(Depute), John Ross, Bert Thomson, Helen Toner 
225

Page 226

Other Committees and associated Forums 
Climate Change and Sustainability Committee (28)
Alex Allison, John Anderson, Ralph Barker, Janine Calikes, Maureen Chalmers, Ross Clark, Margaret
Cooper, Colin Dewar, Joe Fagan (ex-officio), Ross Gowland, Lynsey Hamilton, Gavin Keatt, Ross
Lambie, Richard Lockhart, Katy Loudon, Monique McAdams, Lesley McDonald, Elaine McDougall,
Mark McGeever (Chair), Julia Marrs, Carol Nugent, Mo Razzaq, Kirsten Robb, John Ross, Ali
Salamati, Graham Scott, Bert Thomson, Margaret B Walker 
Substitutes
Walter Brogan, Robert Brown, Andy Carmichael, Gerry Convery, Poppy Corbett, Andrea Cowan,
Allan Falconer, Gladys Ferguson-Miller, Elise Frame, Mark Horsham, Martin Hose, Richard Nelson,
David Watson 
Conference Allocation Committee (6)
Maureen Chalmers, Gerry Convery (Chair), Maureen Devlin (Depute), Mark Horsham, Ross Lambie,
Kirsten Robb 
Executive Committee (28)
Alex Allison, John Anderson, Robert Brown, Andy Carmichael, Maureen Chalmers, Ross Clark, Gerry
Convery (Depute), Margaret Cooper, Andrea Cowan, Maureen Devlin, Joe Fagan (Chair) (ex officio),
Gladys Ferguson-Miller, Lynsey Hamilton, Mark Horsham, Eileen Logan, Katy Loudon, Hugh
Macdonald, Ian McAllan, Catherine McClymont, Kenny McCreary, Lesley McDonald, Mark
McGeever, Davie McLachlan, Richard Nelson, Mo Razzaq, Kirsten Robb, John Ross, David Shearer,
Margaret B Walker 
Substitutes
John Bradley, Walter Brogan, Poppy Corbett, Margaret Cowie, Graeme Horne, Martin Hose, Ross
Lambie, Martin Lennon, Elaine McDougall, Norman Rae, Ali Salamati, Graham Scott, David Watson 
Financial Resources Scrutiny Forum (10)
Mathew Buchanan, Colin Dewar, Ross Gowland, Gavin Keatt, Grant Ferguson, Richard Lockhart,
Monique McAdams, Julia Marrs, Carol Nugent, Vacancy (Lib Dem/Green/Ind Group) 
Substitutes
Archie Buchanan, Elise Frame, Celine Handibode, Susan Kerr 
Performance and Review Scrutiny Forum (10)
John Anderson, Maureen Chalmers, Gerry Convery, Maureen Devlin, Joe Fagan (Chair), Richard
Lockhart, Katy Loudon, Davie McLachlan, Kirsten Robb, John Ross 
Substitutes
Andrea Cowan, Gladys Ferguson-Miller, Martin Hose, Eileen Logan, Margaret B Walker 
Standards and Procedures Advisory Forum (11)
Alex Allison, Maureen Chalmers, Gerry Convery, Margaret Cooper, Andrea Cowan, Maureen Devlin,
Joe Fagan (Chair), Ian McAllan, Mark McGeever, Kirsten Robb, John Ross 
Substitutes
Robert Brown, Lynsey Hamilton, Mark Horsham, Eileen Logan, Julia Marrs, Richard Nelson, David
Watson 
226

Page 227

Rural Task Force (10)
Alex Allison, Andy Carmichael, Margaret Cooper, Elise Frame, Ross Gowland, Ross Lambie, Eileen
Logan, Catherine McClymont, Julia Marrs, David Shearer 
Substitutes
Poppy Corbett, Lynsey Hamilton, Mark Horsham, Susan Kerr, Ian McAllan, Richard Nelson 
Licensing Committee (26) 
Andy Carmichael (Chair), Poppy Corbett, Geri Gray, Joe Fagan (ex-offico), Monique McAdams, Mark
McGeever, Julia Marrs, David Shearer, Bert Thomson (Depute), Helen Toner 
Substitutes
Robert Brown, Janine Calikes, Margaret Cowie, Katy Loudon, Kenny McCreary, Davie McLachlan 
Public Processions Panel (3)
3 members of Licensing Committee with Chair and Depute Chair being given first option of
participating 
Petitions Committee (9)
Mary Donnelly, Alistair Fulton (Chair), Mark Horsham, Susan Kerr, Eileen Logan, Richard Nelson
(Depute), Norman Rae, Graham Scott, Helen Toner 
Substitutes
Alex Allison, Robert Brown, Archie Buchanan, Allan Falconer, Lesley McDonald, Ali Salamati 
Planning Committee (26)
Alex Allison, Ralph Barker, Archie Buchanan, Ross Clark, Gerry Convery (Depute), Margaret Cowie,
Maureen Devlin, Mary Donnelly, Joe Fagan (ex-officio), Gladys Ferguson-Miller, Elise Frame, Alistair
Fulton, Celine Handibode, Mark Horsham, Ross Lambie, Monique McAdams, Lesley McDonald,
Davie McLachlan, Richard Nelson (Chair), Norman Rae, John Ross, Ali Salamati, Graham Scott,
David Shearer, Helen Toner, David Watson 
Substitutes
Walter Brogan, Robert Brown, Mathew Buchanan, Margaret Cooper, Poppy Corbett, Allan Falconer,
Grant Ferguson, Graeme Horne, Martin Hose, Ian McAllan, Kenny McCreary, Julia Marrs, Bert
Thomson 
Planning Local Review Body (Panel of 10 members with named substitutes)
Alex Allison, Gerry Convery (Depute), Mary Donnelly, Gladys Ferguson-Miller, Mark Horsham, Lesley
McDonald, Richard Nelson (Chair), Norman Rae, Ali Salamati, Graham Scott 
Substitutes
Robert Brown, Maureen Devlin, Grant Ferguson, Alistair Fulton, Graeme Horne, Ross Lambie,
Monique McAdams, Ian McAllan, Kenny McCreary, Davie McLachlan  
227

Page 228

Recruitment Committee (Panel of 6 members with named substitutes)
Alex Allison, Maureen Chalmers, Gerry Convery (Depute), Joe Fagan (Chair), Gladys Ferguson-
Miller, John Ross 
Substitutes
John Anderson, Maureen Devlin, Eileen Logan, Katy Loudon, Hugh Macdonald, Richard Nelson 
Risk and Audit Scrutiny Committee (10)
Mathew Buchanan, Cal Dempsey, Mary Donnelly (Depute), Alistair Fulton, Ross Gowland, Celine
Handibode, Susan Kerr, Richard Lockhart, Elaine McDougall (Chair), Vacancy (Lib Dems/Green/Ind
Group) 
Substitutes
Colin Dewar, Gavin Keatt, Monique McAdams, Helen Toner 
Licensing Divisions 
Licensing Division 1 (Clydesdale) (10)
Alex Allison, Poppy Corbett, Ross Gowland, Lynsey Hamilton, Ross Lambie, Eileen Logan, Ian
McAllan, Catherine McClymont, Julia Marrs, David Shearer 
Licensing Division 2 (East Kilbride) (10)
Archie Buchanan, Mathew Buchanan, Grant Ferguson, Geri Gray, Monique McAdams, Elaine
McDougall, Kirsten Robb, Ali Salamati, Graham Scott, Vacancy (Ind Group) 
Licensing Division 3 (Hamilton) (10)
Andy Carmichael, Ross Clark, Cal Dempsey, Maureen Devlin, Colin Dewar, Celine Handibode, Martin
Hose, Mark McGeever, Davie McLachlan, Helen Toner 
Licensing Division 4 (Rutherglen and Cambuslang) (10)
John Bradley, Walter Brogan, Robert Brown, Janine Calikes, Andrea Cowan, Margaret Cowie, Martin
Lennon, Katy Loudon, Carol Nugent, Norman Rae 
6 June 2022
228

Page 229

Appendix 2
Representation on Outside Organisations 
Section 1 – COSLA 
Organisation No of
Places
Councillor Representation
Convention of Scottish Local Authorities
(COSLA) 
6 plus (6
substitute)
Members
Alex Allison; Maureen Chalmers; Gerry
Convery; Joe Fagan; Katie Loudon; John
Ross 
Substitute Members
John Anderson; Maureen Devlin; Eileen
Logan; Gladys Ferguson-Miller; Hugh
Macdonald; Richard Nelson 
Section 2 – Joint Boards/Joint Committees 
Board/Committee No of
Places
Councillor Representation
Clyde and Loch Lomond Joint
Committee
1 (plus 1
substitute)
Richard Nelson (member)
Lesley McDonald (sub) 
Clyde Valley Learning and
Development Joint Committee
1 (plus 1
substitute)
Lynsey Hamilton (member)
Gavin Keatt (sub)
Glasgow and Clyde Valley Strategic
Development Planning Authority Joint
Committee
2 Richard Nelson
Robert Brown
Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board* 8 (plus 8
substitutes)
Members
Walter Brogan; Janine Calikes; Ross
Clark; Colin Dewar; Lynsey Hamilton;
Martin Hose; Gavin Keatt; Mark
McGeever 
Substitute Members
Mathew Buchanan; Poppy Corbett; Cal
Dempsey; Geri Gray; Monique
McAdams; Carol Nugent; Norman Rae;
Margaret B Walker 
Scotland Excel 2 (plus 2
substitutes)
Members
Eileen Logan
Walter Brogan 
Substitute Members
Celine Handibode
Lesley McDonald
SEEMiS Group 1 (Chair) TBC
13
229

Page 230

South Lanarkshire Integration Joint
Board* 
4 (plus 4
substitutes)
Members
John Bradley; Maureen Chalmers; Eileen
Logan; Margaret B Walker (Depute
Chair) 
Substitute Members
Elise Frame; Celine Handibode; Hugh
Macdonald; Catherine McClymont
South Lanarkshire Integration Joint
Board (Performance and Audit Sub-
Committee)
2 Margaret B Walker (Chair)
Eileen Logan
Strathclyde Concessionary Travel Joint
Committee
1 (plus 1
substitute)
Maureen Devlin (member)
Andy Carmichael (sub)
Strathclyde Partnership for Transport* 3 (plus 3
substitutes)
Members
Alex Allison; Maureen Chalmers;
Maureen Devlin 
Substitute Members
Ralph Barker; Richard Nelson; David
Shearer
*to reflect the political balance of the Council 
Section 3 – Partnership Bodies and Others 
Body No of
Places
Councillor Representation
Council’s Older People’s Champion
(formerly known as Council’s
Spokesperson for Older People) 
Eileen Logan
Council’s Armed Forces and Veterans
Champion (formerly known as
Council’s Spokesperson for Veterans) 
Mark Horsham
Council’s Youth Champion (formerly
known as Council’s Spokesperson for
Youth (Regen;fx)) 
Gavin Keatt
Council’s Equalities Champion
(formerly known as Council’s
Spokesperson on Disabilities) 
Mo Razzaq
South Lanarkshire Leisure and Culture
Limited Board
5 John Anderson; Andrea Cowan; Maureen
Devlin; Ross Lambie, Mo Razzaq
The South Lanarkshire Charitable Trust 5 Gladys Ferguson-Miller; Mark Horsham;
Lesley McDonald; Catherine McClymont;
Ross Lambie
The South Lanarkshire Educational
Trust
5 Gladys Ferguson-Miller; Mark Horsham;
Lesley McDonald, Catherine McClymont;
Ross Lambie
South Lanarkshire Cycling Partnership 3 (plus 3
substitutes)
Members
Maureen Devlin; Mark Horsham, Kirsten
Robb 
Substitute Members
Martin Lennon, John Ross
South Lanarkshire Area Support Team
(Children’s Hearing Scotland)
1 Celine Handibode
230

Page 231

Body No of
Places
Councillor Representation
Community Wealth Building
Commission
As per
positions
specified
Leader of Council; Leaders of
political/independent groups; Chair of
Community Planning Partnership; Chair
of South Lanarkshire Integration Joint
Board
Joe Fagan, Robert Brown, John Ross,
Alex Allison, Kirsten Robb, Margaret
Cooper, Margaret B Walker 
231

Page 232

232